Author: Johannes Surya

Understanding Liquidity – Liquidity is one of the important factors in the sustainability of a business. Of course, a company must have enough funds to meet its financial obligations aka debt. Therefore, we certainly need to have cash. Even so, too much cash will dilute the opportunity to invest and support the growth of the company.

Related to that, we need to understand the meaning of liquidity, because measuring liquidity can help to find the right balance and monitor the financial “health” of a company. As a result, our business can be helped and grow even more.

Not only that basic thing, liquidity is also important when we apply for a funding or loan. Because, banks and investors will pay close attention to the liquidity ratio when considering the ability of a company to repay its debt.

This is certainly a good reason for us to immediately learn liquidity, starting from the basics. But before that, what is the theoretical meaning of liquidity? Let’s take a look at the discussion below related to the meaning of liquidity to examples and its role in investment!

Definition of Liquidity

The notion of liquidity in general actually has two meanings. In a company, liquidity is one of the important factors to determine the condition or sustainability. Therefore, many business actors use liquidity as a yardstick or benchmark to assess the company’s ability to finance the needs or operational activities of the company.

As we know, the notion of liquidity in accounting and financial analysis is a measure of how easy and possible it is for a company to meet short-term obligations, such as business debts, dividends, taxes, and others, by using current assets.

For example, we may see that there is still enough cash to cover current and future bills as we expect. Or, we may need to take advantage of investments and other assets that can be converted into cash. The easier it is to convert an asset into cash, the more liquid the asset is.

For example, there is a shop that sells collectible stamps. The shop may reserve its inventory for the right buyer to get the best price, meaning the stamp is not very liquid. However, if the same stamp shop owns stocks or bonds, both can be sold quickly so that the investment is considered liquid.

In financial markets, this term refers to how quickly an investment can be sold without causing a negative impact on its price. If we know that an investment is more liquid, it means that the investment can be sold faster, and vice versa.

With the availability of liquidity, it is possible that assets that are assessed as more liquid will be traded at a higher price because of the profit they carry. Meanwhile, illiquid assets are traded at lower prices.

Be aware, companies use assets to run their business, including producing goods or creating value in other ways. Assets can include things like equipment or intellectual property. Meanwhile, supplies or products sold by companies to generate income are usually considered current assets because they will usually be sold within one year.

For an asset to be considered liquid, it needs to be in an established market with many interested buyers. Moreover, the asset must also have the ability to transfer ownership easily and quickly.

The information we need to check liquidity can be found in the company’s balance sheet. Because assets are usually listed in the order of how quickly they can be converted into cash. So, at the top of the balance sheet is cash, the most liquid asset.

In this balance sheet, the liabilities or debts of our company are also listed. Obligations are listed in the order of when they will fall due. Bills that must be paid first are listed at the top.

Comparing short-term liabilities with cash and other liquid assets can help us better understand the financial position of the business. Afterwards, we can increase the company’s liquidity with certain ratio numbers, such as current ratio, quick ratio, and cash ratio.

Liquidity Function

In short, a company’s high liquidity can trigger investor attraction. They will consider it as something positive, that our company is financially healthy and has a small risk of loss. Even in the stock market, companies with these characteristics are called blue chip stocks .

Judging from various sources, these are the various functions of the company’s liquidity.

• Become an anticipator of funds when the company is faced with sudden needs.
• Measuring the availability of cash and cash equivalents to meet short-term debt obligations.
• As a matter of consideration regarding the eligibility of a company in receiving an injection of funds from capitalists.
• Supporting the running of daily business activities.
• Facilitate the withdrawal of customer funds on behalf of the bank.
• Can help company management in overseeing capital efficiency.
• As an aid in analyzing and interpreting the company’s short-term financial position.
• Act as a trigger for the company in improving the work of its employees.

Types of Liquidity Ratios

Ratio, in terms of accounting, is the relationship between two financial variables that are systematically related to each other. Therefore, the analysis of the ratio obtained from the calculation process and the results of the ratio can be used as material to make a decision on the agreement of a company.

As for the three most important ratios to measure liquidity, namely:

1. Smooth Ratio

The current ratio is a number used to show how large the company’s ability to meet its current obligations by using current assets. In addition, this ratio can be used as a comparison between current assets and current liabilities.

The method used to find out the level of the company’s current ratio alias current ratio is quite simple, namely by observing the amount of the company’s current assets such as cash, receivables, supplies and other current assets.

If current assets have a larger amount than current liabilities, then the company has a high current ratio. The higher the current ratio, then it can be ensured that the company has the ability to pay off its debts or obligations.

This ratio calculates the company’s current assets against its current liabilities. This determines whether the company can pay off all its short-term debts with the money received from the sale of assets.

Formula used: Current Ratio = Current Assets/Liabilities or Current Debt

2. Quick Ratio

The quick ratio is a ratio that shows how large the company’s ability to pay off its short-term debt without including the value of the company’s inventory. A special feature of this quick ratio is that it only uses cash and other cash equivalents for its calculation.

It should be noted that the quick ratio is a ratio that shows how large the company’s ability to pay off its short-term debt by using current assets without including the value of the company’s inventory.

This is because inventory takes a relatively long time to be converted into an asset, so the company sets aside inventory first. The calculation of the liquidity level with the quick ratio only uses tangible assets such as cash and securities as the main component.

If the quick ratio is at the top, then the financial condition should be in a stable condition. This shows that it will be easier for the company to pay off its short-term debt with good financial conditions. Similar to the current ratio, only this quick ratio only considers receivables, cash, and bonds or stocks as assets.

This is the formula: Current Assets = Current Liquid Assets/Total Liabilities

3. Cash Ratio

This cash ratio is equal to cash divided by current liabilities. The calculation of this ratio will be useful when the company can only use its money to pay off debt. If the cash ratio is 1 or greater, it means that the business has a lot of liquidity and may not face problems in paying its debts.

The formula is Cash Ratio = (Cash and Cash Equivalents + Short-Term Investments)/Liabilities or Current Debt

4. Cash Turnover Ratio

This cash turnover ratio is used to give an overview of the amount of profit a company gets from working capital expenditure. As for the cash turnover ratio, it can show a relative figure which is the result of the total sales of products and working capital. The calculation of cash turnover ratio can be seen from the division of product sales figures with net working capital.

The result of this cash turnover ratio is the profit that the company has achieved from the amount of products sold and its working capital. The amount of this revenue should be greater than the debt to obtain good liquidity.

Formula: Cash Turnover = Sales/Average Cash and Cash Equivalents

5. Working Capital Ratio

Enterprises must be related to working capital. Therefore, in a company, the working capital ratio will be needed to know the picture of their liquidity level. This ratio is seen through assets and working capital positions that can finance the company’s operations.

The calculation of the working capital ratio is done by comparing the company’s total assets with its liabilities. Then, divided by the total assets

The Importance of Liquidity in Business

At this stage, we certainly already know that liquidity is one of the most important factors in the sustainability of a business. However, there are still some things we need to understand about the importance of this liquidity. Let’s watch together!

Good liquidity can be a way to bring together businessmen with the right investors or short-term borrowers. The company will be able to present their efforts with a good effect if they have high liquidity.

Internally, the company also knows their financial status, is it good or bad, risky or not?

The Role of Liquidity in Investments

Besides in business, liquidity is also very important in investing, Reader. We certainly don’t want to give funds to unreliable companies, right? Consideration about their liquidity needs to be done to ensure that our investment is not wasted, especially for the long term.

Here are some focus on the role of liquidity in financial planning:

1. As a Deviation for Cash Proposal

We are advised to set aside a small amount of cash for emergencies, regardless of our total investment in non-liquid assets. Although the amount of this small reserve varies for each person depending on their short-term needs, the general advice is to save three months’ worth of income for this.

2. Balancer between Liquid and Illiquid Investments

Ideally, liquid assets such as mutual funds, shares, bonds, and other alternatives should be properly allocated while the rest is deployed for non-liquid assets. As we know, liquid assets can be converted into cash precisely. This is exactly what we need in saving some wealth.

Even if we don’t invest, we definitely need a cash reserve . So, it is necessary to consider having liquid assets that can be saved depending on our monthly budget and various other factors.

Examples of Liquid Assets and Liquidity Ratio Application

Reader, now we understand about liquidity. However, it certainly feels less if we don’t know real examples in the field. This time, let’s discuss an example of an asset that is liquid and the application of the liquidity ratio in its calculation!

Examples of liquid and illiquid assets

1. Cash or Cash

Cash is the most liquid asset because in relation to liquidity, all other assets are valued for their ease of conversion into cash aka cash.

2. Restricted Cash ( Restricted Cash )

Restricted cash is a cash deposit as a deviation made by the company for future obligations. This amount of cash is also significant. Even so, these deposits are considered illiquid if they are legally restricted such as compensation for loans.

3. Valuable Letters

These are financial instruments that can be traded in the public market. The liquidity of the securities is related to the daily trading volume of the securities. Government bonds with high trading volumes are considered almost as liquid as cash. Meanwhile, securities with a small value are considered illiquid.

4. Cash Equivalent

Cash equivalents include securities and instruments that can be exchanged for cash such as bills and commercial paper.

5. Credit

Unused credit such as lines of credit can help entities to achieve liquidity. Even so, such facilities may be subject to requirements that make them far less reliable than cash in a liquidity crisis. For example, in the event of a global financial crisis, banks may have an incentive to withdraw credit lines.

6. Assets (Illiquid)

Assets such as inventory, receivables, equipment, vehicles, and real estate are not considered liquid because they require months to be converted into cash. In the event of financial stress, the asset may be difficult to convert into cash at all.

Examples of Liquidity Ratio Application

S&S Company has received building materials and other supplies from vendors to complete a project. This vendor certainly hopes that S&S can pay in full after the project is completed. At some point after S&S is close to completing the project, the company must ensure that they have enough money to pay off the loan from the vendor.

Unfortunately, S&S realized that their income was not enough to pay the vendors, so they decided to liquidate some of their current assets. Meanwhile, the ratio used to calculate their ability to repay vendors is the quick ratio.

S&S found that they have current liabilities of USD400 thousand, USD100 thousand in cash, USD100 thousand in securities, and USD300 thousand in receivables. Here’s how to calculate it:

Current Assets = Current Liquid Assets/Total Liabilities
= Cash + securities + receivables/current liabilities
= 100,000 + 100,000 + 300,000/400,000
= 500,000/400,000

With this calculation, S&S can know if their company can still liquidate assets to match and pay off their current debt.

Conclusion

Reader, liquidity is very important, isn’t it, in the smooth operation of the company? Not only liquidity, other accounting concepts are of course also needed. Not only in the aspect of business, everyday life even the law will require the concept of accounting in some of its activities!

Etymology, Philosophy, and Early History of Liberalism Ideology – Liberalism is a political and moral philosophical view based on freedom, consent from the governed and equality before the law. Liberals support a variety of views depending on their understanding of these principles, but generally they support individual rights (including civil and human rights), democracy, secularism, freedom of speech, freedom of the press, freedom of religion and market economy.

Liberalism became one of the main movements in the Age of Enlightenment and became popular among Western philosophers and economists. Liberalism seeks to replace the norms of hereditary privilege, state religion, absolute monarchy, divine right of kings and traditional conservatism with representative democracy and the rule of law. The liberals also ended mercantilist policies, government monopolies and other trade barriers. This is meant to promote free trade and marketization.

Philosopher John Locke is often considered the founder of liberalism, a tradition based on the social contract, arguing that everyone has a natural right to life, liberty and property and that the government cannot violate these rights. If the British liberal tradition emphasizes the expansion of democracy, French liberalism emphasizes the rejection of authoritarianism and is related to the development of the nation.

The leaders in the Great British Revolution of 1688, the American Revolution of 1776 and the French Revolution of 1789 used liberal philosophy to overthrow the absolute sovereignty of the government by arms. Liberalism began to spread rapidly, especially after the French Revolution. In the 19th century, many liberal governments were established in most countries in Europe and South America. This coincides with the establishment of republicanism in the United States.

Liberalism in Victorian England was used to criticize established political institutions, referring to science and common sense in the name of the people. During the 19th and early 20th centuries, liberalism in the Ottoman Empire and the Middle East influenced reform periods such as the Tanzimat and Al-Nahda and the emergence of constitutionalism, nationalism, and secularism.

Before 1920, the main ideological opponents of liberalism were communism, conservatism, and socialism. However, liberalism then faced major ideological challenges from fascism and Marxism-Leninism as a new opponent. During the 20th century, liberal ideas spread further, especially in Western Europe, when liberal democracy emerged victorious in both world wars.

The formation of social liberalism (often called moderate liberalism in the United States) in Europe and North America became an important element in the expansion of the welfare state. Today, many liberal parties hold power and influence around the world. The fundamental elements of contemporary society have liberal roots.

The early wave of liberalism popularized economic individualism while expanding constitutional government and parliamentary authority. Liberals seek and establish a constitutional order that values ​​important individual freedoms, such as freedom of speech and freedom of association; freedom of religion, independent courts, public trials by jury; and the abolition of aristocratic privileges.

The wave of modern liberal thought and struggle has been strongly influenced by the need to expand civil rights. Liberals often support gender equality and racial equality in their efforts to promote civil rights. The global civil rights movement in the 20th century aimed to achieve these goals. Other goals often promoted by liberals include universal suffrage and universal access to education.

 

Etymology and Meaning of Liberalism

Words like liberal, liberty, libertarian , and libertine all have historical roots to the Latin liber , meaning “free.” One of the first recorded examples of the use of the word liberal occurred in 1375, when it was used to describe the liberal arts in the context of education desired for free people.

The early connection of the word with the classical education of medieval universities paved the way for the emergence of different denotations and connotations. Liberal can refer to “free to bestow” as early as 1387, “made free of duty” in 1433, “freely permitted” in 1530 and “free from restraint”—often as a derogatory comment—in the 16th and 20th centuries. -17.

In 16th century England, liberal could have a positive or negative attribute in referring to someone’s generosity or recklessness. In Much Ado About Nothing , William Shakespeare writes of “a liberal villain” who “has […] acknowledged his vile meeting”. With the advent of the Age of Enlightenment, the word liberal acquired a more positive meaning which was defined as “free from narrow prejudice” in 1781 and “free from bigotry” in 1823.

In 1815, the first use of the word “liberalism” appeared in the English language. In Spain, the liberals, the first group to use the liberal label in a political context, fought for several decades to implement the Constitution of 1812. From 1820 to 1823 during the Trienio Liberal , King Ferdinand VII was forced by the liberals to swear to uphold the Constitution. In the mid-19th century, the word liberal was used as a political term for parties and movements around the world.

As time went by, the meaning of the word liberalism started to become different in various parts of the world. According to Encyclopædia Britannica : “In the United States, liberalism is associated with welfare state policies from the New Deal program of the Democratic administration of Pres. Franklin D. Roosevelt, while in Europe it is more often associated with limited government commitment and laissez-faire economic policy .

As a result, in the United States the ideas of individualism and laissez-faire economics that were previously associated with classical liberalism became the basis for the emergence of libertarian thought and are an important part of American conservatism.

In Europe and Latin America, the word liberalism means a moderate form of classical liberalism, unlike in North America. This term includes center-right conservative liberalism (right liberalism) and center-left social liberalism (left liberalism).

Unlike Europe and Latin America, the word liberalism in North America almost exclusively refers to social liberalism (left liberalism). The dominant Canadian party is the Liberal Party and the Democratic Party is usually considered liberal in the United States. In the United States, conservative liberals are usually called conservatives in a broad sense.

Philosophy of Liberalism

Liberalism—both as a political current and as an intellectual tradition—is largely a modern phenomenon that began in the 17th century, although some liberal philosophical ideas had antecedents in classical times and in Imperial China. The Roman Emperor Marcus Aurelius praised, “the idea of ​​government which is organized with regard to equal rights and the same freedom of speech, and the idea of ​​government which respects almost all the liberties of the governed”.

Scholars recognize a number of principles common to contemporary liberals in the works of several Sophists and in the Funeral Oration by Pericles. Liberal philosophy represents a broad intellectual tradition that has examined and popularized some of the most important and controversial principles in the modern world. Its extraordinary scientific and academic output is considered to have “richness and diversity”, but that diversity often means that liberalism comes in different formulations and presents a challenge for anyone to find the right definition.

Continental European liberalism is divided between moderates and progressives, with moderates tending to elitism and progressives supporting the universalization of fundamental institutions such as universal suffrage, universal education and the expansion of property rights. Over time, moderates replaced progressives as the main guardians of continental European liberalism.

History of Liberalism

John Locke was the first to develop liberal philosophy, including the right to private property and the consent of the governed.

Isolated liberal thought has existed in Western philosophy since Ancient Greece and in Eastern philosophy since the Song and Ming periods. These ideas were first brought together and systematized as different ideologies by the English philosopher John Locke, who is generally regarded as the father of modern liberalism.

The first major signs of liberal politics appeared in modern times. These ideas began to coalesce during the English Civil War. During the war, the Levellers, a radical political movement, called for religious freedom and equality before the law. The influence of these ideas continued to grow during the 17th century in England, culminating in the Great Revolution of 1688, which enshrined parliamentary sovereignty and revolutionary rights and was influential in the formation of what many consider to be the first modern liberal state.

The development of liberalism continued throughout the 18th century with the development of Enlightenment ideals at that time. During this time, intellectuals questioned the old traditions and influenced the conduct of several European monarchies throughout the 18th century. Political tension between England and the American colonies occurred after 1765 and the Seven Years’ War due to the problem of taxation without representation, which culminated in the new republic’s Declaration of Independence, and the American Revolutionary War which was fought to defend that independence.

After the war, leaders debated how to move forward. The Articles of Confederation, written in 1776, now seem inadequate to provide security, or even functional government. The Confederate Congress called the Constitutional Convention in 1787 resulted in the writing of a new United States Constitution to form a federal government. In these periods, the Constitution was a republican and liberal document. The United States Constitution remains the oldest liberal governing document in force in the world.

In Europe, liberalism has a long tradition, especially since the 17th century. The French Revolution began in 1789. Two important events that marked the victory of liberalism were the abolition of feudalism in France on the night of August 4, 1789, which marked the collapse of traditional feudal rights and special rights and the limitation of power with the ratification of the Declaration of the Rights of Man and Citizen on the month of August.

During the Napoleonic Wars, the French influenced the countries of Western Europe with the abolition of the feudal system, the liberalization of property laws, the end of seigneurial dues, the abolition of unions, the legalization of divorce, the disintegration of the Jewish ghetto, the collapse of the Inquisition, the collapse of the Holy Roman Empire, the abolition of church courts and authorities religion in the public sphere, the formation of a metric system, and the recognition of legal equality for all people.

One of the most enduring French influences, the Civil Code, has been adopted in many countries around the world”, but also perpetuates further discrimination against women under the concept of “natural order”.

The development of classical liberalism occurred before and after the French Revolution in England. Adam Smith’s work, The Wealth of Nations , published in 1776, provided most of the economic ideas at least until the publication of John Stuart Mill’s Principles of Political Economy in 1848.

Smith discussed the motivation of economic activities, the causes of prices and distribution of wealth and policies that the country should follow to maximize wealth. The radical liberal movement began in the 1790s in England and concentrated on parliamentary and electoral reform, emphasizing natural rights and people’s sovereignty. Radicals such as Richard Price and Joseph Priestley saw parliamentary reform as the first step to address many of their grievances, including the treatment of Protestant Dissenters, the slave trade, high prices and high taxes.

In Latin America, liberal unrest began in the 18th century, when liberal agitation in Latin America led to independence from the Spanish and Portuguese imperial powers. These new regimes were generally liberal in their political views and used the philosophy of positivism, which emphasized the truth of modern science, to support their positions.

In the United States, the great civil war resulted in the abolition of slavery in the South. Historian Don Doyle argues that the Union’s victory in the American Civil War (1861–1865) gave a great impetus to the path of liberalism.

During the 19th and early 20th centuries in the Ottoman Empire and the Middle East, liberalism influenced reform periods such as the Tanzimat and Al-Nahda; the rise of secularism, constitutionalism and nationalism; and the emergence of different intellectual and religious groups and movements, such as the Young Ottomans and Islamic Modernism.

Prominent figures at that time were Rifa’a al-Tahtawi, Namık Kemal and Brahim Inasi. However, reformist ideas and trends did not succeed in reaching the general public because books, magazines, and newspapers were only accessible to intellectuals and segments of the emerging middle class, while many Muslims saw it as a foreign influence in the Islamic world.

That perception complicates reformist efforts in Middle Eastern countries. These changes, along with other factors, created a sense of crisis in Islam, which continues to this day. This also led to the rise of Islamism.

Abolitionist and suffrage movements spread, along with ideals of representation and democracy. France established the third republic in the 1870s. However, nationalism also spread rapidly after 1815. A mixture of liberal and nationalist sentiments in Italy and Germany led to the unification of the two countries at the end of the 19th century.

A liberal regime came to power in Italy and ended the power of the Popes. However, the Vatican launched a crusade against liberalism. Pope Pius IX issued the Syllabus of Errors in 1864 which condemned liberalism in all its forms. In many countries, liberal forces responded by expelling the Jesuit order.

At the end of the nineteenth century, the principles of classical liberalism were increasingly opposed and the ideal of the independent individual seemed increasingly to be considered absurd. Victorian English writers such as Charles Dickens, Thomas Carlyle and Matthew Arnold were early influential critics of social injustice.

As a liberal nationalist, KJ Ståhlberg (1865–1952), President of Finland, anchored the country in liberal democracy, maintained the rule of law, and initiated internal reforms.

Liberalism gained momentum in the early 20th century. The bastion of autocracy, the Tsar of Russia, was overthrown in the first phase of the Russian Revolution. The victory of the Allies in the First World War and the fall of the four kingdoms seemed to mark the triumph of liberalism across the European continent. Not only among the victorious allied countries, but also in Germany and the newly formed Eastern European countries.

Militarism, as symbolized by Germany, was defeated and discredited. As Blinkhorn puts it, liberal themes are very influential in terms of “cultural pluralism, religious and ethnic tolerance, national self-determination, free market economy, representative and responsible government, free trade, trade unions, and the peaceful settlement of international disputes through a new way, the League of Nations”.

Color photo of Franklin D. Roosevelt as Time’s Man of the Year in January 1933.

In the United States, modern liberalism began with the popular presidency of Franklin D. Roosevelt, who initiated the New Deal in response to the Great Depression and won an unprecedented four elections. The New Deal coalition established by Roosevelt left a legacy that defined and influenced many future American presidents, including John F. Kennedy.

Meanwhile, the definitive liberal response to the Great Depression was given by British economist John Maynard Keynes, who had begun a theoretical work examining the relationship between unemployment, money, and prices in the 1920s. The Great Depression around the world, beginning in 1929, accelerated the discrediting of liberal economics and strengthened calls for state control over economic affairs. Economic woes led to widespread unrest in European politics, leading to the rise of fascism as an ideology and movement opposed to liberalism and communism, especially in Nazi Germany and Italy.

The rise of fascism in the 1930s eventually culminated in World War II, one of the deadliest conflicts in human history. The Allied Bloc won the war in 1945 and their victory started a new chapter for the Cold War between the Communist Eastern Bloc and the liberal Western Bloc.

In Iran, liberalism enjoyed wide popularity. In April 1951, the National Front became the governing coalition when a democratically elected politician, Mohammad Mosaddegh, a liberal nationalist, became Prime Minister. However, his way of governing was against Western interests and he was removed from power through a coup on August 19, 1953. The coup ended the dominance of liberalism in the country’s politics.

Among various regional and national movements, the civil rights movement in the United States during the 1960s highlighted liberal efforts to create equal rights. The Great Society project launched by President Lyndon B. Johnson oversaw the creation of Medicare and Medicaid, the creation of Head Start and the Job Corps as part of the War on Poverty and the ratification of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, a series of events that some historians have dubbed “the Liberal Hour. “ “.

The 2017 Russian protests were organized by Russia’s liberal opposition.

The Cold War featured extensive ideological rivalry and several proxy wars, but the feared World War III between the Soviet Union and the United States never occurred. While communist countries and liberal democracies competed with each other, the economic crisis of the 1970s inspired a move away from Keynesian economics, especially under Margaret Thatcher in England and Ronald Reagan in the United States.

This trend, known as neoliberalism, is a paradigm shift from the post-war Keynesian consensus that lasted from 1945 to 1980. Meanwhile, towards the end of the 20th century, the communist countries of Eastern Europe collapsed drastically. This made liberal democracy the only major form of government in the West.

At the beginning of World War II, the number of democracies around the world was about the same as it had been forty years earlier. After 1945, liberal democracy spread very quickly, but then suffered a setback. In The Spirit of Democracy , Larry Diamond argued that in 1974 “dictatorship, not democracy, is the way of the world” and that “almost a quarter of independent nations choose their government through competitive, free, and fair elections”. Diamond further said that democracy rose again and in 1995 the world became “very democratic”.

 

Definition of Liability – In the business world, one thing and another usually have a relationship with one another. One of them is assets and liabilities that have a high relationship with the smoothness of the travel process of a business. In doing business activities, a company will definitely need assets.

While liability is a risk that should be taken by the company to develop the business that is being carried out. Even so, liability does not only exist in the form of debt or loan money. There are various forms of liability that Reader needs to be aware of. Compared to just guessing and assuming, Reader should read this article until it is finished to know the form of liability in detail.

Definition of Liability

Liability is an obligation that must be paid by a company to the relevant party by issuing a certain amount of funds or economic resources of the company. Generally, companies will take on liabilities to support all operational activities in their business.

That way, the expansion and development of a company can be done in a relatively faster time. When the company insists on not taking a risk by going into debt. Especially for companies that don’t have a lot of assets. So the development of the company has the potential to be hindered and not optimal.

As for the other meaning of a simpler liability, it is an obligation that is calculated equal to the value of money and must be paid by the company to the concerned party. The parties referred to here can be companies, individuals, cooperatives, banks, and other financial institutions. The point is, if according to accounting records, liability is a debt. Where in the accounting equation, liability is abbreviated as ALE by accountants.

The abbreviation has the abbreviation Assets, Liabilities, and Equity. Those three things are interrelated with each other. From that, there is an accounting equation that shows that assets come from the summation of liabilities and equity. Why does a company have a liability? It is related to the amount of assets owned by a company.

If all enterprises have few assets. So it is recommended to take responsibility. The purpose of that is as an effort so that the company can develop maximally. Because, when surviving with existing assets, it will automatically be difficult for the company to progress or grow. Reader needs to know that liability is not just in the form of money. But it can also be in the form of services, goods, or economic benefits in other forms. In addition, liability can also originate from various types of transactions. For example, from the exchange of assets, business relationships, and various transactions that can provide benefits for the company’s economy in the future.

In the science of financial accounting, liability is considered as an entity’s obligation that arises from a transaction or event in the past. The obligation in question is explained through the following characteristics:

1. Obligations are all types of debt or loans from banks or individuals aimed at increasing the company’s income.

2. In addition, an obligation is a responsibility from another party that requires settlement through the delivery of assets in the form of providing services and other transactions in the future and producing an economic benefit.

3. Obligation is a duty and responsibility on the related parties, whether to leave little or even not at all a policy in order to avoid settlement.

4. Lastly, an obligation is an event and transaction that has occurred and gives rise to the entity’s responsibility.

Difference between Liability and Burden

Liability and burden are often categorized as the same thing. But actually the two are very different. Liabilities are usually in the form of debt used by companies to obtain assets for operational needs. For example, when a company buys tools for production that are used in the manufacture of products. Then the payment is made using a loan, then the transaction is classified as a liability.

As for the burden, which includes ongoing payments for something that has no real value and is used to get profit or income. One example that can be used as an illustration is the cost incurred to pay for advertising with the aim of attracting customers. In addition, burdens and liabilities are generally listed in different places in the financial statements. Where liabilities are usually written on the financial balance sheet, while burdens are written on the profit and loss statement.

Types of Liability

In general, liabilities will appear and be recorded in the balance sheet of the financial statement written at the end of the period. The purpose is to identify the financial condition of a company during that period. Usually, put the liabilities in the financial statements in the right column along with the equity entries. Where in the recording, liabilities are in the order that has been determined. The following are 2 types of liability that Reader needs to know about in the financial report of a company or business. Watch until it’s finished.

1. Long Term Liability

The first type of liability is long-term liability. That means, the period determined for the payment of the obligation is expected to last for more than one year. Examples of long-term liabilities are debts in the form of mortgages, debt obligations and cash loans.

2. Short Term Liability

The second type of liability is short-term liability. This type of liability is often referred to as current liability. This can be interpreted as an obligation that is expected to be resolved within a short period of time or no more than a year. The following are some examples of short-term liabilities:

a. Sales Tax Obligations

Sales tax liability is also included in debt or liability. Where it is the accumulation of sales tax that can be obtained from consumers and held until the due date before it is paid to taxation.

b. Income Tax Liability

Of course we know that there are some companies that cut their employees’ salaries to be used as income tax. The deduction will usually be collected and stored until the time is deposited to the state taxation.

c. Mortgage Debt and Loan Fund

If previously the two debts were included in the example of long-term liability, then now they are present as an example of the type of short-term liability. This can happen when the payment is made in installments per month. That way, payments under 12 months will be categorized as short-term liabilities.

Apart from the 2 types of liabilities that have been mentioned above, there are actually still other types, namely capital. Capital is a type of liability that comes from the difference between assets and debts owned by a company. Capital is also included in the type of contingency liability. That means, whether or not there is an obligation depends on the events that will happen in the future. Therefore, the maturity of a liability of this type will never be predictable. So it is not surprising if there are not many company owners who take this type of liability. For example, the type of liability includes, among others, a warranty for a product, lawsuits through legal channels, and others.

Characteristics of Liability Is

For Reader who have been struggling in the business field for a long time or who have just started a business, they will certainly be very familiar with the term liability. This is because of the characteristics it has. Here are some characteristics of liability that need to be understood:

1. All loans used to increase personal or company income, be it from banks, individuals, or others must be paid at the same time when it is due.

2. All kinds of obligations that must be paid to other parties, whether it is the exchange of assets, cash transfers, the provision of services or services, and other activities that provide economic benefits in a period that has been determined in accordance with an agreement or at the time of a certain business event.

3. Business events or transactions that have already taken place and require the entity.

4. A form of entity’s responsibility to other parties, either those who abandon a policy or those who do not avoid settlement efforts.

 

How to Analyze Business Liability

Having a liability report on a company can also be used as one of the indicators of the company’s financial health. Therefore, writing and recording must be detailed and detailed, neat, and structured. The following are two ways that can be used to analyze liabilities in a company:

1. Through the Ratio of Debt to Assets Owned by a Company

When Reader uses this one method, then what needs to be ascertained is how many assets the company owns that can be used to meet and cover the obligations or liabilities. We can calculate by using the percentage of the total amount of debt and make sure that the total or amount is less than 50%. If the total of all debts owned can be covered by using the total business assets owned by a company. So it is most likely that the company will still be able to operate.

2. Using the Debt to Equity Ratio

The second way is to use the debt to equity ratio. Here we have to calculate the whole of the debt with the equity owned by the company. Make sure that the result of the ratio of debt to equity is not more than 50%. However, if the reality is more than 50%, then that is when the company should reduce the amount of liabilities or debts owned. So, liability is not something bad for a company or business. There was a time when it actually became one of the ways to achieve success.

As for the thing that needs to be understood, that is to keep control of the amount of liability so that it does not exceed the limit of the company’s ability to pay it. Because, the main purpose of using liability is to be able to develop a company or business, not to make it bankrupt due to a lot of debt.

Therefore, make neat, detailed, and structured notes for all liabilities owned. With these records, we can monitor and pay attention to the business position and also the company’s financial condition. In addition, liability can also give us the opportunity to develop our business to the maximum. However, we must ensure that the company can pay the obligation on time. So that when we need more liability, it will be easier to get it.

Examples of Liability

So that Reader gets a clear picture of what liability is. The following is an example of a liability case in a company:

Let’s just say, Andi is an employee at PT Maju Jaya. In May 2021, He received a salary of Rp. 7,000,000, then a child allowance of Rp. 800,000, and an allowance for transportation of Rp. 1,500,000. Not only that, to take care of Andi’s well-being, PT Maju Jaya also has to pay accident insurance amounting to Rp. 250,000, death insurance amounting to Rp. 100,000, and also an old age allowance of Rp. 300,000. So that the gross salary that Andi will receive is Rp. 9,950,000.

After that, Andi’s salary was cut by Rp. 400,000 to be used as a pension fund, Rp. 200,000 for zakat needs, Rp. 2,500,000 to pay the house installment to the Bank, and Rp. 425,000 PPh 21. Thus, Andi’s net salary in May 2021 is Rp. 6,425,000.

From the analysis above, the obligation that must be given to Andi and applies as long as Andi is still working at PT Maju Jaya is Rp. 9,950,000.

From the explanation above, we can conclude that liability is one of the things that can be used or used by a company to develop their company to the maximum. Company owners who insist on not taking liability can potentially hinder the growth and development of their own company and become suboptimal.

However, it should be understood that liability is different from burden as explained above. Where liabilities are usually used to acquire assets to meet operational needs. While burden is usually used for something that has no real value but has the potential to increase income.

From the explanation above, liabilities have 3 types which are categorized based on the time of payment. The first is Short Term Liabilities that mature in less than one year. The second is Long Term Liabilities that mature in more than one year. The third is Contingency Liability, this is an extraordinary debt that is done under special conditions only.

Calculation of liabilities using the ratio of debt to assets and to equity can make companies feel overwhelmed when done manually. Especially if the company takes many types of liability. In order to minimize mistakes, the company needs a special application as a supporter of online disability.

Well, that’s an explanation of what liability is in a company and what its benefits are for business development. For Reader who are struggling in the business field, the explanation above will certainly be very helpful in understanding the various ways to make the company and business more advanced.

 

Definition of Social Board – A social board is an institution that has members and is made up of people who come together as one because they have a common vision and mission. Every member who joins the social institution will be bound by the rules that have been made and must be obeyed. So that some social institutions have a regulatory nature.

However, what exactly is the meaning of social institutions? What are the characteristics, types and types? The following article will discuss briefly about social institutions. Read to the end of the article!

A. Meaning of Social Board

In general, social institutions that exist in community life are always different from one institution to another. The difference from the social institution occurs because of the process and background that underlies the formation of the social institution.

Some members also expressed their opinions on the meaning of social institutions:

1. Major Polak

According to Polak, a social institution is a social system related to complex rules with various customs to be able to maintain all important values ​​in community life.

2.W. Hamilton

W. Hamilton thinks that social institutions are a procedure and a way of life carried out by every group of society and if there is a violation, then the violator will be sanctioned according to the rules that he violated.

3. Koentjaraningrat

Koentjaraningrat also expressed his opinion. According to Koentjaraningrat, social institutions are a system with codes of conduct and relationships that have a center on social activities to be able to meet specific needs in community life.

4. Soerjono Soekanto

Soerjono Soekanto has a different opinion from Koentjaraningrat about the meaning of social institutions. According to Soerjono, social institutions are a set of norms at all levels that revolve around a basic need in social life.

5. Peter L Berger

In a different view from other experts, Peter L Berger expressed his opinion that social institutions are procedures that can cause human actions to be suppressed by a certain pattern and forced to move on a path that is considered to be in accordance with the wishes of society.

From the opinion on the meaning of social institution according to the experts, it can be concluded that social institution is a social system created through customs and adapted to each region that functions to regulate patterns and a series of procedures in order to create a social relationship that has one main purpose.

B. Functions of the Social Board

Social institutions that exist and are formed in society have the following functions.

1. The social board functions to provide guidelines to community members on how each individual should behave in facing problems that appear and develop in the community.
2. Social institutions function to maintain the integrity of the interrelated or concerned society.
3. The social board functions to give instructions to the community to be able to establish a social control system such as a community supervision system for its members.
4. That is a brief explanation about social institutions, Reader can learn more and dig deeper about the material of these social institutions.

C. Features of Social Board

Social institutions have several characteristics that Reader need to know in order to be able to determine and distinguish each type and type of social institution that will be explained later. Here are some of the characteristics of social institutions.

1. Social institutions have a certain permanence that lasts a long time. This is due to the assumption that this social institution contains a set of norms that must be maintained by the members in it and these norms are like life and relationships in a family.
2. Generally, social institutions have one or more specific goals that each member wants to achieve. For example, such as educational institutions that have the goal of being able to provide values, norms and knowledge to the next generation.
3. The social board has a number of devices that work to achieve the goals that have been set by the previous members. For example, such as flags, banners in political institutions and money as a medium of exchange in economic institutions and others.
4. The social board is a structured and relatively permanent organization.
5. The norms found in social institutions are taken through a long process until they can be recognized by the local community.
6. Social institutions have binding sanctions or punishments on how a person behaves and behaves.
7. To achieve the goals that have been formulated before, social institutions have written and unwritten rules.
8. Having certain complementary tools in the form of symbols and signs that can be used to represent the social institution along with the goals that the social institution wants to achieve.

D. Types of Social Boards

Social institutions are categorized based on five criteria, the following are the types of social institutions based on the five criteria.

1. Social Board Based on its Values

Social institutions based on their value criteria can be divided into two, namely primary and secondary.

a. Primary Social Institutions or Basic Social Institutions

Primary social institutions are social institutions that are basic and basic. Mainly this primary social institution is to regulate community life because it has high social rules to regulate community relations.

Social justice in this primary social institution exists in the community and is divided into four according to its rules.

• Religious rules , regulating the relationship between individuals and God based on all the teachings and prohibitions of God to shape people’s behavior to be useful to others.
• Code of Ethics, this code comes from within the individual himself. If the process of internalization as well as values ​​and norms succeeds well and maximally, then the individual can follow the rules of morality in society. Examples include being honest, responsible and disciplined.
• The Code of Politeness is a rule that has a relationship with socialization and interaction formed through social relationships that occur in the community. For example, mutual respect.
• Law , is a set of regulations made by the authorities and is written and forces its citizens to implement the order that has been included in the law.

Examples of primary social institutions in society are such as family institutions, educational institutions, legal institutions, economic institutions, religious institutions and health institutions.

b. Secondary Social Institutions or Subsidiary Social Institutions

The type of secondary social institution means that this social institution is secondary, the value of this social institution is considered unimportant by some people. Secondary social institutions need to be carried out compactly by all levels of society, because if they are not carried out and are not fulfilled then these secondary social institutions will not have a great influence on community life.

But on the other hand, when secondary social institutions are established and fulfilled then this institution is only considered as an adder or added value. Based on the context of space and time does not exclude the possibility that the community will consider secondary social institutions as a primary need according to them. An example of a secondary social institution is a tourism institution.

Primary social institutions can change over time into secondary social institutions due to changing mindsets in society that continues to grow. For example, traditional people think that formal education is not very important.

The assumption will make the educational institution as a primary social institution change into a secondary social institution for the traditional society that considers that formal education is not too important.

2. Social Board based on its Development

Based on the development of social institutions, the following are the types of social institutions that are divided into two.

a. Growing Social Institutions

Crescive social institutions are social institutions that accidentally grow and develop in society. This social institution is formed based on community behavior patterns that have experienced strong integration in the lives of community members.

The pattern of behavior over time and without realizing it will develop and become a custom. It is these customs that then become the next stage to form a good institution. Examples are marriage institutions, religious institutions, property rights institutions.

b. Enacted Social Institutions

Enacted social institutions are institutions that are deliberately formed to achieve a purpose. This institution originates from crescive social institutions that are equipped with structures and social systems in them. For example, such as economic institutions that have the function of regulating various forms of activities such as production and consumption activities in society.

3. Based on the Angle of Acceptance by Society

a. Approved or Socially Sanctioned Institutions

Approve socially sanctioned institutions are social institutions that are accepted and recognized for their existence by the local community. Examples are health agencies, transportation agencies and trade agencies.

b. Unsanctioned Social Institutions

Unsanctioned social board is the opposite of approved. This unsanctioned social institution is not recognized for its existence by the community because it is considered disturbing to members of the community. Examples are terrorism networks or groups that threaten society.

4. Social Board based on its Function

a. Operative Social Institutions are institutions that have the task of gathering patterns and ways to achieve the goals of an institution. Examples are agricultural boards, industrial boards and educational boards.

b. Regulative Social Institutions, are social institutions that have the task of overseeing customs in the community, for example, the court and the prosecutor’s office.

5. Social Board based on its Distribution

a. General Social Institutions

is a social institution that exists in almost all societies so that its nature is universal or comprehensive. This board can be accepted by the wider community and has a high value to be able to meet the needs of all elements in the community. For example, such as religious institutions.

b. Restricted Social Institutions

This restricted social institution is formed based on the interests of certain groups, classes and groups which can then develop a special characteristic and cannot be applied to other groups, groups or classes. An example is an institution that is a reflection of local wisdom in a region in customs such as the irrigation organization in Bali.

Still confused by the types of social institutions? Reader can also learn more about social institutions including their types through books available on Sinaumedia.com such as the IPS Premium Interest Book which presents material about these social institutions.

E. Types of Social Boards

Social institutions are divided into six types according to their respective functions. Here is a complete explanation.

1. Family Board

The family institution is the smallest social institution and is formed on the basis of marriage and blood relations between individuals. Although the family institution is the smallest institution, this family institution has a very large role in community life and is included in the primary social institution.

2. Board of Education

The education board is also a primary social institution that is recognized by the community and has a great influence on the life of the community. An educational institution is an institution where the educational process takes place with the aim of changing individual behavior for the better.

Educational institutions themselves are then divided into three, namely formal education, non-formal education and informal education. Copy that, the educational institution can also be said to be an extension institution after the family institution.

3. Economic Board

As with the previous two types of social institutions, economic institutions are institutions that have activities in the economic field to achieve the goal of meeting the needs of society. This economic institution is included in the social institution because it regulates the relationship between people in meeting basic needs.

4. Religious Board

A religious institution is an institution that regulates human life in religion, a religious institution is a system of beliefs and religious practices carried out by people who believe in the belief.

Religion is an important thing in human life to be able to balance human life between this world and the hereafter. Religious institutions are also primary social institutions that are recognized and can support the basic needs of the community.

5. Political Board

A political institution is an institution that has a form of activity in community groups with the process of its formation and the distribution of power determined by the community itself. The political body can be in the form of a government that has the role of maintaining peace and order and serving and protecting the community.

6. Cultural Board

A cultural institution is a public institution that exists in a country and plays a role in the development of culture, art, environment, science and education in society in a region or a country.

Cultural institutions in the form of non-governmental organizations or NGOs, associations, workshops are elements that have a role in the preservation of art and culture in the region or country.

F. Examples of Social Boards in Indonesia

Here are some examples of social institutions based on the types that have been explained before.

1. Social Board in the Field of Education

• Kindergarten (TK)
• Elementary School (SD)
• Junior High School (SMP)
• Senior High School (SMA)
• Madrasah Aliyah
• Vocational High School
• Playgroup (KB)
• Special Board

2. Social Board in the Economic Field

• Market
• Ministry of Commerce
• Ministry of Agriculture
• Ministry of Fisheries
• State Ministry of Cooperatives and UKM

3. Social Board in the Field of Culture

• Nusantara Culture Board Foundation
• Coal Art Care Board
• Board of Indonesian Muslim Cultural Artists
• Betawi Cultural Board
• LKN

4. Social Board in the Religious Field

• Council of Indonesian Scholars
• Federation of Indonesian Churches
• Indonesian Confucian High Council
• Indonesian Hindu Dharma Council
• Representative of Indonesian Buddhists

5. Social Board in the Political Field

• President and Vice President
• DPR
• MPR
• CPC
• M.A
• MK
• KY

6. Family Board

• KUA
• Religious Court
• Child Protection Board
• KPAI
• National Population and Family Planning Agency
• PKK
• Integrated Service Post
• Junior Band

Those are some examples of social institutions according to the types of social institutions. 

Definition of Financial Board – Reader friends, what comes to your mind when you hear the term Financial Board? Banks must be one of the financial institutions that come to mind, right?

More than that, do you know that the Financial Board is actually not only limited to banks. However, there are also various other forms.

The financial institution itself includes various business operations in the financial services sector which include banks, trust companies, insurance companies, brokerage companies, and investment traders.

In Indonesia, the Financial Board is divided into two groups. First, there are Bank Financial Institutions and the second group is Non-Bank Financial Institutions, such as insurance, pawnshops, pension funds, mutual funds, and stock exchanges.

In general, the Financial Board is very necessary in the modern economy because of its function as a mediator between groups of people who have excess funds and those who need funds. The Financial Board can serve many people in various ways.

Because financial operations are an important part of any economy. Both individuals and companies rely on the Financial Board to conduct transactions and investments.

Therefore, the government considers it important to supervise and regulate Banks and other Financial Institutions. Because the role of the Financial Board is very important and is an integral part of the economy. Historically, the bankruptcy of a Financial Institution can also cause panic.

In the Financial Board, we can find a wide range of product and service offerings for individuals and businesses. The specific services offered vary greatly among the various types of Financial Institutions available.

Of course, the most famous Financial Institution is the Bank, which is the first group of Financial Institutions to accept deposits, offer giro account services, make business, personal, and mortgage loans. In addition, the Bank offers basic financial products, such as certificates of deposit (CD) and savings accounts for individuals and small businesses. Banks are where many people do their banking activities.

Meanwhile, among other Non-Bank Financial Institutions. One of the most well-known institutions is an insurance company. Insurance is also available for individuals and corporations. Insurance itself is one of the oldest financial services in Indonesia.

Let us understand more about the Financial Board. Let’s take a look at the article below. Starting from its meaning according to experts, the function of the Financial Board, to its role in the economy.

Definition of Financial Board

The Financial Board is a business or institution in the field of financial services that operates by providing financial service facilities, collecting funds from the community, and channeling them back for funding to various financial activities that affect the way the economy runs. Not only that, the Financial Board also needs to rotate the flow of money in the economy by obtaining profit in the form of interest or percentage.

Business activities in the Financial Board are various, such as providing financial services, providing loans, capital participation, and so on. However, in its operations, the Financial Board only carries out one or two business activities at once.

Examples of fund collection processes carried out by Financial Institutions that are fairly conventional include, among others, the provision of fund storage services (savings) and examples of fund distribution process activities, namely the provision of loan (credit) services.

The establishment of a Financial Board must also follow the procedure according to the applicable Law. The Financial Services Authority and other institutions need to supervise the activities of various Financial Institutions. Strict supervision and regulation is required to create a healthy financial services business for the community.

However, there is still a lot more to understand from the Financial Board itself, you know. Here is the definition of Financial Board according to the experts.

The meaning of the Financial Board according to the Members

1. Law No. 14 of 1967 article 1 (replaced by Law No. 7/1992) on Banking

Based on the Law, the definition of the Financial Board is a business entity whose activities collect funds from the community and channel them back to the community.

2. SK Minister of Finance RI No. 792 of 1990

Meanwhile, the meaning of the Financial Board according to the Decree of the Minister of Finance is all bodies whose activities are in the field of finance, collecting and disbursing funds to the community. Mainly to finance corporate investment.

3. Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI)

In KBBI, the Financial Board is a body in the financial field that is tasked with attracting money and distributing it to the community.

4. Financial Services Authority (OJK)

According to OJK, the Financial Board is an institution that collects funds from the public and invests them in the form of other financial assets. For example, credit, securities, giro, and other productive assets that are included in Bank Financial Institutions and Non-Bank Financial Institutions.

5. Abdulkadir Muhammad

The Financial Board is a business entity that has wealth in the form of financial assets. The wealth is then used to run businesses in the field of financial services, both providing funds to finance productive businesses and consumptive needs, as well as non-financing financial services.

Functions of the Financial Board

The Financial Board has various functions that are closely related to the daily life of the community. His presence has a good impact on community life, so it becomes more quality.

However, the function of the Financial Board itself is quite different, depending on the type of institution. Even so, here are some functions of the Financial Board in general. Both Bank and Non-Bank Financial Institutions.

1. Provide a security guarantee for money storage

The Financial Board that stands under Indonesian law, of course all its activities will be supervised and its business activities must be in accordance with existing rules. One of the rules is to provide moral and legal guarantees to customers so that they feel safe and believe that their funds are kept intact. It will then be returned when the due date arrives, for example for savings deposits.

2. Provide information to customers

People who use the services of the Financial Board must obtain complete information about the financial products they use. Through the Financial Board, customers can receive information that has been provided and knowledge as clearly as possible for their interests.

For example, when a customer wants to take out a KPR product, the bank must provide information about the KPR product from A to Z. So that the customer understands how the KPR system applies there and can follow it properly.

3. Launch the exchange of products that use credit and cash

The Financial Board also functions to launch product exchange services that include goods and services using credit or cash systems. For example, customers who want to own a house can make payments through KPR through the Bank.

4. As a transaction tool for all activities

The Financial Board also serves to provide transaction tools that can be used anywhere for a variety of needs. For example, such as inter-bank transfers, daily bill payments, up to payments for shopping.

5. Provide financing for businesses and consumptive needs

In this regard, the Financial Board functions to collect community funds and then rotate them back, through loan products available for financing according to customer needs.

The community can use this financing service as needed and must meet certain conditions first. For example, customers who want to make their business bigger, apply for a productive loan at the Bank.

Types of Financial Institutions

Based on their type, Financial Institutions in Indonesia are divided into two types, namely Bank and Non-Bank Financial Institutions.

To find out more about the types of financial institutions, Reader can read the book Banks and Other Financial Institutions by clicking the following link.

1. Bank Finance Board

Bank Financial Institution ( depository financial institution ) is a Financial Institution that provides banking facilities and services for the community. Good in storage, payment, and giving of funds.

Simply put, the Bank Financial Board is a financial intermediary institution established with the authority to receive and collect money deposits, lend money, and issue banknotes.

2. Non-Bank Financial Board

Non-Bank Financial Institutions ( non-depository financial institutions ) or Non-Bank Financial Institutions (LKBB) are financial institutions that carry out the process of raising funds by issuing securities.

In addition, the Non-Bank Board also provides various financial services and withdraws funds from the community either as a deposit or indirectly.

Some examples of Financial Institutions that are not Banks, among others are leasing companies , insurance companies, venture capital companies, pension fund companies, securities exchanges, pawnshops, mutual funds, and others.

Examples of Bank Financial Boards

1. Central Bank

The Central Bank is responsible for stabilizing the monetary system in a country. Each country has a Central Bank. In Indonesia, the Central Bank that is relied upon is Bank Indonesia. Of course, Bank Indonesia must always ensure the value of the Rupiah currency is stable, in order to provide stability to the community’s economy as well.

2. Commercial Bank (General Bank)

Commercial Banks are also known as Public Banks, which are business entities that provide banking services to the community conventionally or with the Sharia system. Commercial banks provide financial services, such as savings, deposits, giro, mortgages, multi-purpose credit, and others.

3. People’s Credit Bank (BPR)

BPR is a bank that accepts savings in the form of term deposits, provides loans and other financial services to communities in remote areas. Therefore, BPR is usually in rural areas and other locations that are far from the center.

Examples of Non-Bank Financial Institutions

In addition to bank financial institutions, the following are examples of non-bank financial institutions that Reader can read more about in the book Banks and Non-Bank Financial Institutions (Theory and Application) by clicking the following link.

1. Insurance Company

In insurance companies, of course, they provide protection services to their customers. In order to get that protection, the customer is required to pay the premium according to the provisions. Customers can also get various kinds of protection, starting from soul protection, health-related protection, protection when traveling, and others.

2. Pawnshop

Pawnshops are Non-Bank Financial Institutions that provide credit with guarantees. People can get loans on the condition that they guarantee their property. Examples of property that can be guaranteed are jewelry, electronic devices, motor vehicles, and others.

3. Capital Market (Stock Exchange)

The capital market is also one of the main types of Non-Bank Financial Institutions. Through the capital market, customers can transact using securities, such as shares, bonds or bonds, to mutual funds.

From that transaction, the customer will later be able to reap abundant profits. To be able to enter it, customers must first register through securities or investment managers.

4. Savings and Loan Cooperatives

Cooperatives are Non-Bank Financial Institutions that provide savings and loan services to their members with relatively low interest, thus freeing the community from loan sharks and being able to manage money more productively.

Financial Board Benefits

From the several examples of Financial Boards above, of course all Boards that operate in the financial field have benefits for society and the economy.

1. Simplify transactions by being cross payment

The most important benefit of Financial Institutions is to provide convenience and security in financial transactions. For example, to cross daily bill payments, inter-bank transfers, money transfers abroad, to shopping transactions. Even the public can now make transactions easily through the banking application, so there is no need to come to the office directly.

2. Providing cash with ATM withdrawal

One of the benefits of the Financial Institution for the next community, namely the benefit of liquidity which means providing cash and guaranteed authenticity. The withdrawal of cash can be done at the nearest ATM.

3. Transferring assets for profit

The Financial Board is a body that can transfer financial assets for specific needs. For example, giving loans to other customers. The funds will always be rotated so that the Financial Board can survive or make a profit.

4. Relocation of income for use in the future

The Financial Board becomes a safe place for the relocation of customers’ income. Customers can also use funds at certain Financial Institutions for the future. For example, saved for retirement preparations or for children’s education.

The role of the Financial Board in the Economy

As an integral or inseparable part of the economy. Here is the important role of the Financial Board.

1. Financial institutions such as the Central Bank have a role as printers of rupiah money which is used as a legal means of payment, with the aim of facilitating financial transactions between people in the macro economy of a country.
2. The Financial Board of Commercial Banks has the duty to issue checks that are useful to facilitate transactions made by customers.
3. The Financial Board can also act as a broker, broker, or dealer tasked to increase efficiency between both parties and customers.
4. The Financial Board also plays a role in helping the channeling of funds from the household sector to borrowers, unlimitedly and without the knowledge of the fund owner. Transaction costs and information costs themselves are lower, compared to if the borrower has to search and do the transaction directly.
5. The Financial Board also has a role to reduce the risk of loss that may be experienced by fund owners or savers. The loss in question is not paying back the customer’s savings, where this will not happen due to the Financial Board’s strategy in arranging various fund allocations.

Conclusion

From the explanation above, we can simply conclude that the Financial Board is a body that provides financial services that we need every day. Reader friends can also choose it according to their needs. In choosing a Financial Board, make sure to choose the best and legal one to facilitate various financial activities Teman Reader yes.

This is a commentary on the meaning of financial institutions , their functions, types, and benefits. 

Definition of the Legal Authority – When we hear the word law, our thoughts immediately lead to illegal actions that result in the perpetrator having to deal with the authorities. There is no harm in thinking that way, because the law was created to regulate the life of the community and must be obeyed. The consequences of breaking the law are various, some of which are so avoided by the people around them that they end up behind bars.

In organizing and making legal regulations, it cannot be done individually and establish them unilaterally, but it is necessary to participate from several parties who finally express a joint decision in the formation of the legal regulations.

Law enforcement itself therefore creates a legal institution that has the main task of maintaining legal stability in a country. The legal body functions so that each individual is not arbitrary in acting because all actions performed have legal rewards according to the level of crime committed.

Well, for Reader friends wherever you are, the importance of a legal institution in regulating legal stability in a country is very important, for that it is very important to know what legal institutions exist in Indonesia and what authority they have in deciding a law.

Further discussion on the meaning of legal institutions can be seen below!

Meaning of Law Board

A legal institution is an institution that has the power of law and is tasked with upholding legal justice in court. There are many law enforcement agencies. It must be emphasized again that compliance with the law means objectivity and inaccuracy. All groups of people are equal before the law. Unlike those who only run for office because they have the opportunity to break the law. The following is the Indonesian legal system.

The legal system in the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI) is a pattern of human behavior formed that consists of structured social interaction within a framework of meaningful values. While customary rules or laws are considered officially binding and approved by public or government authorities; Laws, procedures, etc. organizing social life in the community; Benchmarks (rules, regulations) for certain events (nature, etc.); the decision (deliberation) of the judge (in court); Evaluation.

Therefore, the legal institution is a social institution whose duty is to fulfill the rules of order for members of society, both written and unwritten, so that it is considered as a centralistic institution and applies universally. Legal institutions were created to fulfill society’s expectations for justice. Because the judiciary can provide certainty and justice and guarantee the community a peaceful and secure life.

Therefore, legal institutions are considered capable of meeting the social system related to social norms that are directly related to procedures or the importance of certain values ​​to meet the basic needs of society. Because the existence of this judicial institution is able to present facilities for the community in carrying out various activities in their lives.

Functions of the Law Board

Social institutions related to law have roles and functions including:

• Protection of community members, judicial authorities protect members of the community and the possibility of crime. Protection of the community can be done with the help of various regulations. The protection of legal institutions can be preventive and repressive to create social order.

• The maintenance of the rule of law by the legal institution as a social institution has its own rules of the game that must be implemented. The purpose is for the legal institution to remain strong in society.

• In order to organize sanctions so that society obeys the law, social control is needed. Legal institutions as a tool of social control play a role in preventing the spread of deviant behavior in society.

• Giving guidance about community behavior, in Indonesia one type of legal institution is the police, which has the power to enforce rules, for example in this case traffic regulations, which play a role in giving guidance about community traffic. With this guide you can create order and peace together.

• As a tool to change society’s behavior Another task of the judiciary is to change society’s behavior that is not appropriate through good means (persuasion) or violence. The expected behavior is behavior that is in accordance with the legal norms that implement the social order.

Dimensions of Law Enforcement

There are three dimensions that must be observed in law enforcement, including:

• The application of law is considered as a normative system (standard system), that is, the application of law that reflects the social values ​​that all witnesses to criminal acts are imbued with.

• Law enforcement should be seen as an administrative system that includes interaction between various police agencies, which is a subsystem of the judiciary mentioned above.

• The application of criminal law is a social system in the sense that the definition of a crime must take into account the differences of opinion that apply to all levels of society.

Law Enforcement Factors

The factors that affect law enforcement, according to Soerjono Soekanto are as follows:

1. Legal Factors

In the field of criminal prosecution, there are sometimes conflicts about legal certainty and justice, because the concept of law is an abstract formulation, while legal certainty is a normatively determined process.

Therefore, a policy or action that is not entirely based on the law is allowed as long as the policy or action does not violate the law. Therefore, law enforcement does not only include law enforcement, but also peace, because law enforcement is a process of forming values ​​and behavior to build peace.

2. Law Enforcement Factors

An important role is played by the mind or personality of the official in the implementation of the law, if the rules are good, but the quality of the official is not good, the problem is clearly not solved. Therefore, one of the keys to the success of the police is the mindset and personality of the law.

3. Institutional factors and supporting services

Supporting means and facilities include software and hardware, for example software is training. The training received by police officers currently tends to be routine, so that many police officers encounter obstacles to achieving their goals, including knowledge of computer crimes and specific crimes that are currently included in the scope of the prosecution.

Because the policy is technically and legally incompetent and not ready. Although it is known that the duties that the police must perform are very broad and diverse.

4. Community Factors

Law enforcement of course comes from within the community and strives to create and promote peace in the community. Every person or group at least has an awareness of the law, the next problem that arises is the level of compliance ie. high, moderate and poor adherence. There is a level of law enforcement itself. And this is an indication of the effectiveness of the relevant law.

5. Cultural factors

According to Soerjono Soekanto, culture has such a great task for society, which is to organize so that people know how to act, act and determine their attitude towards others. Therefore, culture is the basic line of behavior that establishes rules about what should be done and what is prohibited.

Indonesian law enforcement agencies based on law

In addition to the term “law enforcement” in the Advocate Law, there are other terms related to the term “law enforcement”. Law enforcement agencies and their responsibilities are found among others in the following regulations.

• Article 2 of UU 2/2002 states that the duty of the police is one of the duties of state administrators in the field of maintaining public order and security, law enforcement, protection, protection, and service to the community.
• According to Article 101(6) UU 8/1995, Bapepam (Capital Market Authority) can request assistance from law enforcement agencies, the police, the Immigration Service and the Ministry in connection with the implementation of its investigative powers. prosecutors and prosecutors.

• Article 49(3)(i) of the OJK Law states that Financial Services Authority officials have the authority to request assistance from law enforcement agencies. Then what is meant by “other law enforcement agencies” is the prosecutor’s office and the police. and the court. Article 2 of the Constitutional Court Law states that the Constitutional Court is one of the state institutions that exercise independent jurisdiction in the administration of justice to strengthen law and justice.

• PP 16/2018 paragraph 1 item 2 explains that the State Servant Policy (Pol PP) is a member of the Satpol PP as a regional government unit that has an office and gets duties, responsibilities, and authority in accordance with the laws and regulations in the administration of government. district regulations and district director. Order, enforcement of public order and peace and community protection.

Examples of the Law Board in Indonesia

A legal institution is an institution that has the power of law and is tasked with upholding legal justice in court. There are many law enforcement agencies. It must be emphasized again that compliance with the law means objectivity and inaccuracy. All groups of people are equal before the law. Unlike those who only run for office because they have the opportunity to break the law.

The following are Indonesian legal institutions:

1. National Police of the Republic of Indonesia

One of the members of the muspika is the police, this first institution is recognized by the city government. Its existence is directly related to the community within the National Police of the Republic of Indonesia, there are many units. For example, the Cybercrime Unit that protects the public from illegal crimes in the cyber world, and SATLANTAS (Traffic Unit) that regulates traffic on public roads.

The government decided to hand over police duties. This means that its existence is also guaranteed by the government. Law No. 2 of 2002 about the National Police of the Republic of Indonesia:

Stated: “The duty of the police is one of the duties of the national government in maintaining the security and order of the community, policing, protection, protection, and service to the community.”

Polri also usually participates in the continuity of other national institutions. For example, assisting the Financial Services Authority (OJK) and other General Managers who need legal advice. The presence of police is widespread from the central level to the districts.

There is a police unit in the area, commonly called Satpol PP (Pamong Praja Police Unit). This unit usually destroys law and order in the community to keep community life in a safe and peaceful area. PP Satpol actions which are often taken over by illegal Street Vendors (PKL) and GePeng (vagrants and beggars) who destroy urban planning and public facilities often attract media attention.

2. Constitutional Court

MK or the Constitutional Court adjudicates legal cases at the court table. This board holds a very important role in law enforcement. The reason is simple, the judiciary is the boss who decides how to proceed with matters, especially in disputes where there is no jurisprudence.

The existence of the Constitutional Court was confirmed in 2003 by including articles about the Constitutional Court into the law. Law Number 24 of 2003, ratified in August of the same year, regulates the Constitutional Court. To understand who the Constitutional Court is dealing with, read the following description:

1. Constitutional judge

A judge is a person who has the authority to adjudicate a matter. Constitutional Court judges can serve for two terms of office, each term of office is five years (Read:

jurisdiction of the Constitutional Court). There are 9 constitutional judges, each consisting of:

• 3 people are elected by the Supreme Court
• 3 people are elected by the House of Representatives (DPR).
• 3 people are chosen by the President

2. Head of the Constitutional Court

• The Chief of the Constitutional Court is the person who leads the Constitutional Court.
• The constitutional judge elects the Chief of the Constitutional Court for a term of three years

3. Supreme Court

The Supreme Court has a high position in the Indonesian legal system. The Supreme Court deals with cases at the Supreme Court level. The duties and functions of the Supreme Court are also different according to the law. Meanwhile, there are several levels of justice as follows:

• first level: in the state court
• Second level: to be dealt with by the high court
• third level: to be dealt with by the Supreme Court

The jurisdiction of the Supreme Court covers several areas. From the scope of common law to the military. Because of its jurisdiction over cassation, the Supreme Court also has the authority to advise the president on amnesty and rehabilitation. The composition of the Supreme Court is as follows:

• Supreme Court Candidate: Supreme Court candidate is a candidate submitted to the DPR by the Judicial Commission (KY). However, confirmation is done by the President.
• Supreme Court Judges: This has a maximum of 60 members who can be selected based on their legal career or academic expertise.
• Chief Justice of the Supreme Court: The Chief Justice of the Supreme Court is just one of the judges of the Supreme Court. In addition, the head position can also be directly proposed by the president based on their career and experience in law.

4. Military High Court

There are several levels of military justice. In fact, the military court represents the judicial authority in the armed forces. His position is considered on the basis of national security. The military justice environment is also classified according to its level as follows:

• There is a basic military court in the city where KODAM is located
• The Class B Military Court is located in the city where KOREM is located

Meanwhile, military justice graduates have the following hierarchy:

1. High Military Court

The defendants in this trial are soldiers with the rank of major. In this process, 5 people will be judges.

• 1 leader
• 2 members
• 1 senior military inspector (the prosecutor has the same functions and duties as the prosecutor in the field of prosecution)
• 1 clerk

2. Main General Court

Cases appearing before the military high court and on appeal are dealt with here. In short, the court under the Supreme Court is a continuation of the Military High Court. The location is also in the capital of Indonesia. The composition of the members is as follows:

• 1 Chief (minimum rank of Brigadier General or Marshal and First Admiral)
• 2 members (minimum rank of colonel)
• 1 officer (major rank – colonel)

Conclusion

So much for a short discussion about the definition from the legal institution. This discussion does not only discuss the definition of legal institutions but also discusses further the functions, dimensions, laws that regulate legal institutions, law enforcement factors, as well as examples of legal institutions in Indonesia.

Understanding the meaning of legal institutions gives us additional knowledge about various legal institutions in Indonesia as well as knowing their functional role in maintaining legal stability.

Such is the commentary on the meaning of legal institutions. 

Understanding Ecology

If you discuss about natural science, surely you must know about ecosystems, right? Well, in addition to the ecosystem, you too have certainly heard of ecology, right? Yes, ecology is one part of the branch of science that studies the interaction of living things with their environment.

The term from ecology itself is often considered as a foreign term and rarely heard by the community. In fact, there are some people who think that ecology and ecosystem are different meanings.

Ecology was first introduced by a German biologist named Ernst Heinrich Philipp August Haeckel. Long name, isn’t it? Yep, you can call him Ernst Haeckel.

If viewed epistemologically (science), the word ecology comes from the Greek language, namely oikos and logos. The word Oikos has the meaning of habitat, while the word logos has the meaning of knowledge.

So, if studied further, ecology has the meaning as one of the sciences that studies the relationship between organisms (living things) and their environment. The meaning is very diverse according to how experts interpret it.

Yep, as explained before, that ecology is one of the branches of science in biology. According to the historical records, for the first time the science of ecology was used by a German biologist named Ernst Haeckel in 1896. Since then, the discussion about ecology began to be widely discussed in the world of education.

Anthony van Leeuwenhoek is one example of a figure known for his studies of food chains and population regulation. In addition, it turns out that since thousands of years ago famous figures such as Hippocrates, Aristotle, and also other Greek philosophers have written some material that is now included in the field of ecology. 

In some books, ecology itself has been interpreted as a science that studies the relationship in the form of interaction between an organism and nature or can also be with the surrounding environment.

Ecology itself has its own scope and what is included in the scope of ecology is population, community, ecosystem, up to the biosphere. As explained earlier, that ecology is one of the biological sciences that studies the interaction between organisms and nature and the surrounding environment. 

Therefore, ecology is also closely related to ecosystems. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary or KBBI, there is the term ecosystem ecology which has the meaning as an analysis that is viewed from a structural and also functional point of view, and includes the relationship between biotic and abiotic. 

Meanwhile, as reported by The Ecological Society of America, ecology is a science that seeks to study and explain the importance of the relationship between living things and the surrounding environment, including the benefits of ecosystems for living things. 

From the explanation that has been presented above, it can be concluded that ecology is a science that studies the relationship between living things (judging from their interactions) with their environment. Ecology also has an important role in aspects of human life.

Why? Because ecology has a scope that also includes ecosystems. Therefore, this article will discuss in more detail about the scope of ecology. Here is the explanation.

Scope of Ecological Science

Ecology in general studies the interaction of organisms with the living environment around them. The scope of ecology is basically limited to several things, such as individuals, populations, communities, ecosystems, and the biosphere.

1. Individuals

The first scope of ecology is the Individual. Yes, as you know that an individual is a unit of organism of each type or even a certain species that exists in an environment. How about an example from an individual? Examples are humans, a bird, a deer, and others.

2. Population

The second scope is population. Where the population is a group of individuals of the same type that exist in a certain place and at a certain time. The simple language can be explained as a combination of several individuals of the same type that are in one place.

What is the sample from the population? For example, the population is the population of humans, the population of birds, the population of grass, and there are many other populations that you can find in your surroundings.

3. Community

Community is one of the scope of ecology. Community is understood as a group of living beings that consists of several populations in it and interact with each other in a certain place and time.

An example of a community, for example, is a grassland community. In grassland communities there are various types of populations. There are grass populations, grasshopper populations, bird populations, snake populations, and various other populations.

4. Ecosystem

The scope of the fourth ecology is the ecosystem. Well, if you previously knew the ecosystem as ecology. It means you are wrong. Why? Because ecosystems are part of the scope of ecology.

Ecosystem itself is understood as a condition where there is a reciprocal relationship and also an interdependent relationship between a living being and its environment. 

For example, the easiest ecosystems for you to know are forests and seawater ecosystems. All individuals in the forest and also the sea interact with each other and depend on each other.

5. Biosphere

Maybe you rarely hear the word biosphere. However, at the level of biological organization, the biosphere is the largest level and also contains all life on earth. 

In the biosphere there are also all the interactions between the physical environment as a whole.

6. Landscape

The sixth scope of ecology is landscape or commonly known as landscape ecology. This landscape has a focus on the factors that control the circulation of energy, matter, and also organisms in an ecosystem.

7. Global

The global scope relies on a regional energy exchange and also the influence of matter on function, as well as the distribution of organisms at the highest level, namely the biosphere.

Aspects & Principles of Ecology

After knowing the meaning and also the scope of ecology, then in this discussion you will be informed about the aspects and principles of ecology that must be observed. 

Without further ado, let’s check out the explanation below.

Key Aspects of Ecology

Some important aspects in studying ecology are as follows.

• The study of the relationship between organisms or groups of organisms with their environment.
• The study of the interaction of organisms or groups of organisms with their environment.
• Study about the structure and function of nature.

Key Principles of Ecology

As for the main principles of ecology. Principles in ecology include the following.

• There is an interaction
• There is an attitude of mutual dependence ( interdependence )
• There is diversity in it ( diversity )
• There is a harmony
• The existence of sustainable capabilities ( sustainability )

Ecological Benefits

Ecology itself has benefits for the environment. In this discussion is an explanation of the benefits of ecology for the environment. Let’s read and understand the explanation below.

1. Know Biodiversity

Ecological science also provides benefits to humans as a way to understand various living things as well as the relationship between living things and their environment.

For example, ecology helps humans to understand how a camel can survive in a very dry and high temperature environment. Another example is that humans can understand how a penguin can survive in an environment that has very low temperatures such as the poles.

2. Knowing the Behavior of Living Beings

If the previous benefit is to know biodiversity. Therefore, the science of ecology also provides benefits to humans to be able to recognize the behavior of living beings and how they relate or interact with the environment. 

What is an example of the benefits of knowing the behavior of living beings? An example is a sonar system on submarines that mimics the senses of bats and dolphins.

By imitating the behavior of the two animals, humans can take advantage of that and develop it as technology from submarines that function to determine targets or locations.

3. Knowing the Role of Humans on the Environment

The third benefit is a benefit that can be said to be one of the reflection materials of human actions and discoveries. Ecology also makes people more aware of the role of humans in their environment. 

As an example is DDT products. This product is used for the purpose of eradicating pests, it turns out that this product can even pollute the human environment and also other organisms. With the help of ecological science, people can know about products that are useful for them, but also know the impact.

4. Food Consumption Mapping

Ecology is also useful for mapping food consumption and knowing the structure and scale of food from every living creature on this earth. For example, plants as creatures are categorized as producers and herbivores as level I consumers.

In addition, there are carnivorous animals that rank as level II consumers and also humans as level III consumers. After that, there are still more decomposers and also the results of the decomposition are consumed again by producers as one of the energy sources.

This is commonly referred to as the life cycle and food chain. You know, right?

5. Solutions to Agricultural Problems

Ecological knowledge can also solve various problems in the world of agriculture. A farmer apparently needs some microbes that can produce nitrates and also ammonium to maintain soil fertility. Well, this is the result of knowledge from ecological science. Isn’t it amazing? 

6. Solution to Energy Problems

Ecological knowledge is also useful to help humans to ensure the availability of energy that works to support their lives. For example is the use of alternative energy from solar energy that has the purpose of producing electricity.

7. Solutions to Health Problems

The last benefit of ecological science is to help people solve various problems related to health. Through ecology, humans can learn about various diseases that have never been discovered before. One of them is dengue or dengue fever.

Ecology found that dengue or dengue fever is caused by the Aedes Aegypti mosquito. This condition can certainly be overcome with certain handling methods. One of them is by draining the water reservoir.

This is done so that there is no nest for mosquitoes to breed by not laying eggs in puddles.

Ecological Type

After discussing the benefits that have been revealed about ecological science on human life, it turns out that ecological science has several types. In this discussion, we will look at the types of ecology. 

Without further ado, let’s take a look and pay attention to the explanation of the types of ecology below.

There are several types of ecological science that have been applied in various aspects of human life, namely:

• Human ecology is a branch of ecology that has a focus on learning about human environmental conditions.
• Plant ecology is a branch of ecological science that studies plants as an organism and also centers the plant itself as a main focus, ignoring animals and humans.
• Animal ecology is a branch of ecology that has a central focus on animals as an organism, and ignores humans and plants.
• Aquatic ecology, which is one of the branches of ecological science that studies and finds out the relationship between organisms and the aquatic environment, such as rivers, reservoirs, estuaries, and even the sea.
• Habitat ecology is a branch of ecological science that focuses on discussing the nature of a habitat.
• Population ecology is a branch of ecology that focuses on studying various relationships between groups of organisms and the number of individuals. Population ecology also studies and finds out about the factors that determine the size of a population and its spread.
• Social ecology is a branch of ecological science that studies and finds out about the relationship between humans and the natural environment as well as the technology around them.
• Language ecology is an ecological science that studies and also conducts research on a relationship between language and the human environment.
• Space ecology is an ecological science that studies the ecosystems that can support all human life during space flight.
  

   

   

Well, that’s it from this article. It turns out that ecology is a very extraordinary science. Proven from the various benefits that can help people in their daily lives and also for the needs of the environment.

Hopefully by reading this article, you will have a better understanding of the ecological science that has been discussed above. Hopefully, with this article, you will be able to distinguish between ecosystem and ecology.

This is an article that discusses ecology, starting from the meaning, aspects and principles, scope, benefits, and also the types of ecology.

If you want to find other articles and discuss about knowledge that you have not yet understood, you can find it on the Sinaumedia site. Just visit www.Sinaumedia.com . You can get a variety of interesting information.

So, don’t forget to read it, Reader #SahabatTanpaBatas! Start from simple things so that you can get used to reading and can improve literacy in Indonesia. 

Oh yes, by reading, you can improve and train your imagination. In addition, you can also add a lot of interesting and cool new vocabulary. So, let’s get used to always reading. Happy reading for all Reader.

 

Legislative Understanding – In the process of forming a country, the founders or founding fathers tried to find a standard form for the government system. This is done with the aim of developing and developing the quality of the country. We can conclude that the country must meet the components that have high potential to build the integrity of the country. Usually, it is the basic components that have the function as a foundation to build a country. The components are the form of the country, the form of government, and also the government system.

The process in this government system has various uses and functions for the country. This government system has a very important role in a country. Without a government system, the country will be in chaos, because the country has not determined who will be the leader of the country, who will hold the highest power, and the country has not yet known who will be the representative of the people, and so on. The self-government system is divided into three, among others the executive, legislative, and judiciary. In this article, we will explain the meaning of legislation in more depth.

Legislative Meaning

The legislative body is a government body that has a general function in making laws. Where this legislative body has several functions, namely the function of legislation and also the function of control. In Indonesia itself, the legislative body is the House of Representatives or DPR and also the House of District Representatives or DPD.

1. DPR or House of Representatives

Generally, DPR members come from political parties that are directly elected by the people through the election process. This DPR is located at the central level, while those at the provincial and regency/city level are the DPRD or the District House of Representatives. The following are some of the duties and authorities that must be performed by DPR members, as follows:

a. Forming laws that have been discussed together with the President
b. Giving consent on district regulations replacing Law
c. Receive and also discuss the problems of the Bill or Draft Law submitted by the DPD
d. Considering the DPD on the draft APBN Law related to taxes, education, and also religion
e. Setting the APBN or the National Income and Expenditure Budget together with the President by taking into account considerations from the DPD
f. Select members of the Financial Inspection Body with consideration from the DPD
g. Select three candidates for constitutional judges and submit them to the President and others

In carrying out their duties and also their authority, DPR members also have certain rights, among others:

a. Interpellation Right, which is the right to ask the President for information.
b. Questionnaire Rights, which is the right used to submit Draft Laws to the government.
c. The Right of Initiative, which is the right to submit a Draft Law to the government.
d. Amendment Right, which is the right to make changes to the Draft Law.
e. Budget Right, which is the right used to submit the RAPBN or National Income and Expenditure Budget Plan.
f. The right to Petition, which is the right used to ask questions about government policy.

Meanwhile, in Article 20A of the 1945 Constitution, DPR holds the highest power in forming legislation. Therefore, DPR has 3 important functions, among others:

a. Legislative function, namely DPR as a law maker together with the President.
b. Budget function, namely the DPR as the holder of power in determining the APBN proposed by the President.
c. Oversight function, namely the House of Representatives supervises the running of the government.

The DPR conducts a session at least once a year.

2. District Representative House or DPD

DPD members are made up of representatives from the provinces who have been selected through the election process. The membership of the DPD is formalized by the President’s decision and is located in the electoral district. Where DPD members do not come from political parties, but from community organizations. The tenure of DPD members is five years.

Based on Article 22D of the 1945 Constitution, DPD members have the following authority, among others:

1. Submitting Draft Laws to the DPR related to regional autonomy, regional central relations, formation, expansion, and regional mergers, natural resource management, as well as regional central finance.
2. Give consideration to members of the DPR on the Draft APBN Law and also the Bill related to taxes, education, and also religion.
3. Supervise the implementation of those matters and report them to DPR.

Functions of the National Board: Executive and Judiciary

The following is an explanation of the functions of state institutions other than legislative institutions, namely the executive and also the judiciary. Below is a complete explanation.

1. Executive Board

This executive board is a board that functions to implement the laws that have been set by the legislative board. In countries that adhere to a democratic government system, generally the executive board consists of the head of state, be it the king or the president, accompanied by his ministers. In Indonesia itself, the members of the executive board are the MPR or the People’s Consultative Assembly, the President, and also the Vice President, as well as the ministers.

a. MPR or People’s Consultative Assembly

Before the 1945 Constitutional Amendment, the sovereignty in the hands of the people was fully exercised by the MPR. Therefore, the MPR is often referred to as the highest institution of the country with authority under the Constitution. However, after the 1945 Constitutional Amendment, people’s sovereignty is no longer exercised by the MPR, but is exercised according to the Basic Law.

MPR members are a combination of members of the DPR or House of Representatives and also the DPD or District House of Representatives who are elected by the people directly through the election process. The provisions regarding the number of members are regulated in the law. The MPR holds a session at least once in five years. The MPR’s most visible authority is appointing the President and Vice President who have been elected by the people through elections.

Based on Article 3 paragraph 1 in the 1945 Constitution, the MPR has the following duties and authorities:

a. Change and establish legislation
b. Appoint the president and vice president
c. Dismiss the president and also the vice president during their term of office according to the Basic Law

Members of the MPR, in carrying out their duties and authority, have certain rights, namely:

a. Submitting motions related to changes in articles in legislation
b. Determine the attitude and also the choice in the decision-making process
c. Choosing and being chosen
d. Defending himself
e. Immunity or the right to continue to carry out his duties and authority without being sued from court
f. Protocol or the right to obtain respect in respect of his office
g. Financial and also administrative

b. President

Before the 1945 Constitutional Amendment, the president and his representative were elected by the MPR. However, after the 1945 Constitutional Amendment, the president and his representative were elected by the people directly through the election process. The president and vice president will serve for five years and can be re-elected only once in the next general election. The president is the head of state and also the head of government. As a head of state, the president has the duties and authority set out in the 1945 Constitution, among others:

a. Making agreements with other countries with the approval of the DPR or House of Representatives
b. Appointing ambassadors and consuls to be placed in the capital of other countries and also in Indonesia
c. Receiving ambassadors from other countries
d. Giving titles, marks of service, and also marks of honor to nationals, whether they are Indonesian nationals or foreign nationals who have already served.

While as the head of government that runs the country’s government, the President has the following rights and obligations:

a. Holding government power based on the 1945 Constitution
b. Submitting Draft Laws to DPR
c. Set government regulations
d. Upholding and implementing the Basic Law
e. Granting pardon or forgiveness to convicts and also rehabilitation or restoration of the good name of an accused person based on the consideration of the Supreme Court: MA
f. Granting amnesty or reduction of convicts’ sentences as well as abolition or cancellation of criminal charges based on the DPR’s consideration.

In addition to serving and acting as the head of state and also the head of government, the president is also the supreme commander in the armed forces. So as to have the following authority:

a. Declaring war and also making peace with other countries on the basis of DPR approval
b. Making international agreements based on DPR approval
c. Declaring the state of danger to a condition and also a situation that is taking place in the country.

2. Judicial Board

This judicial body is a government body that has the authority to interpret the content of the law and also to sanction violations of its implementation. In its implementation, this one board must be free from interference from the executive board. This is intended so that the enforcement of law and justice is not one-sided or too partisan.

1. Supreme Court or MA

The Board of the Supreme Court or MA is one of the holders of the highest judicial authority from all judicial circles. Where the MA board is headed by the Chief Justice who is assisted by several other judges. The Supreme Judge was proposed by the DPR from the Judicial Commission. This MA board has several obligations and also its own authority, among others:

1. Judging at the level of cassation, testing legal regulations, and also other authority given by the Law.
2. Nominate three members of the constitutional judge.
3. Give consideration to rehabilitation and also pardon proposed by the President.

2. Constitutional Court or MK

The Board of the Supreme Court has the authority to exercise judicial power in the sphere of general justice, military, religion, and also the administration of the State. The Constitutional Court has the authority to adjudicate at the first and last level. In the MK, there are nine constitutional judges who have been appointed by the President. The following are the duties and functions of the Constitutional Court, among others:

1. Test the law on the Basic Law
2. Decide on disputes over the authority of national institutions whose authority is given by the Basic Law
3. Decide on the dissolution of political parties
4. Decide on disputes about election results

3. Judicial Commission or KY

The Judicial Commission Board was formed to oversee the behavior of judges and also dirty practices in the judicial administration process. In the 1945 Constitution as amended, the position of the Judicial Commission is independent and its existence is formed and dismissed by the President with the approval of the DPR.

Such is the explanation of the meaning of the legislature and other national institutions in Indonesia. Hopefully useful.

 

Meaning of Relay Running – Relay running is one of the friendly sports branches in the community. This relay race is often done in physical education lessons at school. Students will practice and even run a relay race.

In doing so, high concentration is required. In addition, running speed should also be considered because it is an important thing. As well as requiring excellent team coordination between one runner and another runner who is a teammate. This is done to obtain maximum results.

Previously, what is the meaning of relay running? This article will discuss the sport of relay running. Starting from the understanding of relay running, history, types of races to the techniques needed.

Meaning of Relay Run

What is the meaning of relay running? Relay runs are also often referred to as relay runs. The reason is that relay runs are done in a continuous manner.

Therefore, a relay race is a race that is done in groups. Generally there can be 2 to 4 people in the group. Everyone in the group will get a turn to finish.

Then, what is the meaning of relay running? Relay running is one of the sports of running. Relay running is one of the athletic branches.

As explained earlier, the relay runs will be played alternately. Therefore, this relay race requires a team. Teams or groups are used to pass the baton, from one runner to the next.

In the relay race number, there is a specificity. The specificity will not be found in other birth numbers. That is to move the stick while running quickly.

The baton transfer will happen to the next runner from the previous runner. In a big competition, generally team members or groups consist of 4 people. This relay running sport looks easy if we observe it.

However, actually not only technique is needed in relay running. However, there are some other things that should also be considered. Such as the speed between runners, agility and skill.

Those things are certainly important in giving or receiving a stick. The place or zone used to move the stick has also been determined. The adjustment between distance and speed should also be noted by every runner.

The Meaning of Relay According to the Experts

The following is the meaning of relay running according to some experts:

1. KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary)

In KBBI, the word relay goes into the athletic category. The meaning of the relay is a double race by dividing the distance between the participants. At the end of the part, each person hands over an object (for example a stick or a flag) to the next participant.

2. Guthrie (2008)

The meaning of relay running is a run that combines two things. It is a combination of speed coordination with the cooperation of the runner team. The purpose is to help complete the tasks that have been given. The task of this is a stick.

3. Irwansyah (2006)

According to Irwansyah, the meaning of a relay race is a run performed by four athletes. Relay runs are used using batons. Relay sticks used in relay races are generally made of fiberglass or wood.

4. Moh. Crazy(2007)

The meaning of relay running according to Moh. Gilang is one of the numbers in the running race. At the athletic competition should be done alternately or alternately. In a relay team, there are four runners.

The four runners are runner 1, runner 2, runner 3, and runner 4. They will move sticks to each other while running. It starts from the first runner, until the next runner.

History of Relay Running

After knowing the meaning of relay running, the history of relay running will be discussed further. Apparently, relay running has been around for a long time. The relay running movements have been done before.

Some of the movements in the relay race include walking, running, throwing, catching and jumping. The movement is of course often performed by humans in their daily activities.

The year this sport started is not certain. However, this relay sport started because it was inspired by the story of the 3 tribes. The tribes are the Aztecs, the Incas and the Maya.

The movements are performed by the tribes in completing a mission. The three bangs aini tribes use a technique, namely the continuous running technique. The purpose is to convey an important news that has been known for a long time.

The relay race is inspired by how to complete those missions. The people of the Ancient Greeks also used objects in the form of torches that were given continuously. It was done during the ancestral worship ritual.

In addition, also continue the sacred fire to his new jurisdiction. Since there is a ritual tradition that uses torch fire as a relay, the Ancient Greeks began to recognize it as a sport. In addition, the Ancient Greeks also had a competition or Olympics about the relay, they called it the Olympic flame.

In a race, Olympics or championship, the type of relay running that is often done is the 4 x 100 meter relay. In addition, the 4 x 400 meter category is also contested quite often. However, there are also some who organize relay races more than that.

The Olympics or the 4 x 100 meter category relay race and the 4 x 400 meter category were first held in 1992. Held in Stockholm, Sweden. However, at that time the race was only reserved for men.

The relay race for women started in 1928. Then in 1972, it was held again. The race was held for the 4 x 100 meter category and the 4 x 400 meter category.

Baton Relay

This relay baton will later be given in turn from one runner to the next runner in a group. This stick will later be carried until it reaches the finish line. The size of this relay running stick also has its own provisions.

Like the size that should fit and fit the grip of runners in general. Then, what are the other provisions of the relay baton? Here is the explanation:

1.       Relay running sticks have a length of around 29 cm to 30 cm
2.       The relay running stick has a diameter of 3.81 cm for adult size. As for children, the diameter is around 2.54 cm.
3.       The maximum weight of this stick is 50 grams.
4.       Relay running sticks are generally made of several materials. Such as fine pipes, metal, wood, and other materials that have a hole in the middle.
5.       Relay batons must be colored. The purpose is to be easily seen by runners from afar when carried by other runners.

Field for Relay Run

The number of strips is around 6 to 10 pieces. As for the indoor field field , the track length is around 200 meters. Consists of a total of 4 to 8 strips. The shape of the field is round like an egg.

The zone used for changeovers in the relay run is only 10 meters in front of the start line . In addition, there is also 10 meters behind the start line .

Types of Relay Races

What are the types of relay races? Here is the explanation:

1. Run a long distance relay

Long-distance relay running is currently gaining popularity. This race was also followed by many runners from various levels. Like at the amateur level, beginners to professionals.

The length of this long-distance relay race can reach tens of kilometers. This relay race generally has 5 to 36 stages or legs. Each stage or leg has a distance between members of 5 and 10 km.

2. Run a relay between countries

Relay races between countries have also been held. In 2017, the IAAF World Cross Country Championships were held. At this championship, a relay race was held from various countries.

This competition will pit teams or groups between countries. Contestants also consist of a mixture of men and women. The distance used in this race is 4 x 2 km or 2 km for each runner.

3. Medley relay

This type of relay running championship has different distances for each runner. The distance of 4 stages or legs in a long distance medley relay race consists of several distances. Namely 1200 meters, 400 meters, 800 meters and 1,600 meters.

Whereas the short distance medley relay usually consists of 4 stages or legs. Stage or leg distance varies. That is 400 meters, 200 meters, 800 meters. Other variants consist of 200 meters, 100 meters and 400 meters.

Techniques in Relay Running

Relay technique

This relay race generally starts with a squat. After starting, the runners will run away from the starting line line . However, there are other things that should be noted.

In addition to running speed, runners should also pay attention to technique in giving and receiving sticks. And pay attention to how the replacement process is.

1. Stick holding technique

In holding the baton, there is a technique that must be understood. Techniques like this are useful so that the stick does not fall easily. In this technique, the stick will be held at the end, only half of it. Half of the baton will be left to be held by the recipient of the next relay baton, in the form of another runner.

2. The technique of handing over and receiving the cane

In a race, a special area is needed to hand over and receive the baton. Sticks should be done in that specific area. the area is called wishel. The length of the wissel area is only about 20 meters.

Runners should be able to take advantage of the area. It is used for changing sticks. The change of cane should also be done as quickly and accurately as possible.

Runners who hand over the baton outside the switch will be disqualified, for breaking the rules. As for the stick handover technique, there are three types of techniques. The technique consists of downsweep, upsweep, and push pass. Here is the explanation:

a. Downsweep technique

The downsweep submission technique is a stick submission technique performed from above. This technique is performed when the recipient’s palm is facing upwards. The runner who will give the baton must hand over the baton from the side of the first runner.

The purpose is to make it easier to see and receive the stick. The cane recipient’s thumb should be positioned open. And the other fingers close together.

The cane receiver can receive the cane by turning his back. In addition, it can also be done without seeing when the baton is being handed over by the previous runner.

b. Upsweep technique

In this technique, handing the stick will be done from the bottom up. This is done when the recipient’s palm is facing downwards. When receiving the cane, it must be ensured that the thumb is wide open.

In addition, the other finger positions will be closed. It is the same as in the previous technique. The cane recipient is also welcome to turn towards the back. However, not looking back is also not a problem.

c. Push pass technique

This one technique will be done by lifting the arm towards the back. The way is with the palm to the side, then the thumb will point downwards. The runner will hand over the baton by holding it vertically. Then push it with the palm of your hand.

That is a brief review on the meaning of relay running, the history of relay running, the types of races and the techniques that runners should do. 

Meaning of Report – Report is a general term that is often used in everyday life. Not only in the work environment, but also at the school level and even RT or RW. However, do you know what the report actually means?

In the academic world, there is often overlapping information about the meaning of report and essay. The two words are sometimes used interchangeably.

In general, reports are more needed for business, scientific, technical subjects, and in the workplace. Reports concentrate on facts, while essays present arguments and reasoning.

In order to better understand the report, here is a complete explanation. Starting from the meaning of reports according to experts, functions, benefits, characteristics, structure, types, to things that need to be observed in making reports.

Meaning of Report

The word report in Indonesian is the meaning of the word report in English. However, the word report itself originally comes from two Latin words, namely the word re which means loaded or backward and the word portare which has the meaning of carrying or conveying.

The two words were combined to form the word reportare which means to convey complete information from what has been obtained before. Meanwhile, in the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), the word report has the meaning of everything that is reported or a piece of news.

The report itself is a reflection of 5W1H. Contains about what ( what ) happened, where ( where ) the event took place, when ( when ) the event happened, why ( why ) it could happen, and who ( who ) is responsible for something that has happened , as well as how it happened.

In carrying out the activities of an organization or company, reports are of course very important. Because, reports can be one of the official tools to convey information in a simple and objective manner, about all relevant problems.

In simple terms, a report is a form of information delivery that contains facts about a matter, both verbally and in writing. The information conveyed through the report can also have various contents, depending on the needs. Starting from news information, information, notifications, to accountability.

The facts presented in the report are of course based on objective conditions that have been experienced by the person in charge of making the report. Especially when he is doing a job or activity.

The Meaning of the Report According to the Experts

The definition of a report can also vary, depending on the person making it. Here are some meanings of the report according to the experts.

1. Himstreet (1998)

A report is a message delivered systematically and objectively. It is used to convey information from one division of the organization to another department or other institution, to help make decisions or solve problems.

2. JC Denyern

A report is a communication tool where the writer presents information in an organized format, which is in the form of some conclusions about the situation that has been investigated for a specific audience and with a specific purpose.

3. Dr. Prejudi Atmosudirjo

A report is any writing that contains the results of processing data and information in the form of a short, sharp, and concise document for a specific purpose and audience.

4. Alawites

A report is information made by an officer or official to be given to other officials in an administrative system.

5. Mulyadi

Reports are accounting information in the form of computer printouts. The data is stored neatly in the computer.

6. Craft (2001)

A report is a means of communication carried out by the report maker in conveying information to a person or business entity that is responsible for receiving the report made.

7. Rama & Jones

A report is a group of data that has been arranged in such a way with a good format, so that it is easy to understand.

8. Soegito

A report is an information whose content is in accordance with the facts that happened, supported by complete data, and arranged in an organized manner.

9. Beautiful

A report is a document that contains information in the form of narrative, graphics, or tables, which are arranged repeatedly and regularly. Reports can refer to a specific time period, event, event, or subject, and can be displayed or presented in verbal or text form.

10. Moekijat

A report is one type of document written by an individual or a group of people, to announce the results of research or something to the authority.

11. Oxford English Dictionary

A report is a statement of the results of an investigation of any problem that requires definite information, and is made to help others.

Report function

Well, that was some definition of the report according to the experts. Now, let’s talk about the function of a report, let’s go.

1. As a material in decision-making

In certain situations or circumstances, a manager or company leader sometimes has to make important decisions in a short time. In such conditions, authentic sources are needed to obtain clear information, so that the best decision can be taken. Well, those decision-making materials are reports.

2. As analysis material

Reports are also a very important resource. Because, every time there is a problem in the company. So their team should try to find the cause and make detailed information about the problem in the form of writing a report.

3. As a monitoring tool and evaluation material

In companies based on a large scale and involved in many different activities. It is not possible for management to supervise everyone in the company. Therefore, reports are very necessary to monitor the actions of each department and individual.

4. As a matter of accountability

Through reports, a fact can be revealed or known after there is accurate data and/or evidence that accompanies it. Of course, those facts should be written in the report, so that they can be used as material for accountability.

5. As a tool to convey information

Although the meaning of report is quite diverse, basically the report contains a topic that is explained, both in written and oral form. Reports can cover a variety of topics, but usually focus on delivering information with a clear purpose to a specific audience. A good report is accurate, objective, and complete, so that the report becomes a tool to convey information.

Report Benefits

Earlier we discussed about the function of the report. Well, here are the benefits of having a report.

1. The report can guide improvements in planning further activities.
2. Assist in policy setting quickly.
3. Reports are all sources of information.
4. Helps to know the process and progress of improving an activity.
5. Assist in recording documentation.
6. Help solve problems.

Report Features

Next, let’s get to know the characteristics of a report. Here are six features of the report.

1. Brief

In writing a report, we only need to present the main points. However, of course we write all of that in brief and must be related to what we are going to report, so that the recipient of the report will later be able to easily find out what the actual problem is from the report that we have made.

2. A report should be logical

A report will be considered logical when the information presented can be traced with reasonable reasons.

3. The report should also be complete

As people who are in charge of making reports, we must also include information as complete as possible in certain points related to our reporting.

If it is incomplete, then it is not a report anymore. Our report can also be more perfect when equipped with sources of results or bibliography.

4. Reports are written systematically

A report will be considered systematic when the written information is arranged in interrelated units and sequentially.

5. The report should be oriented towards objectivity

Because reports are often used to help make decisions or solve problems, then reports must be made objectively.

6. Even if there is a report that can be seen by the general public

In reality, the initial report was only prepared for a limited number of people. That is, the report is not for everyone to read, but only those who have authority in the organization and then it is decided to publish it or not.

Report Structure

Before we write a report, we must know the structure or framework of the report we will write. So that our reports can later be organized in an orderly and good manner. Here is the structure of the report that you must understand.

1. Introduction

In the introduction, we can include the meaning and purpose of writing the report, the main problem reported, as well as the systematics of the report.

2. Fill

In the content section of the report, we can write down the data and facts of the implementation of the activity. In addition, it is also about the suitability of the implementation with the planning, the problems that occur, and the discussion of the problems.

3. Closing

Then in the closing part as the end of the report. We also need to write down the conclusions from the report we made along with suggestions that will later be read by the recipient of the report.

Things to Consider in Making a Report

After knowing the structure of the report. It is good that we also need to pay attention to the following things in making a report.

1. Reports should be clear and concise.
2. The report should be complete.
3. Contains the value of objectivity.
4. Directly on the target or to the point .
5. Accompanied by some suggestions.
6. Consistent and firm in his explanation.
7. On time, that is not long from the specified reporting time.
8. Delivered to the right person or audience at the right address and purpose.

Steps to Make a Report

After understanding what a report is, its functions, benefits, features and structure. Now we learn the steps to make a report in general.

1. First, we should define the problem to be reported. We can certainly get that problem from the observations we have made during the activity. In addition, we can also catch a problem from whatever is being observed and related to the activity.
2. After finding the problem. We need to gather material for the report which is data and facts.
3. Next, we continue by classifying the data we have already obtained.
4. Then evaluate and process the data.
5. Then enter the data that has been processed into the report by creating a report structure or framework first.

Types of Reports

Friends Reader, up to this point we have studied and understood all kinds of reports. In fact, until the way it is made in general.

However, to make it easier for us in making reports. Here are the types of reports you should know, so that Reader can write a more specific report.

1. Reports based on Time

Reports based on time are divided into two specific reports, namely incidental reports and periodic reports.

1. Incidental report, which is a report made if needed. For example, an unexpected problem occurs and for its solution there must be detailed information about the problem. In order for it to be completed immediately, the incident report should also be made immediately.
2. Meanwhile, a periodic report is a report that is compiled routinely or periodically in a certain period of time. For example, such as daily reports, weekly reports, monthly reports and annual reports.

For example, employee activity reports every month. This activity report refers to a summary of activities carried out by employees during a certain period of time (one week or one month). This kind of report provides details about employee performance, the number of projects that have been successfully completed and are being dealt with, income and expenditure, the number of clients or customers, and so on.

This type of report is compiled based on summary data from the weekly report. Sometimes, the monthly report not only contains this month’s report, but also the previous month.

2. Reports based on Properties

Reports based on attributes are also divided into two types. There are normal reports and important reports.

1. A normal report is a report whose content is normal and non-confidential, so that when the report is read by others it will not cause a negative impact.
2. The opposite of the usual report. This important report is of course a report that contains important and confidential matters, so this type of report can only be known by certain people who are the purpose of the report.

3. Reports based on Submissions

Different from the previous two types of reports. This type of report is more focused on the way it is disclosed. There are three types of reports based on their presentation.

1. An oral report is a report delivered orally or directly.
2. A written report is a report delivered in writing such as memos, letters, and manuscripts.
3. A visual report is a report delivered through vision. An example of a visual report is a report through power point media in a presentation.

4. Report based on Form

Although impressed similar to the type of report based on the presentation. This type of report focuses on the form of the report itself. There are three types of reports based on their form.

1. A report in the form of a memo is a report written using a memo. Because it is in the form of a memo, the content of the report is of course very short. Usually this report is used for internal interests and is done between leaders or officials.
2. A report in the form of a letter is a report made in writing in the form of a letter. The content of this report is in the form of a letter, which is between one and four pages. An example of a report in the form of a letter, for example a report on the number of students who leave school.
3. A written report is a report delivered in the form of a manuscript, either in the form of a short or long manuscript. Examples of written reports are meeting minutes or committee activity reports.

5. Report based on Content

Aside from time, nature, delivery, and form. Because the report is a source of information from many things. Of course, there are also types of reports based on their content, which are divided into five types.

1. An informative report is a report that only contains information.
2. An analysis report is a report that contains the results of an in-depth analysis.
3. A qualification report is a report that contains the results of the selection, which is the best or as a qualification determination.
4. Accountability report is a report that contains the responsibility for the tasks of a person or a group to the superior who gave the assignment.
5. A recommendation report is a report whose content is a cursory assessment, without further discussion.

Those are the five types of reports, each of which is also divided into several more types. Well, now Reader can be more specific in making reports, right?

Edutore.com – The lithosphere is the outermost layer of the earth’s crust. It can also be said that the lithosphere is a layer of the earth’s skin because it is at the top or outermost. The lithosphere itself is classified into two types namely Continental and Oceanic Lithosphere. See a more complete explanation of the Lithosphere below, Reader:

Definition of Lithosphere

The word lithosphere comes from the Greek lithos meaning rock, and sphera meaning layer.

The lithosphere is the outermost layer of the earth’s crust and consists of rocks with an average thickness of 1200 km. The lithosphere is the uppermost layer of the earth’s crust that consists of rocks, generally this layer is formed from chemical compounds rich in SO2.

That is why the lithosphere layer is often called the silicate layer. According to Klarke and Washington, rocks or lithosphere on the surface of the earth is almost 75% composed of silicon oxide and aluminum oxide. The lithosphere is the outermost layer of the earth’s crust made up of rocks and minerals. The rocks that make up the lithosphere are igneous rocks, sedimentary rocks, and metamorphic rocks. The parent of all these rocks is magma. The earth’s crust is divided into two types, namely the sial layer at the top and the sima layer at the bottom.

The sial layer is the upper crust which consists of two types of crust, namely oceanic crust and continental crust. The main constituents of the lithosphere are rocks consisting of a mixture of similar or dissimilar minerals that are loosely or densely bound together. The parent rock that forms the lithosphere is magma, which is molten molten rock that has a very high temperature and is found under the earth’s crust. Magma will undergo several change processes until it becomes igneous rock, sedimentary rock and metamorphic rock.

The lithosphere plays an important role in plant life. Soil is formed when rocks on the surface of the lithosphere undergo degradation, erosion and other physical processes into small rocks to sand. Further, this part is mixed with the input of organic components of living things which then form soil that can be used as a place for organisms to live. Soil is a source of various types of minerals for living things.

In their original form, these minerals are in the form of rocks that are layered on the surface of the earth. Through the process of erosion, minerals that are a source of food for living things are often carried by rivers to the sea and deposited on the seabed.

Learn more about the structure of the earth’s layers including the atmosphere through the Smart Encyclopedia: Our Earth book which also explains various other important information for Reader to know about our earth.

Functions of the Lithosphere

The lithosphere is a part of the earth that directly affects life and has a very large benefit for life on earth. The upper lithosphere is where humans, animals and plants live. Humans perform activities on the lithosphere. Furthermore, the lower lithosphere contains mineral materials that are very beneficial for humans. Minerals or minerals that come from the lower lithosphere include petroleum and gas, gold, coal, iron, nickel and tin.

Discussions about atmospheric layers, and much more Reader can find in the book Super Fun Encyclopedia: Hello, Earth! Hemma’s work.

As explained above, the lithosphere is the uppermost layer of the earth’s crust. Therefore, the lithosphere is a layer that can be inhabited by humans. In the lithosphere, humans live and grow. Carrying out all activities in his life. The lithosphere also provides the materials needed by humans to meet their needs. In this layer, humans can build shelters, grow crops, make agricultural land, plantations and others.

• Serves as a place for living things to live their lives
• The rocks that make up the lithosphere can be used in various fields (most industrial fields)
• The compiler can also be used as a source of energy as well as the fulfillment of other human needs.
• The minerals that make up the lithosphere can be used for many things such as building materials, household appliances, the electronics industry, jewelry, and so on.

Layer Structure of the Earth’s Skin (Lithosphere)

Rocks are not only hard things in the form of stones in everyday life, but also in the form of clay, volcanic ash, sand, gravel and so on. The thickness of the earth’s crust is uneven, the crust of the earth on the continent or land is thicker than under the ocean. The earth is made up of several layers, namely:

• The barosphere is the core layer of the earth which is a solid material made up of the nife layer (niccolum = nickel and ferrum = iron) of the barispheric radius ± 3,470 km.
• The intermediate layer is the layer found above the 1700 km thick nife. This layer is also called asthenosphere mautle/mautel, is a liquid material with high temperature and glowing. Its specific weight is 5 gr/cm3. The lithosphere is the outermost layer located above the intermediate layer with a thickness of 1200 km and an average density of 2.8 grams/cm3.

Parts of the Lithospheric Layer This layer also consists of two parts namely the Sial layer and the Sima layer:

• The Sial layer is the layer of the Earth’s skin that is composed of silicon and aluminum metals, the compounds in the form of SiO2 and Al2O3. In this sial (silicon and aluminum) layer, among others, there are sedimentary rocks, granite, andesite, types of metamorphic rocks, and other rocks found on continental land.
• Sima layer The Sima layer (silicon magnesium) is the layer of the Earth’s skin that is composed of silicon and magnesium metals in the form of SiO2 and MgO compounds. This layer has a greater specific gravity than the sial layer because it contains iron and magnesium, which are ferro magnesium minerals and basalt rocks. The rocks that make up the Earth’s crust always undergo a cycle or cycle, that is, rocks undergo a change in form from magma, igneous rock, sedimentary rock, metamorphic rock, and return to magma again.

Learn about the layers of the earth through story books with interesting science content that can be accessed through smartphones. Smart Science Book Series: Earth’s Layers and Fossils – Alpha & Mega Travel to Earth you can only get at Sinaumedia!

Materials that make up the Lithosphere

The lithosphere is composed of three main types of material with the basic material of its formation being Magma with various different processes. Here are the rock materials that make up the lithosphere,

Igneous Rock

Igneous rocks are rocks formed from incandescent magma that solidified, with about 80% of the rock material that makes up the earth’s crust being igneous. Based on where the frozen magma was formed. Igneous rocks are divided into three types:

• Igneous Rocks – Igneous rocks occur from the slow freezing of magma while still deep in the earth’s crust. Examples of deep igneous rocks are granite, diotite, and gabbro.
• Gang/Korok Igneous Rocks – Korok igneous rocks occur from magma that freezes in the passageway between the magma chamber and the earth’s surface. Magma that permeates between the layers of the lithosphere undergoes a freezing process that takes place faster, so that the mineral crystals that are formed are not all large. A mixture of mineral crystals of unequal size is characteristic of igneous rocks.
• External Igneous Rock – External igneous rock occurs from the magma that comes out of the magma furnace and freezes on the surface of the earth (such as magma from a volcanic eruption). Examples of external igneous rocks are: basalt, diorite, andesite, obsidian, scoria, pumice.

Sedimentary Rock

Sedimentary rocks are mineral rocks that have formed on the surface of the earth that have weathered. The parts that come off from the results of weathering are detached and transported by water flow, wind, or by glaciers which are then deposited or sedimented and the process of diagenesis occurs which causes the sediment to harden and become a sediment aid. Sedimentary rocks based on their formation process consist of: Clastic Sedimentary Rocks Chemical Sedimentary Rocks.

Organic Sedimentary Rocks

Based on the energy that transports it, Sedimentary Rock consists of:

• Aeris or Aeolis Sedimentary Rock
• Glacial Sedimentary Rocks
• Aquatic Sedimentary Rocks
• Marine Sedimentary Rocks
• Malihan Rock (Metamorph)
• Malihan rocks are formed due to an increase in temperature or an increase in high pressure and occur simultaneously in sedimentary rocks.

Malihan Rock (Metamorph)

Malihan rocks are formed due to an increase in temperature or an increase in high pressure and occur simultaneously in sedimentary rocks. Malian rocks consist of three types namely:

• Malihan Kontak rocks are metamorphic rocks that are formed sequentially due to the increase in temperature caused by the proximity of rocks to active magma. Because of that, usually the region of contact rock formation is not too wide. For example, marble rocks in Tulung Agung and bricks in Bukit BArisan.
• Malihan Dynamo Rock is a metamorphic rock formed due to high pressure accompanied by heat and impact. This pressure can come from other layers that are on top of the rock. An example is slate.
• Pneumatalitic contact metamorphic rocks (thermal-pneumatalitics) Pneumatalitic contact metamorphic rocks are a type of metamorphic rock that is formed due to the presence of other substances that enter the rock during the process of metamorphosis (change). In fact, the process is the same as contact rock or dynamo rock. It’s just that during that process there are other substances that enter the rocks. So that it produces different new rocks. An example of quartz that enters Borium gas will form a Topaz stone.

Meaning of LAN – The era that continues to develop rapidly brings forth new things, namely modern technology that is increasingly sophisticated, especially technology in the field of communications. The rapid development of modern technology can be seen from the presence of various innovations in information and communication technology. One of the innovations in information and communication technology is the internet.

The presence of the internet today makes it possible for a person to communicate with everyone in the world. In fact, the communication process can be done in real-time only by using the internet network. This internet network has several terms, among which are LAN, MAN, WAN.

Before going into the discussion about internet networks. We are first on the computer network. What is meant by a computer network? So, a computer network is a group of computer devices that are interconnected with each other so that they can exchange data and communicate with each other. There are various types of computer networks. LAN is one of the types of computer networks that are surveyed based on their geographical reach. Besides LAN, there are other computer networks such as MAN and WAN.

This article will discuss the meaning of LAN, how to build a LAN network, LAN characteristics, the purpose and function of LAN, LAN network components, and the advantages and disadvantages of LAN. Let’s listen, Reader!

What is the meaning of LAN?

LAN stands for Local Area Network (LAN) which is a computer network that covers only the local area. This means that this network can only be used by users in the LAN area. LAN connects devices to the internet network through a simple network device.

This LAN network usually has cables such as UTP, Hub, Switch, or Router. An example of this network is the network of computers in schools, companies, or internet cafes (cafes). This network has a limited area that is usually a LAN network. So, the LAN network has a small (local) scale.

LAN networks are usually used to share resources in a building. A LAN can stand alone, without being connected by an external network or the internet. But, if a LAN is connected to several other LANs, then a new network will be formed, which is called Metropolitan Area Network ( MAN ) .

So it can be understood that LAN is a computer network where the coverage of the network area is very small and limited. A network is also defined as a computer communication system whose distance is limited to no more than a few kilometers. LAN networks use high-speed connections between 2 to 100 Mbps.

How to Build a LAN Network?

How to build a LAN network? LAN networks can be built using wired (cable), wireless (without cable) or both methods. For a wired LAN type built using Ethernet and to build a wireless LAN type using a Wifi signal. LAN is mostly used in homes that use a router to create a network and manage connected devices.

The router here is useful as a connection center and allows devices such as mobile phones, computers, laptops, and tablets to connect to each other. The router is usually connected with a cable or modem that has internet access on the connected devices.

The computer device can also be used as a LAN center. The computer device that will be used as the LAN center acts as a server as well as providing access to share files or programs on connected devices. This has often been applied to networks in offices and institutions.

What are the characteristics of LAN?

LAN as a network that covers the local area has several characteristics that are easy for us to identify. This characteristic will distinguish the LAN network from other networks such as MAN (Metropolitan Area Network) and WAN (Wide Area Network). Here are some of the characteristics of LAN, namely:

1. The LAN network does not use telecommunication networks from additional operators.
2. LAN networks are usually used for private purposes.
3. LAN network administration is done through local administration.
4. In a LAN network, there is generally one computer that functions as a server that is useful for organizing the system to run normally
5. LAN networks are on a narrower geographical scope (office areas, campuses, schools, and homes).
6. LAN has a higher data transfer speed due to its narrow scope
7. A LAN can function well without a telecommunication line, meaning that a LAN does not require internet access.

What is the Purpose of a LAN?

There are several purposes of a LAN network, among which are:

1. Aims to connect several computers in a region that has a small coverage.
2. Aims to enable communication between computer devices and other devices in a network.
3. Aiming to speed up the process of sharing data and programs between computers in a network.
4. Aiming to help save operational costs caused by devices in a network that can be used together (for example: printers, servers, etc.).

What is the Function of LAN?

Basically, LAN has the main function of connecting several computers in a network that will make the work process faster and easier. A LAN network has several specific functions or uses. The following are the functions of a LAN network, among them:

1. Connecting two or even more computers

A LAN network is used to connect two or more computers. Either directly or by using an intermediary media. Two computers can be connected directly by using a UTP cable connected to both computers. Meanwhile, if we want to combine more computers, we need other devices such as Switch or Hub.

2. Works to transfer files from one computer to another

When we use a LAN network, we don’t have to go back and forth to insert a flash disk from one computer to another. By using the LAN network we can easily transfer data through the sharing method on our computers.

3. There is Printer Sharing

In addition to sharing data and transferring files easily, the LAN network we use can also allow users to share printers . This will make it easier for all users and save the cost of using it.

What to do? We can start by sharing the printer driver in the Control Panel . Once shared (to all users), the printer can be used together without having to move the computer or printer . We may often see this LAN function in cafes, computer rentals, or printers . When the file is ready, we can print the file according to the choice of printer that is already available.

4. Availability of LAN Chat

Another function of the LAN network is that it can be used to send messages between computers in the LAN area. This activity can even be done without having to be connected to the internet, although later the LAN network will still be visible online . If we want to run LAN Chatting , we can use built-in Windows applications such as winchat.exe or use other LAN Chatting software .

5. As a Computer Remote

If we want to do remote activities on a computer we can use software like TeamViewer . However, the software can only work when the computer is connected to the internet.

In a LAN network, we can do remote without first being connected to the internet network. We can take advantage of the Remote Desktop Manager/Connection feature provided by Microsoft . We can also control the computer in the LAN network.

What are the Basic Components of a LAN Network?

A LAN network consists of several basic components that are arranged in such a way that they can connect several computers. There are several basic components of a LAN, including the following:

1. Workstation , is a node/host on a computer system
2. Server , is a piece of hardware that functions to serve the network and workstations connected to a computer network
3. Link , is part of the LAN network that physically connects equipment, for example workstations and servers .
4. Network Interface Card (NIC), is a specially designed electronic network that is useful for dealing with network protocols .
5. Network Software , is software that plays a role in running the LAN network in order to function as it should

What Are the Advantages of LAN?

LAN networks only have a small area coverage. With its small coverage, of course LAN has its own advantages and disadvantages. Here are the advantages of a LAN network, among others:

1. Can Share Resources

If we use a LAN network, we can easily share resources with other computers. This advantage will make us more efficient. In addition, by sharing resources , we can also save on production costs. Because we no longer need to buy devices such as scanners, printers, or other storage media for each computer. We just need to buy one, then divide it so that it can be accessed on other computers.

In addition to sharing devices, we can also share software applications with other devices. This is a very effective advantage to simplify the productivity of our time. However, sharing software applications is also not always cheaper compared to installing software one by one on a computer. Because, the product license for each software is still needed during installation.

2. Centralized Data

By using a file server, data on all computers connected to the LAN network will be stored in one place called the server. This advantage will make it easier for users to mutually access files owned by other computers. In addition, the advantage of this centralized data also helps to back up user data if an error occurs, thus causing the deletion of data on the user’s computer.

If a data is shared in a network, users who have access can see the data at the same time. However, they cannot edit the same recording at the same time.

When a recording is edited by a user, the recording will be locked so that other users cannot edit it at the same time. If the user has finished editing and saving the results, then the recording will open again. That has the purpose of avoiding confusion that could happen when several people try to edit at the same time.

The reach that only covers a small area results in the LAN not draining too much of its user fees. In addition, the cable used is not too long. Of course, this is one of the reasons why LAN saves more money.

3. Data connection between nodes will take place quickly

4. A LAN network does not require a telecommunications operator to be able to create a network

What Are the Disadvantages of LAN Networks?

Whenever there is an advantage, there must be a disadvantage. As for the shortcomings of the LAN network, namely:

1. Vulnerable Peace

In a computer network, security is a very vital thing that must be observed, as well as in a LAN network. Here, network administrators in particular play an important role in preventing unauthorized users from accessing data on the network.

The other factor that affects the security of the LAN network is the user himself. This is because it does not cover the possibility that the user we have is unable to keep the password secret , or it may be that the password he has is too easy for other users to guess, so that this causes unauthorized users to easily break into the network through the previous user. .

2. There is a problem on the central server

The emergence of a problem on the central server can have fatal consequences on the LAN network. This can affect the entire computer network, even causing the computer to not be able to communicate with other computers properly.

Virus infection is one example of a problem that can occur on the central server. This virus infection can occur on one computer and spread to all computers through the central server, this is because all the data on the centralized user is on the server.

3. Installation is quite expensive

Installation on a LAN network can be expensive depending on the needs and conditions in the field. The type of topology that we will use also affects the cost that will be incurred. For a wired LAN network (cable), we must first make a cable strip by drilling a hole in the wall or putting it under the floor, then connect the cable.

On a wireless LAN network, we don’t need to use cables. However, the coverage area of ​​the wireless is limited. Thus, we need a device to amplify the signal, which of course will increase the cost of production.

4. The connection area is limited

Of course this shortcoming is because the LAN network only covers the local area.

Book Recommendations About LAN

There are several books or reading references that Reader can read about LAN, namely:

1. Easy Steps to Build a Computer Network (2021) by Zaenal Arifin

This book is suitable to read for Reader, this book discusses how easy steps to build a computer network. Presented in simple and easy-to-understand language, this book is suitable as an introduction and learning reference for beginners who want to start trying to build a computer network.

2. Dictionary ++ Computer Network (2021) by Budi Sutedjo

This book written by Budi Sutedjo can be read by Reader if you want to know the basics about computer networks. This book is a complete dictionary of computer networks, for Reader who are still confused by terms and methods in the world of computer networks, this book will be very helpful.

3. Complete Guide to Building Your Own Computer Network System (2021) by Madcoms

After reading this book written by Madcoms, the reader is expected to be able to recognize network hardware and perform configuration to build a computer network. This book published in 2021 is complete with many pictures about network hardware and illustrations of the configuration process to help readers understand the language in this book.

Such is the article about the meaning of the internet and its complete discussion. Hope it’s useful, Reader!

 

Meaning of Curriculum – In the world of education, curriculum is very important. Without the right curriculum, the students will not get the appropriate learning target. Along with the development of the Curriculum in the world of education, it continues to undergo changes. Everything is adapted to the needs of students in their respective eras.

With these adaptations, it is hoped that each student will be able to adapt well in society in the future. For those of you who are struggling in the world of education, you must understand what the Curriculum is and its intricacies. The following will explain the meaning of Curriculum and other important things you need to know.

Meaning of Curriculum According to Experts

So, Curriculum can be interpreted as a distance that a runner must cover in order to get a medal or other awards. Later, the term Curriculum was adapted in the world of education. So the meaning of Curriculum in the world of education then becomes a group of subjects that must be completed and studied by students in order to obtain a degree or award.

As for the meaning of this Curriculum is also conveyed in the Law and by education experts, the following is the meaning according to them:

1. According to Prof. Dr. S. Nasution

Prof. Dr. S. Nasution in his book titled Curriculum and Teaching states that curriculum is a series of plans to launch the teaching and learning process. As for the plan that was compiled, it is under the responsibility of the educational institution and especially the teachers there.

2. Dr. Nana Sudjana

In the book titled Construction and Development of Curriculum in Schools by Dr. Nana Sudjana mentioned, the meaning of curriculum is a set of intentions and hopes expressed in the form of educational programs which are then implemented and implemented by teachers in the school concerned.

3. Harold B. Alberty

Harold stated that the curriculum is all activities given to students under the responsibility of the school. This curriculum is not only limited to everything in the classroom, but also all activities outside of school.

4. Saylor, Alexander, and Lewis

According to the three figures, the curriculum is all the efforts made and carried out by the school to stimulate students to learn, both in the classroom, on the school grounds, and when outside the school.

Meanwhile, in the Law on the National Education System No. 20 of 2003, article 1 item 19, it is mentioned that the curriculum is a set of arrangements and plans regarding the purpose, content, and subject matter as well as the methods used as guidelines for learning activities in order to achieve educational goals.

Curriculum is very important for every school to have as a guideline for teachers. Especially for formal schools, where the curriculum will be a guide and provide direction in teaching. In accordance with the meaning of curriculum, which is something that is planned, then in the world of education all student activities can be arranged in such a way. So that the purpose of education can be achieved.

In fact, it can be said that if there is no curriculum, then learning in school cannot go well. Because everything has been written in a curriculum. Of course with various variations and adaptations. So it is not surprising if an expert named Beauchamp (1998) states that the curriculum is the heart of education.

Functions of the Curriculum

1. Functions For Maintainers

The function in the context of the curriculum as one part of the education management system in order to realize the purpose of education is as follows:

a. Integration Functions

This function means that the curriculum can be a tool that will shape the personalities of learners who are whole and have integrity in society through the world of education.

b. Preparation function

This function means that the curriculum is able to provide capital or preparation for students to prepare themselves to enter the next level, including being ready to live in society when they do not want to continue to a higher level of education.

c. Customization Functions

The third is the adaptation function, where the curriculum can adapt to the various changes that occur in the community and tend to be dynamic.

d. Differentiation function

Fourth, there is the function of the curriculum as differentiation, meaning that the curriculum becomes an educational tool that pays attention to every service to its students. Because every student has differences from each other.

e. Diagnostic Functions

The fifth is a diagnostic function, which states that the curriculum functions to understand and direct the potential possessed by each student so that they can continue to explore and hone that potential, including improving the weaknesses possessed.

f. Selection Function

Finally, there is the function of selection, which states that the curriculum provides facilities to students by giving them the opportunity to choose a learning program according to the interests and talents of each child.

In addition to the functions above, the curriculum can also be seen from its function for each involved and related party.

2. Functions for Involved/Related Parties

a. For the Principal

The curriculum has a function for the school principal as a manager and leader in the implementation of education in the school. School principals have the duty to manage education in their respective places, namely by coordinating and supervising each learning. Whether the curriculum is applied according to the provisions or not.

b. For Subject Teachers

For every mapel teacher, the curriculum has a function as a guideline in implementing learning inside and outside the classroom. Because each learning becomes the duty and responsibility of each subject teacher.

c. For Students

Then the third, for students, who become the target of the curriculum. In the education process, students are the center of attention of every learning. Therefore, the curriculum serves as a reference for students regarding what educational programs should be studied and understood, as well as what learning targets they should achieve at each level.

d. For parents or the community

Although not directly involved in learning, parents have an important role in the success of students. In this case they will receive the results of the learning process that has been done at school. So the student’s access to every learning that will be reported to parents is also inseparable from the existence of the curriculum.

Curriculum development in Indonesia

Indonesia first used a curriculum with the name Rentjana Pelajaran in 1947. Where the emphasis in learning is on the formation of the character of Indonesian society to become sovereign and independent human beings. Then in 1952, the curriculum was refined again with the title Rentjana Pelajaran Teruai 1952. In this period there was special attention on each teacher to teach only one subject to students.

Furthermore, in 1964 the curriculum in Indonesia was refined again. This time there is an addition in the form of an emphasis on the Pancawardhana program (ie the development of morals, intelligence, emotions, skills, and the body).

Curriculum changes in the following year occurred in 1968. Where emphasis was placed on the formation of true Pancasila human beings that should be maximized in every educational institution. The next change was made in 1975. At the time of this change, what was known as the lesson unit was the lesson plan for each unit of discussion.

After those changes in the following years, the curriculum also experienced many changes. Of course, the scandal happened because of turmoil and various things in the middle of the community. Further curriculum reforms were carried out in 1984, 1994, 1999, 2004, 2006, and the last one was in 2013. The 2013 curriculum, better known as K13, focused on three aspects of change, namely knowledge, skills, and behavior.

Basically, there were many changes that happened during that period. Not only in the evaluation process, but the content of the curriculum is also continuously updated. Even so, every change certainly has the hope that the world of education in Indonesia can become more advanced. The students who are the main focus of the curriculum can be someone who is much more valuable.

Components in the Curriculum

1. Purpose of the Curriculum

First is the purpose of the curriculum. Everything that is done with a plan, of course must have a purpose, as well as the curriculum. Without a clear purpose, of course what has been formulated will have no meaning. Education in Indonesia certainly also has a purpose, so from that, the formation of the curriculum is aimed at making education accessible.

Not only in Indonesia, in other countries the curriculum has a purpose. Although each country has different goals than the others. All of that is adapted to the country’s philosophy, human and natural resources, as well as the political and social conditions of the community. The purpose of education in Indonesia according to the level is:

• The purpose of basic education is to pay attention to aspects of intelligence, knowledge, personality, noble character, and skills as the main foundation. With that foundation, it is hoped that students will be able to live more independently, as well as have the readiness to enter the next level of education.
• The purpose of secondary education is to improve intelligence, knowledge, personality, noble character, and also skills in order to be a supply for the challenging life of teenagers.
• The purpose of secondary vocational education, which aims to improve intelligence, knowledge, personality, noble character, and skills that are much better than before. That way, students are ready to live independently in the community and are able to continue their education to the next level.
• Materials in the Curriculum

The second component is matter. So, in the curriculum will be included materials in the form of teaching materials for learning activities inside and outside the classroom in order to achieve the learning objectives. As for the material in the curriculum, it should not be made indiscriminately. The material included should be appropriate to the development of each student and meaningful to them, then consist of scientific knowledge that can be tested for truth, be a reflection of national reality, and be able to support the achievement of educational goals.

2. Learning Strategies

Then there is curriculum component number three, namely learning strategies. To achieve an educational goal, strategy becomes very important. Learning strategies can be in the form of methods and equipment used to deliver lessons to students. The strategies applied by each country are certainly not the same as each other. All of that depends on several factors, especially natural and human resources. The richer the natural resources and the better the quality of human resources in a country, the strategies applied can be more maximal and varied.

3. Curriculum Organization

In this regard, each member has their own view of the curriculum that needs to be applied. Therefore, the diversity that exists makes provision for better organizing the curriculum.

4. Evaluation

The last curriculum component is evaluation. This evaluation is intended to check whether the curriculum that has been created and implemented runs smoothly, so that it is effective and able to achieve the goals of education.

Curriculum concept

1. Curriculum as a substance

Curriculum becomes a learning plan for students in school. In addition, it also lists the goals to be achieved from learning both inside and outside the classroom. Therefore, the curriculum becomes a document that includes substance whose content is the formulation of objectives, teaching materials, teaching and learning activities and programs, timetables, and student learning evaluations.

2. Curriculum as a system

The second concept of the curriculum states the curriculum as part of the education system. In accordance with its content, the curriculum is intended to support the achievement of educational goals. Therefore, the system in the curriculum consists of the personnel structure and also the work procedures regarding the procedures for compiling the curriculum, implementing, evaluating and perfecting it. From the results of this system, it is hoped that a curriculum that matches the goals to be achieved can be achieved. The function of this system is to keep the existing curriculum dynamic.

3. Curriculum as a field of study

The last concept is the curriculum as a field of study. Where as a study, it means that the curriculum also aims to develop knowledge about the curriculum itself and its system.

That is the meaning of curriculum and various other things about curriculum in the world of education. The importance of the curriculum makes every teacher have to understand its various aspects. So that making it will have a positive effect on students at school. If you want to understand more about the curriculum, 

Understanding Receipts – Understanding Receipts is a familiar term to our ears. In general, a receipt is a document that shows proof of a payment or receipt of money that has been made.

However, the term receipt is a non-standard term, but is often used by the community. According to the Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), the correct standard word is receipt. Definition Receipt itself is usually interpreted as proof of receipt of money.

Definition of Receipts

Definition Receipt is a document that has a function as proof of payment or receipt of funds. The recipient issues and signs the document, which is then handed over to the payer or lender.

There are receipts to simplify the bookkeeping process for recording incoming and outgoing cash flows. Receipts generally include company name information, receipt number, name of money giver, nominal amount (numbers and letters), explanation of purpose of payment, location and date of payment or receipt of money, as well as signature and name of recipient.

To ensure that the receipt has legal force in court in the event of a dispute or other problem, Reader can provide an attachment in the form of a seal with both parties signing the proof of acceptance.

What Are the Features of Receipts?

1. The evidence sheet has been divided into two parts, the right and left subsections. Both parties obtain part of this proof of payment, the right sub (smaller print) is allocated for the seller as proof of payment, and the left sub is for the buyer.
2. Receipts are divided into two parts, with the top or original for the payer and the bottom or file for the party receiving the money.
3. Both parties include complete information about the product, the amount of money to be paid, the address and date of purchase, and the name and signature of the seller as valid proof that both parties have completed the payment transaction.

Types of Receipts Based on Usage

Receipts have a variety of types to suit their use. This article discusses five types of receipts, among others:

1. Receipt Proof of Payment

In principle, receipts function as proof of payment. The use of this type of receipt is common during buying and selling activities. Proof of payment can be in the form of installments or installment payments. This receipt generally also explains the amount of money for payment and information from the payer.

2. Product Transaction Receipt

Product transaction receipts provide information about items purchased by customers. This sign includes various information such as the complete serial number of the item, the type of item, the customer’s address, and the price of the item.

3. Money Transfer Receipt

This type of receipt is generally used in the banking industry. On proof of money transfer payment, there is a feature where the recipient’s account number is clearly listed on the receipt from the receipt.

4. Cash receipt

This type of receipt explains which deposits and withdrawals will be sent as financial proof in the next review. Workplaces generally also use this type of receipt.

5. Money handover receipt

Money handover receipts are the most common and most commonly used types of receipts. If using the type of money handover receipt, Reader must be able to state the amount of money sent to a person, institution, or company.

Receipt Format

In the previous point I have mentioned several times about the problem of the receipt format. Yes, before writing or making a receipt, it is good for Reader to understand what the format of a good receipt is.

There are several important elements that must be present in the format of creating a sample receipt, namely:

1. Receipt Number/Receipt

In general, the writing of alphabetic letters and numbers is adapted to the wishes of the seller as a differentiator between one receipt and another.

2. Place and Date of Receipt Production

The place and date of issuance of the receipt should be clearly stated because it can be used as proof of the transaction and the receipt will be useful for recording cash flow. If an inspection is needed at a later date, the information will be clearly readable. This can minimize the possibility of misunderstandings from both sides.

3. Name

A clear name is one of the signs to whom the proof of payment is allocated. Clearly list the name of the lender and the recipient.

4. Products

Information about the type of product, quantity, price, etc. is generally included in the receipt, especially with the type of payment receipt.

5. Nominal Payment

The nominal amount of money paid needs to be clearly written. Usually not only written in the form of numbers, but also letters. In other words, it is written in the form of the symbol of the number of rupiah or whatever currency is used, then it is written again in the form of a sentence.

6. Purpose of Payment

Purpose of payment means what the money is paid for. This should be clearly written. For example, the purchase of electronic goods at stores and other goods. So that if one day there is a complaint about the item sold, the buyer can more easily make a product warranty claim.

7. Signature

The party who signed the receipt can be referred to as the party responsible for the transaction. Therefore, don’t just sign a blank receipt. There have been many examples of cases that have occurred due to the misuse of these receipts by certain parties.

If the receipt will later be stamped, make sure the signature of the recipient of the money on the stamp together with the receipt paper. So that the writing between the receipt and the seal are interconnected.

8. Seal

Seals that are often used have a value of Rp 10,000. However, not all receipts use a seal. Usually just for transactions that have a large value and have a correlation with the law. For example, the purchase of a motor vehicle or land.

The use of seals must be in accordance with the provisions of the Indonesian Minister of Finance, namely:

1. Transactions with a nominal value below IDR 250 thousand do not require a stamp
2. Transactions with a nominal value of Rp 250 thousand to Rp 1 million must use a Rp 10 thousand stamp
3. Transactions with a nominal value above Rp 1 million must wear a Rp 10 thousand stamp.

9. Enterprise Stamp

The stamp must be present in the proof of transaction including the receipt. The stamp can indicate whether the payment is in installments or installments. The stamp indicates that the transaction was carried out under the authority of the company. This is to ensure that the transaction is valid.

How to Make a Receipt

A receipt is a piece of paper that has as a receipt proof of payment. Receipts must be owned by all business people, both individuals and companies, so that they can be used as a record for themselves and others.

The way to write a receipt also has Reader conditions , it cannot be done casually. Because receipts play a very crucial role in making transactions, especially if the amount of money is relatively large. If there is a writing error in the amount of payment or the name of the recipient, then the receipt can be declared invalid.

So, what is the correct way to write a receipt? See the following explanation.

1. Enter the Receipt Number

In general, receipts have a number column at the top. Well, this receipt number has a function to make it easier for Reader to check receipts, so that it will be easier for Reader to organize receipts from the first number to the last.

2. Write the Name of the Recipient and Depositor

The name of the depositor and recipient must also be mentioned in the receipt. Ideally, the name should be written in full and not just a nickname.

3. Enter the Date of the Transaction

Do not forget to enter the date when the transaction was made. This is done so that the depositor and receiver both know about the time the transaction takes place.

4. Enter Amount of Money

The next step is to enter the amount of money made during the transaction into the receipt. This is so that the transaction becomes more transparent because the depositor and recipient can know the size of the transaction.

As a reminder, writing the amount of money on the receipt is divided into two, namely writing with letters and numbers. Make sure when writing the amount of money there are no mistakes, especially in entering numbers.

5. Write a Payment Description

In the receipt there is generally a column “For payment”, in that column Reader must write a clear and detailed description of the payment. So the recipient of the receipt can understand what the purpose of this transaction is.

6. Add a Signature

So that the receipt can be said to be valid, the signature of both the depositor and the recipient is also included in the receipt. If necessary, also include the company’s stamp used as an official proof of payment receipt.

How to Use Receipts

After understanding the definition, how to make, to examples of receipts, it is necessary to know how to use them because these receipts are very commonly used by the community. In addition, how to use it also needs to be understood so that the receipt is not misused.

Prepare the receipt blank and carbon paper as a copy when Reader writes the contents of the receipt.

Fill in using an appropriate writing instrument, such as a pen. Do not use pencils or markers. Writing is also done so that it is neither too big nor too small. It is important to write the receipt in legible writing.

Understand the Difference between Receipts and Receipts, Invoices, and Notes

So that it is easier to distinguish between receipts, invoices , and notes, it would be better for Reader to briefly understand the meaning of each.

1. Receipt

As previously commented, that a receipt is a document that has a function as proof of receipt or payment of funds.

The parties involved, that is between the recipient and the payment of funds, include complete information about the product, amount of money, address and date of purchase, along with the seller’s name and signature as valid proof that both parties have completed the payment transaction.

2. Invoices and notes

An invoice is one type of transaction document that can be used to track sales transactions. Generally, the seller makes this invoice consisting of three copies. On the first sheet sent to the buyer, the seller keeps the second sheet for the purpose of billing, and the third sheet to be kept in the invoice book. Reader can monitor the sales process by using automatic software .

While a note is conceptually similar to an invoice, both are created by the seller. Just enough consisting of two copies. Where the buyer will receive the first sheet. The use of invoices and notes is also only used as proof of purchase that does not require a stamp.

Example of Daily Receipt Usage

There are many activities that occur using receipts. The most important thing is to buy and sell goods. The most absolute conditions are the number, name of both parties, denomination, purpose of payment, transaction date and signature.

The following is an example of the correct use of receipts based on the purpose of the transaction, among others:

1. Individual purchase and sale receipts of land and property

There is no letterhead, just numbers, names and signatures. Equipped with a Rp 10,000 stamp which will later be used as a condition for the certificate making process.

2. Receipts from large-scale shops such as motor or car dealers

Wearing a cap showing the logo from the company. The number has been automatically registered from the system, filled with the name of the payer, nominal, recipient, and company stamp.

3. Receipt for the payment of fees in installments

For example, school tuition, there is already a column for the number of installments. Using a letterhead from the school, confirmation by using the signature of an authorized official, as well as a stamp from the school.

 

 

Chromosome is a structure found in cells that stores genetic information. Chromosomes consist of DNA that functions as “instructions” to produce the proteins needed by the cell. Each organism has a specific number of chromosomes found in each cell.

For example, humans have 46 chromosomes in each cell, consisting of 23 pairs. Genetic information contained in chromosomes can provide instructions for determining individual characteristics, such as hair color, height, and susceptibility to certain diseases.

Chromosomes have a quite unique structure that makes DNA wrap around proteins to form a coil. The structure is also called histone. Without the twist, the DNA molecule would be too long to enter the cell. There are some other facts about chromosomes and the structure of chromosomes. Read more about the meaning of chromosomes in the following article.

Meaning of Chromosomes

Chromosome comes from two Greek words, namely chroma which means color and soma which means body. The scientists gave this name because this molecule is a cell or body structure that appears to have certain colors when viewed under a microscope.

Chromosomal molecules were first observed in the late 1800s, but the nature and function of the cellular structure of chromosomes at that time was still unclear. Then, in the early 1900s, Thomas Hunt Morgan re-examined parts of chromosomes and found the relationship between chromosomes and the inherent characteristics of living beings.

So, in general it can be concluded that chromosomes are groups of DNA that are tightly bound together and are located in the nucleus (cell nucleus) of almost every cell in the body. This group of DNA is a molecule that has a shape similar to a thread that carries hereditary information (descendants) such as body height, skin color, to eye color.

Chromosome molecules are made of proteins and a DNA molecule that contains the genetic instructions of an organism passed down from parent to child. In humans, animals, and plants, most chromosome molecules are arranged in pairs in the cell nucleus.

Chromosome can also be interpreted as a structure in a cell that contains long DNA that contains part or all of the genetic information of an organism. Most chromosomes in eukaryotes have packaging proteins called histones that, along with chaperone proteins, bind and compact DNA molecules to maintain their integrity.

This chromosome has a quite complex three-dimensional structure and has an important role in the regulation of transcription. Chromosomes are usually only visible under a light microscope during metaphase of cell division (when all the chromosomes are lined up in the middle of the cell in a condensed or condensed form).

Before that happens, each chromosome is duplicated (S phase) and the two copies are joined by the centromere to form an X-shaped structure (if the centromere is located at the equator) or a two-armed structure (if the centromere is located at the edge). These joined copies are now called sister chromatids. During metaphase, X-shaped structures called metaphase chromosomes are very compact, so they are easy to distinguish and study. In animal cells, chromosomes reach their highest level of compaction during anaphase during the process of chromosome separation.

Chromosomal recombination that occurs during meiosis and sexual reproduction plays an important role in increasing genetic diversity. If there is an incorrect manipulation of chromosomes, through a process known as chromosome instability and translocation, cells can experience problems in the mitosis process.

Normally, this will trigger the cell to initiate apoptosis which causes its own death, but sometimes mutations in the cell can inhibit this process and cause the development of cancer. There are some who use the term chromosome in a broader sense, that is to refer to the individual parts of chromatin in a cell, both visible and invisible under a light microscope.

There are also people who use the concept of chromosome in a narrower sense, that is to refer to the individual parts of the chromatin during cell division, which are visible under the light microscope due to the high degree of condensation.

Chromosomal Structure

Chromosomes consist of 44 or 22 pairs of body chromosomes (autosomes) and a pair of sex chromosomes (gonosomes), namely XX in women and XY in men. In haploid cells such as egg cells or sperm cells, there are 23 chromosomes consisting of 22 autosomes and one gonosome.

Egg cells have approximately 22 autosomes and 1 X, while sperm cells have 22 autosomes and 1 X or 1 Y. The function of chromosomes is to store genetic information that will be passed down from parent to child and form traits and characteristics. special individual.

Chromosomes also play an important role in the process of cell division and determine the sex of an individual. The structure of the chromosomes among them are:

1. Centromere

The centromere is the structural part of the chromosome located in the middle, which connects sister chromatids. Centromeres help divide sister chromatids correctly during cell division.

The centromere consists of two parts, namely the near centromere and the far centromere. Proximal centromeres are located closer to the ends of sister chromatids, while distant centromeres are located farther from the ends of sister chromatids.

The two parts of the centromere are connected by a structure called a kinetochore. During cell division, the kinetochores will elongate and help pull sister chromatids in opposite directions so that correct division occurs. If there is a problem with the centromere, for example the centromere is too long or too short, then cell division will not occur correctly and can cause problems for the cell.

2. Chromatids 

The next part of the chromosome structure is the chromatid which consists of DNA molecules bound to proteins. Chromatids are formed during a process of cell division called DNA synthesis or DNA replication. During this process, the DNA molecule will be divided into two exactly the same parts, which will then form two chromatids.

Chromatids are located side by side with other identical chromatids called sister chromatids. Sister chromatids are bound to each other in the middle by structures called centromeres. At the time of cell division, the chromatid will be divided into two exactly the same parts and form two new cells that have exactly the same chromosomes as the original cell.

If there is a problem in the chromatid division process, for example there is an error in the division of sister chromatids or an error in DNA division, then it can cause problems in the cell.

3. Telomeres

The structural part of the chromosome that is at the end of the chromosome is called a telomere. Telomeres consist of a group of nucleotides that are repeated many times, that is about 6-20 times.

These repeating nucleotides usually consist of guanine and thiamin. Telomeres are responsible for protecting the ends of chromosomes from damage that may occur during the DNA replication process.

In addition, telomeres also play an important role in the aging process of cells and can indicate an individual’s health condition. Telomeres that are too short or too long can cause problems in cells, such as genetic mutations or abnormal cell aging.

4. Chromomer 

Chromomeres are structures from chromosomes that have a bead-like shape. Chromomeres are accumulations of chromatin material that are sometimes visible during interphase.

This part of the structure of one chromosome will be seen very clearly on polytenous chromosomes or chromosomes with DNA that has been replicated repeatedly without separation and is side by side until a chromosome cell is formed that resembles a wire.

5. Satellite 

A satellite is a structural part of a chromosome that consists of DNA molecules bound to proteins. Satellites are located near the centromere of the chromosome and form a structure called a kinetochore.

Satellites usually consist of several hundred to thousands of nucleotides repeated many times, consisting of guanine and thiamin. Satellites usually do not carry genetic information that is useful for organisms, but play an important role in the process of cell division.

Satellites help pull sister chromatids in opposite directions during cell division, so that correct division occurs. If there is a problem with the satellite, such as the satellite being too long or too short, it can cause problems in the cell division process.

Facts About Chromosomes

As explained earlier, chromosomes are groups of DNA cells that have a circular and close shape and are located in the nucleus or core of the cell and are present in almost every cell in the body of living beings, both human and animal.

Chromosomes have some unique facts such as their function, and their mode of inheritance. See the following explanation:

1. Chromosome Function

The unique structure of chromosomes keeps DNA wrapped around coil-like proteins called histones. Without the coil, the DNA molecule would be too long to enter the cell.

As an illustration, if the entire DNA molecule in a human cell was stripped of its histones, it would have a length of about 6 feet or the equivalent of 1.8 meters.

In order for an organism or living being to grow and function properly, cells must continue to divide. The purpose is to be able to replace old damaged cells with new cells. During the process of cell division, it is important that the DNA remains intact and evenly distributed among the other cells.

Chromosomes play an important role in the process of cell division. This molecule is responsible for ensuring that DNA is copied and distributed accurately in most cell divisions.

However, there is still a possibility that this group of DNA can make mistakes in the process of cell division. Changes in the amount or structure of DNA groups in new cells can cause serious problems, such as certain types of leukemia and some types of cancer.

In addition, it is also important that the egg and sperm cells contain the correct number of chromosomes with the correct structure. If not, then the offspring produced may not be able to develop well.

2. The chromosomes of every living being are not the same

In number and shape, this group of DNA varies greatly in every living being. Most bacteria have one or even two circular chromosomes. Meanwhile, humans, animals, and plants have linear chromosomes that are arranged in pairs in the cell nucleus or nucleus.

The only human cell that does not contain a pair of chromosomes is the reproductive cell or gamete. This reproductive cell can only carry one copy of each chromosome.

When two reproductive cells unite, the cells will become a single cell containing two copies of each chromosome. This cell then divides again to produce a complete adult individual with a complete set of paired chromosomes in almost every cell.

Groups of DNA with a circular shape can also be found in mitochondria. Mitochondria is where cells breathe. This part will later have the task of being able to burn glucose and produce the energy needed by the body.

In mitochondria, DNA groups have a smaller size. The group of circular DNA or chromosomes is outside the nucleus of the cell in the mitochondria and has a function as the cell’s energy generator.

3. Mode of Chromosome Inheritance

Chromosomes in humans and most other living things, one copy of each group of DNA is inherited by the female and male parents.

Because of that, every child that is born will definitely inherit part of the nature of the mother and father. However, the pattern of chromosomal inheritance is different for the small group of DNA found in the mitochondria. Mitochondrial DNA is always inherited from the female parent or egg cell and not from the male.

4. Men and Women Have Different Chromosomes

In addition to having physical differences, men and women also have different sets of DNA called sex chromosomes. Females have two X chromosome cells (XX) while males have one X chromosome and one Y chromosome (XY).

If a person has an unbalanced number of sex chromosomes, this can cause serious health problems. Women who have three X chromosomes (XXX) can experience mental retardation. Men who have two X chromosomes (XXY) will experience Klinefelter syndrome characterized by small testicles, enlarged breasts (gynecomastia), low muscle mass, and larger hips like women.

Another syndrome caused by an imbalance in the number of sex chromosomes is Turner syndrome. Girls who suffer from Turner syndrome have only one X chromosome and usually have a short body, flat chest, and kidney or heart problems.

Chromosomal abnormalities

Abnormalities that occur in chromosomes can usually be grouped into two large groups, among which are numerical abnormalities and structural abnormalities.

1. Numerical Differences

Numerical abnormalities will occur if the number of chromosomes is less or even more than it should be, namely two. If a person loses one of them, then the condition is called monosomy.

Whereas if a person has more than two chromosomes, then the condition is called trisomy. One of the problems caused by chromosomal numerical abnormalities is Down syndrome.

Down syndrome is characterized by mental retardation in the sufferer, a different and distinctive facial shape and weak or poor muscle strength.

2. Structural Abnormalities

Structural abnormalities generally occur due to several things, namely deletions, duplications, translocations, inversions and rings. In general, most of the structural abnormalities occur due to problems in the egg and sperm cells.

That is the explanation of the meaning of chromosomes. Hope all the discussion above is useful for you, Reader.

 

Criticism of Fine Art – If we talk about fine art, surely Reader knows that it will not be far away from the exhibition and appreciation of art? Yes, it is true, through this exhibition, we will later be shown how the result of a work of art is at the same time an event for self-existence. Indeed, basically, a work of art is something created so that a beautiful feeling arises when people see or hear it, but is it just beautiful?

Moreover, the definition of “beautiful” according to people is different, especially when observing a work of art. Well, that’s what caused the emergence of a criticism of fine art. So, what is the criticism of the artwork? Will the criticism of this work of art be concerned with those art critics? Who are the art critics in our country? Well, for Reader to understand those things, let’s read the following review!

Definition of Art Criticism

Criticism is not only given to literary works, you know , but also to fine art works. Indeed, in theory, to give criticism to a work of art requires insight or understanding of the intricacies of the work of art, both verbal and written. So, the criticism of the artwork is not just given … Not many people know that the existence of this criticism also contributes to the development of a work of art. In fact, it is not uncommon to be able to influence and change someone’s style in creating a work of art.

The term “criticism” comes from the Greek language, namely ‘kriticos’ which means ‘to observe, compare, separate, and weigh’. Meanwhile, in the Encyclopedia of World Art, literary criticism is a process that leads to a qualitative ‘judgement’ on the existence of a work of art. Another definition of literary criticism is also mentioned by Sem. C. Bangun who states that art criticism is a serious study activity on the existence of a work of art. Well, from some of these definitions, it can be concluded that,

“Art criticism is the activity of responding to a work of art to show the advantages and disadvantages of a work of art.”

These disadvantages and advantages can be related to various aspects. When it comes to fine art, it usually concerns the material aspect that shows the quality of a work of art. Along with the development of the times and society’s understanding of works of art, the activities of art criticism can also fulfill various other social functions. Not infrequently, the existence of criticism of this artwork can improve the quality of understanding and appreciation of a fine art, so that it can later be used as a standard to improve the quality of the process and results of a fine art.

Another thing that is not realized is that if the criticism of this work of art is delivered by a renowned critic, it can influence the existing perception of the quality of a work of art, so that it will also affect its economic value.

Must Have Skills

1. Absorptive ability, namely the ability to observe.
2. Retentive ability, which is the ability to remember and reproduce.
3. Reasoning ability, namely the ability to analyze and consider.
4. Creative ability, ie the ability to imagine, interpret, and present ideas.

Form of Presentation of Fine Arts Criticism

Basically, a critique of this work of art can be delivered to the community in the form of:

1. Verbally, that is in the form of criticism delivered orally. For example with discussion activities or art seminars.
2. In writing, that is in the form of criticism delivered in written form. For example through mass media, magazines, social media, and others.

Types of Fine Art Criticism

Based on its function

In the book Art As Image and Idea (1967) written by the American critic Feldman, a criticism of a work of art can be divided into 4 types based on function. Well, here is the description.

1. Journalistic Criticism

The first type of art criticism is Journalistic Criticism, which is art criticism where the results of the evaluation are presented openly to the public. Usually through mass media, especially newspapers. The things that are criticized are not only works of art, but also the exhibition activities.

This type of art criticism is almost the same as popular criticism, but the assessment is more detailed and sharp. Regarding its delivery through the mass media, it will affect the public’s perception of the quality of a work of art that is being discussed. Characteristics of journalistic criticism:

• Written for newspaper readers.
• Not much confiscate the news column in the newspaper.
• Limited writing time.
• Only as news.

2. Popular Criticism

Almost the same as the criticism of journalists which are equally intended for public consumption. However, in popular criticism this is general so it focuses more on the introduction or publication of a work of art. The style of language used is easier to understand by the general public because it uses simple terms.

Not infrequently, the writing of this popular criticism is made by writers who do not have critical expertise in the world of art. Here are the characteristics of popular criticism:

• Can be written by a general writer.
• Seeing the reality that is developing in society.
• The language is easy to digest and simpler.

3. Criticism of Education (Pedagogy)

Educational criticism alias pedagogy is a critical activity that aims to increase artistic sensitivity and aesthetics as a process of learning art. It is usually used in art education institutions, so that it can directly improve the quality of artwork from its students. If applied in public school education institutions, then it is held in art subjects.

Characteristics of educational (pedagogical) criticism:

• Responsive nature.
• There is a standard form of value.
• Done in an educational institution environment.
• There is freedom of discussion.

4. Scientific Criticism (Scientific)

The next type of criticism of fine art is scientific criticism alias scientific, which is a type of criticism that is academic in nature so that it requires insight, knowledge, ability, and high sensitivity to evaluate a work of art. It is usually delivered by a critic who is already an expert in the field of art and should follow the methodology of academic criticism.

Later, the results of this scientific criticism will be used as a reference for collectors or curators of art institutions, such as those in galleries, museums, and auction houses. Characteristics of scientific criticism:

• Apply certain methodologies or rules in criticizing.
• The results are not absolute.
• Scientific in nature.
• Developed by researchers in a neutral and fair manner.

Based on the starting point

Still similar to what Feldman delivered, criticism of fine art also has types based on its point of departure.

1. Expressivist Criticism

Through the expressionistic approach applied in the criticism of this fine art work, the critic tends to evaluate and respond to the quality of the ideas and feelings that the artist wants to communicate through his artwork. The activity can be in the form of responding to the relationship between the title, theme, content, and visualization of objects featured in a work of art.

2. Formalistic Criticism

Through this formalistic approach, the study of art criticism will be aimed at artworks as a configuration of formal aspects. In short, related to the elements of its formation. For example, in a work of art painting, the target of criticism will be more likely to focus on visual elements, namely color, line, texture, and others.

In this type of criticism will also discuss the quality of techniques and materials used in fine art works.

3. Instrumentalistic Criticism

Through an instrumentalistic approach, later a work of art will be criticized based on its ability to achieve goals, moral, religious, political, and psychological. In this type of criticism, it is not too questioning the formal quality of the art work, but rather looking at the aspect of the context, both now and in the past.

For example, in the painting “The Capture of Prince Diponegoro” by Raden Saleh, it is not criticized based on its technical quality, but also the connection between the object, content, theme, purpose, and moral message that the painter wants to convey.

Stages in Fine Art Criticism

As has been written before, in making a critique of the art work it cannot be arbitrary. Must go through several stages first. Well, the following are the general stages that must be done before compiling a critique of a work of art.

1. Description

The first stage is description in the form of finding, recording, and describing everything that is seen as it is. Well, in order for this stage to go well, the critic must understand and know the general terms that are often used in the art world. Without that understanding, critics have difficulty describing what they see.

2. Formal Analysis

The second stage is formal analysis in the form of tracing a work of art based on its formal structure or constituent elements. At this level, the critic must understand the elements as well as the principles of arrangement in fine arts.

3. Interpretation

The third level is interpretation in the form of interpreting the meaning of a work of art. Covers themes highlighted, symbols presented, other issues. This stage is open and influenced by the point of view and insight of the critic. The wider his vision, the richer the interpretation of the meaning he criticizes.

4. Evaluation or Assessment

The last stage is the evaluation alias evaluation which is in the form of determining the quality of a work of art when compared to other works of art of the same type. Comparisons will be made with various aspects, both formal aspects and context aspects. Well, in this stage usually use steps in the form of:

1. Relating as many works of art to be evaluated as possible with similar works of art.
2. Determine the purpose or function of the artwork to be examined.
3. Determining the extent to which the artwork “deviates” from what has been there before.
4. Examining works of art in terms of specific needs and the point of view behind them.

Function and Purpose

The compilation of criticism of fine art works is not done solely to “show off” the critic’s vision of the art world to the public. Many functions and purposes can be accepted through the criticism of this work of art.

The Function and Purpose of Fine Art Criticism

1. Bridging artistic perception and appreciation as well as aesthetics in works of art. Usually, between art creators and art connoisseurs.
2. For art creators, this criticism can be feedback to reflect on their expressive communication.
3. Creating a point of view on the interpretation of works of art.
4. Make it easier for the general public to understand what the content of the artwork is.
5. As a form of appreciation for works of art.
6. As an evaluation activity on the statement of good and bad values ​​with the context of fine art.
7. Gaining satisfaction in discussing works of art.

Understanding What an Art Critic Is

Previously, Reader had encountered the word “critic” several times. However, does Reader know what a critic is in the art world?

An art critic is someone who criticizes a work of art belonging to others or his own (self-critic). Ideally, an art critic should have sharp senses, thoughts and feelings in a work of art. Well, the sharpness of the senses goes into the ability of reasoning and creativity…

Just a little trivia, an art critic must also understand various theories, starting from the theory of art science, philosophy of art, elements of art, anthropology of art, sociology of art, to the review of modern and contemporary art. Later, those theories are used to strengthen the construction of the criticism so that it is more objective.

Not only theory, an art critic must also have experience and association in terms of observing, researching, and comparing a work of art. The experience will also later be very helpful in enriching critical insight. Another thing that an art critic should pay attention to is how to understand the artist’s thoughts and feelings. Even the biography and life of the artist of the work of art will not escape the observation of an art critic.

When an art critic delivers his criticism in written form, then the medium of criticism is language. The language used is of course effective and communicative, both when delivered orally and in writing. The meaning of effective language refers to aspects of grammar that are good and correct, appropriately used, and in accordance with the public target. Meanwhile, the meaning of communicative language is that the language is easily understood by readers or listeners, according to their intellectual level.

 

Definition of Criticism – Every human being has the freedom to think. This is what makes us have the right to give criticism or evaluation. Where criticism is meant here is criticism that can build to make someone or something better than before.

In addition, criticism can also be interpreted as providing an assessment of something. For example, when you are watching something like a movie. Well, not infrequently we will comment on what we have watched.

The act of giving comments or evaluations can fall into the category of criticism. Actually, the assessment is not only criticism, but there are also essays. So that you also understand more about criticism, here is a complete explanation.

Definition of Criticism

Common criticism is said to be a deeper type of analysis about a work that uses theoretical studies to provide an evaluation, interpretation or observation about the work.

Because criticism is an evaluation, then the text of criticism also has a purpose in explaining the advantages and disadvantages of something like a work. In addition, criticism can also provide input or solutions to the creators of a work. Usually, some things that often experience criticism are film, literature, music, painting, dance and drama.

The word criticism itself comes from the Greek language, Clitikos , which has the meaning of distinguishing. Whereas according to the Big Indonesian Dictionary or KBBI, criticism is criticism or feedback or satisfaction that is sometimes also accompanied by a description and consideration of the good and bad of a work, opinion and so on.

In addition, criticism can also be interpreted as an expression or response related to the good or bad of an action that will be or has already been made. The existence of criticism can also make the work more tested for quality.

In other words, criticism can also be interpreted as an opinion against another opinion which is based on an observation and analysis in advance which will then be interpreted against a position that supports or does not support, contradicts or does not contradict the object being criticized.

Criticism based on its function

After we learn together about the meaning of criticism in general, we will then learn about the type of criticism seen in terms of its function. Where criticism based on its function is still divided into several more categories.

Well, so that you can better understand the type of criticism based on its function, here is a complete explanation.

1. Journalistic Criticism

Journalistic criticism is criticism about the results of research that will be presented openly to the public. Usually, journalistic criticism will be expressed in mass media such as newspapers. Journalistic criticism is not only on works of art, but also on exhibition activities.

The existence of journalistic criticism is almost the same as popular criticism, but more detailed and sharper in terms of its evaluation. Because journalistic criticism uses the mass media, its existence can influence the public’s perception of the quality of what is being typed.

There are several characteristics possessed by journalistic criticism, among them are as follows.

1. Written for newspaper readers.
2. Not much confiscate the news column in the newspaper.
3. Limited writing time.
4. Only as news

2. Popular Criticism

Next, there is popular criticism, where this popular criticism is almost the same as journalistic criticism because it is intended specifically for public consumption. Even so, popular criticism is general, up to the introduction or publication of a work of art.

The style of language used in popular works will be easier for the general public to understand. This is due to the use of simple terms. In addition, writing popular criticism can also be done by writers who do not have specific skills in the art world. Some of the characteristics of popular criticism are as follows.

1. Can be written by a general writer.
2. Seeing the reality that is developing in society.
3. The language is easy to digest and simpler.

3. Criticism of Education

There is also educational criticism or commonly referred to as pedagogic. Where this pedagogic is an activity of giving criticism with the aim of increasing sensitivity to artistic and aesthetic aspects as a process of learning art.

Usually, this educational criticism is applied to art education institutions. Therefore, the existence of educational criticism will be able to improve the quality of artwork from students. If it is applied to educational institutions such as public schools, then the existence of this educational or pedagogic criticism will be present in art subjects.

Just like other types of criticism, educational criticism also has several characteristics as follows.

1. Responsive nature.
2. There is a standard form of value.
3. Done in an educational institution environment.
4. There is freedom of discussion.

4. Scientific or Scientific Criticism

Further, there is a type of scientific or scholarly criticism. Where this type of criticism has an academic nature that also requires knowledge, ability and high sensitivity in evaluating a work of art.

Usually, this scientific criticism will be delivered by a critic who is already an expert in a certain field such as art and must follow academic methodology.

In the field of art, the existence of this scientific criticism will be used as a reference for collectors and curators of art intuition, for example those in galleries, museums and auction houses. The characteristics of scientific criticism are as follows.

1. Apply certain methodologies or rules in criticizing.
2. The results are not absolute.
3. Scientific in nature.
4. Developed by researchers in a neutral and fair manner.

Types of Criticism Based on the Point of Refusal

In addition to the type of criticism based on its function, criticism is also divided into types based on its starting point. In this type it is still divided into several categories in it. Well, for you to understand better, here are some categories that are in the criticism based on the point of departure.

1. Expressivist Criticism

Furthermore, there is expressionistic criticism, which is one of the types of criticism that is often used in works of art. In that field, critics are more inclined to give evaluations and respond to quality evaluations of ideas and feelings that artists want to consume through the artwork they create.

In expressionistic criticism, it will be more related to the title, theme, content and visualization of objects featured in a work of art.

2. Formalistic Criticism

Formalistic criticism is also often used in the field of art. Where the purpose of formalistic criticism on artworks is to configure its formal aspects. Simply put, related to the manufacturing element.

For example, in the art of painting, it will be more inclined to visual elements such as lines, colors, textures and so on. In addition, this critique also discusses related to the techniques and materials used in fine art works.

3. Instrumentalistic Criticism

Instrumentalistic criticism of a work of art will be more directed towards the achievement of goals, moral, religious, political and also psychological. In instrumentalistic criticism will not question too much the formal reality that is in the artwork. But instrumentalistic criticism will focus more on aspects of the context in the present and in the past.

Tips for Giving Constructive Criticism

The existence of criticism on something will make it have the best quality. Therefore, criticism is needed that can build what is criticized. However, it cannot be denied that not everyone is able to give constructive criticism.

Therefore, it is important for us to know more about how to give constructive criticism. Because, the assessment we give will have an impact on something that is being criticized.

There are several ways that can be done when giving criticism so that the evaluation we give can be constructive instead of bringing down. Well, to be more clear, here are some tips in giving constructive criticism.

1. Start On A Positive Way

You will be able to find something positive to say in the process of giving constructive feedback. Even like a statement of appreciation that is spoken sincerely and honestly can be one form of constructive criticism. Where the positive appreciation you say will make others feel appreciated. Of course you can add positive criticism behind the appreciation given before.

2. Avoid Emotions

When you give criticism in an emotional state, then it is most likely that the presentation done looks emotional, angry as well as body language and tone of voice will make other people more defensive and less consider the existence of the criticism you give. Therefore, in giving criticism try not to be in an emotional state.

3. Smile and Use Warm Body Language

Let others know if you are someone who can give them empathy. This will make him feel more comfortable and don’t forget to show if you also feel the same way as them.

4. Pay attention to the tone of voice

In order not to create an emotional impact, you should also keep the tone of your voice so that it can appear stable and friendly. Where the tone of voice is also able to communicate many things and sometimes even more than a word that has been chosen.

Try not to raise your voice or allow tension to arise. Use a tone of voice that can really provide comfort when you listen to the recipient of the criticism if the situation is the opposite.

5. Avoid Negative Body Language

Avoid negative body language, blaming or attacking personally. This needs to be done in order to further reduce the possibility of the assumption that you are speaking in an angry state. Also avoid using judgmental and abusive language.

6. State Your Opinion Specifically

The more specific the criticism you give, the easier it will be to carry out the criticism. Focus on the main objective, not even on your opinion. Give a more detailed explanation for each criticism given.

For example, by giving key aspects such as more specific examples so that people receiving criticism can better know what they should do.

7. Give Encouragement to Criticize Yourself

In some cases showing that letting the person concerned find the solution independently before you give an opinion on what to do is one of the right actions. Therefore, you can also give encouragement so that the concerned party can try to criticize themselves.

8. Focusing more on the behavior than on the person

In giving criticism it will be better if you focus on the behavior and not on the person. Therefore, in giving an assessment of personal characteristics, one should be more careful. This is because such actions can sometimes make someone hurt.

9. Provide Helpful Feedback

When you want to help others to be able to change in a positive way. Of course in this condition you need to convey things that can make the related parties do something rather than you conveying things beyond their control.

Giving criticism related to the things they can do will make you look like you are building and empowering them. On the other hand, giving criticism by conveying things he can’t do will make them feel uncomfortable.

This is because they cannot do anything about the situation that is happening, even though they basically want to do a certain action to be better.

10. Avoid Talking Too Much

If you really don’t want to make others feel overwhelmed about the criticism given, then avoid using too many words. Criticizing with too many words, even in a positive form, will still create the effect of presenting a list of problems to the relevant parties. This will make the nature of the conversation carried out negatively.

11. Know When to Stop Criticizing

Knowing when to stop talking is also one method of constructive criticism. Where you can try to criticize one or two of you and end the conversation. Repeating the same problem will not be productive or will even trigger negative feelings in the person who is criticized. Find the signs when your criticism feels enough delivered.

12. Follow Up

When you finish giving criticism, then you can try to give observations. In this case you can observe the person after talking to you. Try to give an assessment of the progress he has made.

If possible, discuss more concrete steps in order to achieve the goals of the evaluation you gave earlier. Give praise for every progress he has made.

Accepting and praising the success of others is also able to provide an incentive for that person to continue their good efforts and make them feel valued and appreciated.

The Impact of Constructive Criticism

It cannot be denied that giving positive criticism is really difficult. Because some things that are considered painless are actually the opposite. Therefore, applying some of the tips above can help you to give constructive criticism.

Interestingly, there are several positive impacts that will be obtained by the relevant parties when receiving positive criticism that you have presented. Where they will start to continue learning, wanting to grow to a better side.

In addition, the existence of criticism will also make them more aware of any shortcomings they have. In fact, it is not rare that the presence of constructive criticism can trigger a person to control his emotions.

Well, that’s a complete description related to the meaning of criticism to its impact. By knowing the explanation above, you will find it easier to give constructive criticism without having to be afraid to express an assessment.

 

Definition of Tropical Climate, Characteristics of Tropical Climate and Distribution of Tropical Climate – Climate is a situation where there are average weather conditions in an area for a long period of time (minimum 30 years). Climate is influenced by the atmosphere, air temperature, air humidity, rainfall, sunlight, and of course the equator.

The world has four climates, namely tropical, subtropical, temperate, and polar. The difference in climate in various parts of the world is caused by the equator.

In the hemisphere close to the equator will have a tropical and subtropical climate. While the part of the earth that is far from the equator will have a moderate and polar climate. Tropical climate is an area located between the isotherm line on the northern and southern parts of the earth

Often people think that climate, weather, and season are the same. Although all three are different. Climate as explained above. Weather is a behavior of the atmosphere in the short term. While the season is a period of time in which there is a dominant weather phenomenon.

Reader, want to know more about tropical climate? Come on, check out the following comments.

Definition of Tropical Climate

Tropical regions are divided into two according to natural conditions. The first is a dry tropical region, including steppes, dry savannas, and deserts. Then the second humid climate includes tropical rainforests, savannas, and areas that have a wet season.

According to Lippsmeier (1994), Indonesia enters the tropical rainforest part of the area around the equator up to about 15 degrees in the north and south. The character of this climate is usually characterized by high precipitation and humidity.

A climate like this also has the character of little wind, moderate to strong solar radiation, little heat exchange due to high humidity.

This climate has two seasons each year, namely the dry season and the rainy season. The dry season usually occurs between March and August. While the rainy season usually occurs between September and February.

1. Relatively high air humidity reaches above 90%.
2. Has high rainfall.
3. The annual temperature in Indonesia can be more than 18 degrees, then in the dry season it can reach 38 degrees.
4. The difference between seasons in Indonesia is not very noticeable. Except during periods of light rain and heavy rain accompanied by strong winds.
5. While the dry climate shows some characteristics as follows:
6. Have low air humidity below 50%.
7. Has low rainfall.
8. High solar radiation because it is rarely covered by clouds, so the sunlight directly reaches the ground.
9. There are many deserts, this happens because of low rainfall.
10. When it is at extreme temperatures, there is often a breakdown or explosion of rocks.

The Science of Climate Change book consists of 6 chapters containing an explanation of the phenomenon of global climate change and its implications. This book is here to form the basis of a framework of thinking in understanding the phenomenon of climate change and its impact, which is organized with logical logic and easy-to-understand language, as well as based on scientific sources.

This book published by Bumi Aksara can be a reference in the subject of climate change and is expected to be able to encourage various parties to also participate in reducing the impact that may occur as a result of climate change. 

Characteristics of a Tropical Climate

Each climate must have its own characteristics or characteristics. Below will be explained some characteristics of the tropical climate. Characteristics of a tropical climate include:

1. Having high rainfall, and longer in each year, this also makes the soil in the tropical climate fertile.
2. Evaporation of sea water is quite high because there are clouds in the atmosphere.
3.  The tropical climate area is located between 23.5 degrees LU and 23.5 degrees LS.
4.  Air temperature change is normal and not extreme.
5. It has a low air pressure, and the pressure change is slow
6. It has a small annual amplitude of around 1-5 degrees Celsius, except for the daily amplitude which is larger.
7. Wet tropical regions are usually plants that grow in green and dense forests.
8. In dry tropical regions there are many savannas.
9. Due to the movement of the sun’s circulation, the tropical climate has two seasons, namely the dry season and the rainy season.
10. Rainfall in tropical climates is higher and longer compared to other climates in the world.
11. The tropical climate region receives sunlight every year because it is located close to the equator.
12. Has an average high air temperature due to the vertical position of the sun. Generally, the air temperature is around 20-30 degrees Celsius. It can even reach more than 30 degrees Celsius in some places.
13. Tropical climate can affect global climate if it has significant changes.
14. The air temperature in a tropical climate is very high. During the day it can reach 45 degrees Celsius, and 10 degrees Celsius at night.
15. The dry tropical climate region of the air can turn quickly, this is due to the earth’s return radiation which also happens quickly.

In Indonesia itself, which is included as a tropical rainforest, it has a diverse flora and fauna in it. Get to know the various fauna available through the book Meet the Animal Habitat: Tropical Rainforest Series below.

 

Distribution of Tropical Climate Regions

Not only in Indonesia, several other countries also have the same climate, which is a tropical climate. A country that has a tropical climate is a country that is in the tropic of cancer zone , 23.5 degrees LU, and the tropic of capricorn 23.5 degrees LS. This tropical climate region always gets full vertical sunlight during the day. Of course, this tropical region is crossed by the equator.

Countries that have a tropical climate include several states in the Americas, Asia, and countries in the Middle East. Here are the details:

1. States in the Americas

• All countries in Central America
• Caribbean Islands Region
• Nassau in the Bahamas
• Upper South America includes Colombia, Peru, Bolivia, Ecuador, Suriname, Paraguay, Argentina, Venezuela, northern Chile, and Brazil.
• Part of Mexico

2. The Asian continent

• South East Asia
• Hong Kong
• Maldives Islands
• Part of Taiwan
• Part of Bangladesh
• Southern part of India

3. Countries in the Middle East

• Yemen
• Southern Saudi Arabia
• Oman
• United Arab Emirates

This book explains the causes of climate change and the ways humans can do to stop it. With straightforward language that can be understood by various circles. So, come on, buy the book because that way we can find out the small efforts that can be done together to save the Earth.

Tropical Climate Type

You should know that tropical climates are divided into three types. The division of this type of tropical climate is based on the amount of rainfall in each region. Here are the three types of tropical climates.

1. Tropical Rainforest Climate

The climate in this tropical rain forest is in the region of the equator, which is around 10-15 degrees LU and LS. This area has calm winds with high rainfall, even the dry season in this area only occurs for two months.

Countries that have a tropical rainforest climate include Indonesia, Congo, Malaysia, Papua New Guinea, Brunei, Madagascar, Suriname, Singapore, Philippines, Brazil, Micronesia, Fiji, Sri Lanka, Colombia, Peru, Nicaragua and surrounding areas.

Reader can learn about this tropical rain forest through the book Extrim Sport – Tropical Rain Forest whose presentation of information is attractively packaged in the form of an adventure story.

 

2. Tropical Monsoon Climate

This monsoon climate has the same character as a tropical rainforest, the difference is that the tropical monsoon climate is more exposed to sunlight. This climate has warm weather throughout the year.

Countries that have a tropical monsoon climate include Bangladesh, India, Myanmar, Sri Lanka, Guyana, Southwest Africa, and Southeast Brazil.

3. Tropical Savannah Climate

The area that has a tropical savanna climate is the driest tropical climate area because it has minimal rainfall. In areas with a tropical savannah climate, droughts often occur which cause flora and fauna to die.

Countries that have a tropical savanna climate include Sudan, East Africa, South Africa, Northern Australia, Central Brazil, Bolivia, Paraguay, and Western Madagascar.

Wet Tropical Climate Factors in Indonesia

Indonesia is located on the equator which has a tropical climate. Indonesia falls into the wet tropical category. This is also influenced by the shape and location of Indonesia as an archipelago country and surrounded by the Indian Ocean and the Pacific Ocean.

That is what makes Indonesia have a wet tropical climate. A lot of sea evaporation brings a lot of rain and makes it humid.

Other factors also affect the wet tropical climate in Indonesia, and there are three scales that affect Indonesia’s climate. Here are the factors.

1. Global Scale

On this scale it means that Indonesia is surrounded by the Indian Ocean and the Pacific Ocean. As well as a direct border with the Asian continent and Australia. With the location of Indonesia like that makes Indonesia have a Wet Tropical Climate.

2. Regional Scale

On this scale, it means that the Indonesian archipelago is surrounded by 5 large islands, not including the small islands spread from Sabang to Merauke, as well as surrounded by the sea and straits.

3. Local Scale

On this scale it means that Indonesia has towering mountains. Mountains have an influence on rainfall and temperature, as well as climate. This is because the mountain has a lower temperature than the sea surface.

Flora and Fauna in Tropical Climates

Different climates will produce different flora and fauna as well. Each flora and fauna has its own life expectancy. If it is not suitable for the climate then they will not be able to live in the area.

In addition to climate, the type of soil is also influential for plant life. Different soil will also grow different plants as well. Not only that, the influence of other living things is also an important factor, as well as the intensity of sunlight because flora needs sunlight.

1. Flora of Tropical Climates

As we know that regions with a tropical climate have tropical rainforests. The characteristic of tropical rainforests is to have homogeneous plants and thick leaves, and the forest will tend to be darker. The types of flora that will be found in tropical climates are:

• Meranti ( Shorea and Parashorea )
• Pinus or Tusam
• Keruing (Dipterocarpus)
• Black Wood ( Diospyros sp )
• Palm ( Palmae )
• Ironwood ( Eusideroxylon zwageri )
• Chalk ( Dryobalanops )
• Acacia ( Acacia auriculiformis )

As we know that Indonesia is a country with a tropical climate and is known for its fertile soil so it is blessed with a variety of plants beneficial to human health.

This book deserves to be owned as a source of information, knowledge, and insight to readers that in addition to having economic value, it turns out that flowers produced by plants are also known as herbs that can prevent and cure various diseases suffered by the community.

2. Tropical Climate Fauna

Animals that live in tropical climates are also animals that are resistant to weather, temperature, and the surrounding environment. In the wild this can be called natural selection. Here are the types of animals in tropical climates:

• African fauna: gorillas, elephants, pangolins, camels, hippos.
• Australis fauna as well as the Pacific islands and Eastern Indonesia: paradise, cockatoo, kiwi, platypus, and koala.
• Fauna of Southeast Asia, South Asia, and Western Indonesia: bears, tigers, rhinos, deer, orangutans, several types of reptiles, and fish.
• Fauna of Central America and South Africa: bats, bulls, jaguars, kingfishers, and endemic fish such as piranhas.

This book is suitable for children’s knowledge about the habitat of tropical rainforest animals. Equipped with beautiful and amazing photos and a short explanation wrapped in simple language that is easy for children to understand. Discover and collection of books similar to the Get to Know Animal Habitat Series.

Reader can also see various other interesting facts about fauna in tropical regions through the 200 Important Facts about Animals & Their Habitats: Tropical Regions & Rainforests below.

 

Tropical Climate Economic Sector

Economy is an important thing for every country. Employment in a country is also determined by the climate in that country. Indonesia has a tropical climate where the work area is not far from nature. Here are some of the livelihoods of people with a tropical climate:

1. Agriculture and Horticulture

This job is suitable for regions that have a tropical climate because they have enough sunlight and high rainfall. For example, when the rainy season arrives, farmers work their land to grow crops. The plantation workers will also produce quality fruit, with good color and good taste. This is also due to the soil and enough sunlight.

2. Sea Mining and Fishing

Tropical regions in Southeast Asia mostly utilize marine resources as a means of livelihood. Marine resources that are utilized such as fish, salt, petroleum, and also natural gas. The vastness of the sea in Southeast Asia and having abundant natural resources make some people in Southeast Asia use the sea as a source of livelihood.

3. African Agriculture, Mining and Industry

Not only in Southeast Asia, the African region that has a tropical climate also has some people working in agriculture, mining, and industry. As with other tropical climate regions, there are many natural resources that can be used for food or other raw materials.

Specifically, this book discusses the study of environmental politics, fisheries, and food which are strategic sectors in Indonesia. In that way, this book is worthy of your possession to increase your insight into strategic sectors in the country of Indonesia.

Conclusion

Tropical climate is a region that is between the isotherm line of 23.5 degrees LU and 23.5 degrees LS. Tropical climates are further divided into two, namely dry tropical climates and wet tropical climates, both of which have some differences such as the existence of savannas in dry tropical climates and the existence of tropical rainforests in wet tropical climates.

The tropical climate also has several characteristics such as high rainfall, low air pressure, normal air temperature changes, a lot of sea water evaporation, and others. The distribution of this tropical climate is quite wide. The tropical climate is spread over several states in Central and South America, the Asian continent, and several countries in the Middle East.

Not only dry and wet tropical climates, but this tropical climate is divided into three more parts, namely the tropical rainforest climate, the tropical monsoon climate, and also the tropical savannah climate. Indonesia has a tropical climate due to several supporting factors on a global, regional, and local scale.

Flora and fauna in tropical climates are also diverse. Flora and fauna in tropical climates are different from regions with non-tropical climates. Things like this happen because the factors of temperature, environment, and soil also affect the existence of flora and fauna.

The tropical climate makes the people in the region have jobs that are not far from nature. People who live in tropical climates partly work in agriculture, plantations, mining, and industry. All these jobs are related to the utilization of natural resources.

Well, that’s the explanation about the meaning, characteristics, distribution, and other things related to tropical climate. It ‘s fun to learn about things related to one’s own region, which Indonesia also includes having a tropical climate.

 

The meaning of KPI (Key Performance Indicator) and its benefits in the company – In a management, the role of control and evaluation has a very important function in ensuring that an organization’s work plan can be implemented optimally. A good organizational work plan will certainly eventually become the ultimate goal of the organization to be realized well. Therefore, a management that performs control and evaluation is commonly referred to as KPI or Key Performance Indicator.

A performance management system that can run well is usually capable of being a representation of a comprehensive business process in the organization. Key Performance Indicators have a role to measure the performance management system, whether it is running successfully or not even being able to run according to plan.

In addition, the Key Performance Indicator has several measures to describe the performance of a management system related to the organization as a whole to its relationship with its various parts. Currently, many companies that already have a performance management system, only contain a “list of KPIs” so they may not pay too much attention to the relationship between the indicators.

In the span of the last ten years alone, performance management systems such as the Balanced Scorecard or commonly referred to as the BSC began to appear to try to provide accommodation for each indicator that has a relationship and connection. In the balanced scorecard itself, the relevance of each existing indicator is only qualitatively described.

If the relationship between these indicators can be described quantitatively, it may be that the performance measurement model can be applied for a more definitive and specific purpose. One example of a more definitive and specific performance measurement model is to carry out improvement programs or programs to make predictions about system behavior in the future.

A. Meaning of KPI (Key Performance Indicator)

KPI or Key Performance Indicator can be understood as a measuring tool that is used to create an overview of the company’s effectiveness in achieving its business goals. Companies themselves usually apply Key Performance Indicators to measure the success of their targets.

From the explanation, the characteristics of the Key Performance Indicator can be determined based on non-financial measures, including:

a. Measurements that are often used (Regular measurements)

b. Measures known by management

c. Everyone in an organization has understood and understood KPI

d. Responsible for individuals and teams

e. Has a very significant effect

f. Has a positive effect

In its application, Key Performance Indicator can be measured in daily, weekly to monthly periods. A good Key Performance Indicator is basically something that has an important role and consistently gets attention from management. When there is a member of management who deviates from the Key Performance Indicator, then the management can decide on an action by summoning the person responsible.

B. Definition of KPI According to Members

1. Iveta (2012)

According to Iveta (2012), Key Performance Indicator or KPI can be defined as a measure that has a quantitative and gradual nature for companies. Which measures contain various perspectives and are based on concrete data analysis, as well as being the starting point for determining the purpose as well as the organization of the organization’s strategy.

2. Warren (2011)

According to Warren (2011), Key Performance Indicator or KPI has the meaning as a measurement used to assess how an organization implements the strategic vision that has been determined. The strategic vision itself can be meant as a purpose that refers to how the organization’s strategy can be interactively integrated into the organization’s overall strategy.

3. Parmenter (2007)

According to Parmenter (2007), Key Performance Indicator or KPI has a definition as something that is most critical to creating a successful organization in the present and in the future.

4. Banerjee and Buoti (2012)

According to Banerjee and Buoti (2012), Key Performance Indicator or KPI is something that is used to measure on a scale and quantitatively to evaluate the performance of the organization when it wants to realize the goals and targets of the organization that have been determined. KPI itself can be applied to make measurable objective policies, analyze trends, and support decision-making.

C. Benefits of KPIs

KPI or key performance indicator can also be something that has the most effective critical in creating an organization or company to be successful, both for now and for the future. Well, here are some of the benefits of KPI for employees, including:

1. Provide references for companies to get quality employees.

2. It becomes much easier for employees to measure and evaluate employee performance and reduce certain elements of subjectivity.

3. Employees become more aware of what management expects of them

4. Employee performance results are much more measurable and good

D. Types of KPIs

Broadly speaking, Key Performance Indicators or KPIs can be divided into two types, namely Financial KPIs and Non-Financial KPIs. The following is an explanation of the two types of KPI, including:

1. Financial Key Performance Indicators

The first type of Key Performance Indicator is Financial KPI. Financial KPI itself can be said to be a key performance indicator that has a connection with finance. Some examples of Financial KPIs that need to be considered are as follows:

a. Gross Profit KPI

Financial KPI of the gross profit type is a KPI that can be used to measure the amount of money left over from income. With a note, the amount of residual money has been deducted from the Selling Price or often referred to as HPP.

b. Net Profit KPI

KPI Financial is a type of net profit, which is a KPI that is usually applied to measure the amount of money left over from income and has been reduced by the Selling Price as well as several other business costs, ranging from interest costs to taxes.

c. KPI Gross Profit Margin (Gross Profit Margin)

Financial KPI of the gross profit margin type can be meant as a KPI that can be used to measure the percentage value obtained by dividing Gross Profit and Income.

d. KPI Net Profit Margin (Net Profit Margin)

Financial KPI of the net profit margin type has the purpose of being a KPI that is used to measure the percentage value obtained with the provision of having divided the net profit according to income.

e. KPI Current Ratio (Current Ratio)

Financial KPI of the current ratio type can be said to be a KPI that can be applied to measure the financial performance of the liquidity balance by dividing current assets by current liabilities.

Common financial or financial indicators are used to predict the effectiveness of a business that will survive when experiencing a sudden decline.

2. Non-Financial Key Performance Indicators

Basically, Non-Financial KPIs are KPIs that can indirectly influence the financial situation of a company. The following are some examples of Non-Financial KPIs that need to be considered, including:

a. Manpower Turnover

b. Customer Satisfaction metrics

c. Repeat Customer to New Customer Ratio

d. Market Share

E. Factors That Influence KPI Effectiveness

KPIs have a very important influence when there is a follow-up from KPIs that have been determined previously. In some cases it was found that companies usually adopt the most popular KPI used in an industry. It’s just that, once the KPI is implemented in the company, it will raise many questions about why the KPI does not reflect or describe the company’s performance.

In carrying out the development of the Key Performance Indicator compilation strategy, you are required to have team members who are able to see various things about the company. Some of these things include questions about what the organization’s goals are, how the plan is to achieve them and who has the right to take action based on the information that has been obtained.

The determination of Key Performance Indicators should be a continuous and repeated process involving input from analysts, department heads and of course managers. After that, you and the team can get a better and effective understanding while answering two questions, namely, how the Key Performance Indicator measures a company’s business process and who has the right to follow up on the company’s business process.

One of the ways to create relevant Key Performance Indicators is to use SMART criteria. SMART itself is an abbreviation of several words, namely specific, measurable, attainable, relevant, time-bound. Well, the following is an explanation of the five things that are KPI factors based on SMART, including:

1. What is the purpose of the specific enterprise.

2. Can you measure the achievement of the goal.

3. Can the purpose be achieved?

4. What is the purpose related to the company.

5. How long will it take to achieve the goal.

F. Application of KPI in the Enterprise

In applying Key Performance Indicators to a business organization, there are 4 basic criteria that need to be met first before an organization can state that they have successfully applied KPIs in the company’s operational activities. An explanation of the four criteria is as follows:

1. Collaboration between employees, teams, suppliers and customers

2. Decentralization from the management level to the operational level

3. Integration or linkage between measurements, reports and actions

4. Relationship of KPI and strategy

In order to be able to apply Key Performance Indicators properly and optimally, there needs to be an interconnected system process, both from the organizational environment in building a comfortable atmosphere such as employees, managers, and shareholders as well as various other external stakeholders, such as customers and suppliers. It also needs to be applied at the time of the report, where the report should be disciplined, efficient, and focused on improving decision-making.

When implementing and applying Key Performance Indicators, one of the things that need to be noted is about defining the results or goals of each KPI or key performance indicator. Not only that, in applying the Key Performance Indicator there is a method that is commonly used in determining planning goals. The method is a method that uses SMART criteria (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Realistic and Time Sensitive).

Well, the following is a SMART explanation that needs to be observed, including:

1. Specific

The purpose or results when applying Key Performance Indicators should be clear and specific. This is because the existence of a general or broad purpose or result can result in the application not being optimal and tending to not be able to be expected. When the goal or result has been determined clearly and specifically, it will be easier to know when the goal or result can be achieved.

2. Measurable

Measurable or can be interpreted as a measure has a definition as a goal or result that can be measured. In determining the purpose or results, it is very important to measure, both qualitatively and quantitatively. The right measure can be placed in determining the relationship with standard performance or expectations of a performance.

3. Achievable

Achievable or means the fastest has a very important role when applying the Key Performance Indicator. The application of KPI should be created based on the challenges that organizations and companies have. This will be very influential because it can inspire the organization to create the best results or goals.

4. Realistic

Applying Key Performance Indicators should be based on realistic thinking. In creating an idea in the form of a result or a goal that must be achieved, then the steps that need to be taken are realistic and result-oriented thinking.

5. Time Sensitive

In applying Key Performance Indicators, each result or goal has a time limit that will be agreed upon by the organization as a whole. This is done so that all parties can be motivated to achieve goals or results according to the deadline and compact. The fact that a goal or result is basically something that requires a time limit can create an ease in measuring an improvement of a certain goal or the next result.

G. Examples of KPI Analysis of a Company

Developing Key Performance Indicators requires time and company resources. The Key Performance Indicator that is measured is usually an indicator that has been adapted to the needs of the company. In addition, the measurement has also considered the company’s short-term strategy and goals.

An example of the development of a Key Performance Indicator, for example, when a company obtains a satisfactory increase in sales, but the profit obtained by the company is not enough to provide the allocation of funds for the benefit of business growth, then the Key Performance Indicator that is almost certain for the company is the Profit Margin KPI Net and Gross Profit Margin.

The example can be seen based on what is found in the financial report or accounting of the trading company recorded in the company. On the one hand, when profits are in line with expectations and the company’s growth is not as fast as targeted. So, what needs to be done is to consider some non-financial KPIs, be it workforce turnover KPIs, customer satisfaction KPIs, or the ratio of repeat customers to new customers.

That is the discussion about KPI or Key Performance Indicator. Hopefully you can understand the meaning of KPI in depth so that it can be applied to your company.

Definition of Convection, Characteristics, and Examples – Definition of Convection is a natural process where heat is transferred between two liquid substances, two gaseous substances, or between gaseous and liquid substances as long as they are at different temperatures.

In fact, this convection is also referred to as the transfer of heat between gases and solids or between liquids and at different temperatures. But there is still a lot we need to know about convection and in this article, we will discuss it more fully.

Meanwhile, conduction is defined as the transfer of heat between two objects when they are in the same box. The contact meant here is physical contact. In addition, conduction is also often referred to as diffusion.

Well, before we look into some examples, let’s first understand the basic information related to convection. Starting from the meaning of convection, characteristics, and examples:

Definition of Convection

Convection is a term related to physics or more precisely fluid mechanics. The concept of convection itself also has a literal meaning, which is the transfer of heat through a fluid, both in liquid and gas form caused by molecular motion. The movement of molecules that transfer heat can be of two types, namely in large numbers or in individual particles. The first is called advection and the last is called diffusion.

That is the principle of heat transfer that works not only in liquid and gas cases as discussed above. But also in solids too. However, the difference between the two is that heat transfer in solid form is called conduction.

An example in everyday life is the form of electronic goods that work on radiation, microwaves, and so on. The following are some examples of convection that need to be understood.

Characteristics and Examples of Convection

After knowing the meaning of convection, here are some examples of convection around us, including microwave ovens, melting ice cubes, and hot air balloons. Let’s discuss one by one to make it clearer:

1. Microwave Oven

Microwave ovens are one of the most common examples of convection-derived kitchen appliances. This tool works using the principles we have discussed above and we can notice that this tool is usually used to warm a plate of food.

Then, what actually happened in it. So, what happens is that the air in the microwave will be heated and then convection currents are forced into the food inside.

If you place a bowl of soup or a cracker, then you will see that the soup liquid will boil like boiled while the cracker will expand like when we fry it.

2. The melting of ice

The melting of ice is another example of convection that we can see in everyday life. The change of ice from a solid cube to a liquid form occurs due to the hot temperature around it. The temperature of the space around the ice is usually higher than the temperature of the ice itself.

While heat waves or heat currents have a tendency to flow from higher to lower temperatures. That means, the hot temperature in the room flows through the ice. Until that causes the ice to change its shape into a liquid. This principle remains the same as in the case of storms or tornadoes.

3. Air Balloon

The last example is a hot air balloon. By using the principle of convection, hot air balloons will be seen rising above the ground and floating in the air. This mechanism is that the fire inside the balloon will heat the air inside and not let the air out of the area inside the balloon.

Heat Transfer

As we know that heat transfer occurs when there is a temperature difference between two objects that are in direct contact. That’s when the flow of heat from the body appears from the highest temperature to the lowest temperature. Whether it is a liquid or a gas, both are considered fluids and molecular motion is responsible for naturally transferring heat.

Poor thermal conductivity makes forced mass transfer necessary to extract or transfer heat. Either by heating or cooling liquids or solids.

We can see this in boilers that use a heat exchanger made up of metal pipes, where water will circulate inside and gas at a very high temperature outside.

Gases that have a hot temperature will circulate in one direction. This will later produce heat by convection into the metal tube and receive it by conduction.

Then the tube heats up and produces heat by conduction to the water, which circulates in the other direction and receives heat by convection, heating into steam.

Examples of Convection in Everyday Life

Here are some examples of convection in everyday life.

• Boiling water: Here the heat will transfer from the stove to the pot by convection, then heat the water from the bottom. After that, the hot water will rise and the cold water will descend to replace it, this causes a twisting motion.
• Radiator: Places warm air at the top and draws cold air by convection to the bottom.
• A warm cup of tea: The steam that comes out shows the heat transferred to the air by convection.
• Ice melting: Heat that moves into the ice from the air by convection. This causes the ice to melt from a solid to a liquid.
• Thawing frozen food: Frozen food will thaw faster if it is under cold running water when placed in water. This action of flowing water will transfer heat into the food by convection and faster.

Examples of Convection in Meteorology and Geology

The following are some examples of convection originating from Meteorology and Geology.

• Convection mantle: The rock mantle inside the Earth moves slowly due to convection currents that transfer heat from the interior of the Earth to the surface. This is one of the reasons why tectonic plates move slowly around the Earth.
• Oceanic Circulation: The warm water around the equator will circulate by convection towards the poles and the cold water at the poles will move towards the equator.
• Stack effect: This stack effect is also called the chimney effect. Where this is the movement of air in and out of buildings through convection, chimneys or other objects due to buoyancy. In this case, buoyancy will refer to the difference in density in the air between the air inside and outside. This buoyancy force will increase because the higher the structure and the greater the difference between the heat levels inside and outside the air.
• Stellar convection: Stars have convection zones where their energy is moved by convection. Outside the core is the radiation zone where the plasma moves. Currents from convection will form as the plasma rises and the cooled plasma descends.
• Gravitational convection: This is shown when dry salt diffuses into wet soil because fresh water floats in salt water.
• Forced convection: An example of this convection is in the pump or suction device used to facilitate convection as well as in the fan.

Types of Convection

Below is some information about the types of convection that may add to the reader’s knowledge of matters related to convection.

1. Forced Convection and Natural Convection

It should be understood that convection can occur naturally or what is called “natural convection” or due to the presence of moving devices “forced convection”.

An example of forced convection is a fan. A fan is a device that can produce air movement artificially. Where the air in it moves due to the rotation of the fan. While for example natural convection usually occurs because the fluid is lighter when it is hot and becomes heavier when it is cold.

So when the fluid has a hot part and a cold part, then the hot part will naturally move up and for the cold part it will naturally move down.

For example, when the water in the pan is heated, then the water at the bottom will be hot because it is near the fire, then the hot water will move from the bottom to the top surface. At the same time, the water on the top surface tends to be colder so it will move to the bottom of the pan.

2. Gas Convection

When a hot object is surrounded by cold air, the heat will transfer to the air by convection with direct contact. The process is similar but when warm air surrounds a colder object, then the air will become colder when heat is transferred to the object by convection.

3. Fluid Convection

A similar convection process can also occur in liquids. Although at a slower speed according to the viscosity of the liquid. However, it cannot be assumed that the convection in the liquid will result in colder components sinking and warmer ones rising.

Convection of this fluid depends on the fluid itself and the associated temperature. Water will reach its greatest density which is around 4 degrees Celsius. Therefore, in a pool of water, it initially has a temperature of 4 degrees Celsius, where every part that is hot will rise to the top.

If there is a cold part below 4 degrees Celsius, it will rise to the top and the warm water will sink to the bottom.

4. Earth’s Atmospheric Convection

Convection heat transfer will produce wind and air currents. Because during the day, the sun will heat the ground, which will give up some of its energy to the air through conduction and heat with convection. As the air warms, its density will decrease and become lighter.

Colder air will descend, because it is heavier and has a higher density compared to hot air. Part of the hot air will rise and create the current and the rest will move horizontally creating wind.

Hot air that has risen very high will release this heat at night, preventing global warming, and regulating the Earth’s temperature.

Differences in Conduction, Convection, and Radiation

Heat transfer is the physical action of thermal energy that is exchanged between two systems by removing heat. Temperature and heat flow are the basic principles of heat transfer. The amount of heat energy available will be determined by the temperature and the heat flow will represent the movement of heat energy.

In simple terms, heat transfer can be divided into three major categories, including conduction, convection, and radiation. Here is the full explanation:

1. Conduction Process

This conduction will transfer heat through direct molecular collisions. Areas of greater kinetic energy will send heat energy to areas with lower kinetic energy.

High speed particles will collide with slower speed particles. Where particles that have a lower speed will increase the kinetic energy as a result.

Conduction is the most common form of heat transfer and usually occurs through physical contact. For example you put your hand to the window or metal to the open flame.

This heat conduction process depends on the following factors, among others, the temperature gradient, the length of the travel path, the cross-section of the material, and the physical properties of the material. This temperature gradient is a physical quantity that describes the direction and speed of heat travel. Where the temperature flow will always occur from the hottest to the coldest. After finding a thermal equilibrium between the two temperature differences, the thermal transfer will stop.

The cross-section and also the travel crossing, both will play an important role in the conduction process. The larger the size and length of the object, the more energy is needed to heat it. Then the larger the exposed surface area, the more heat will be lost.

Smaller objects with a small cross-section will have minimal heat loss. This physical property will determine which material can transmit heat better. Specifically, the coefficient of thermal conductivity will determine that the metal material will conduct heat better compared to when it comes to conduction.

 

 

2. Convection Process

When fluids such as air or liquid are heated and then move away from their source, they will carry heat energy. This type of movement is called convection. The liquid on the hot surface will expand, become less dense, and rise.

At the molecular level, molecules will expand after the introduction of thermal energy. When the temperature of a given mass of liquid increases, the volume of the liquid must increase by the same factor. The effect that exists on the fluid will cause displacement. When hot air rises, it will push denser, cooler air downwards.

3. Radiation Process

Thermal radiation is produced from the emission of electromagnetic waves. The wave will carry energy from the emitting object. Then radiation occurs through a vacuum or transparent media, whether solid or liquid.

This thermal radiation is the result of the random movement of atoms and also the matter in the matter. The movement of protons and charged electrons will produce the emission of electromagnetic radiation. All materials will emit heat energy based on their temperature.

The hotter an object is, the more it emits. The sun is one of the clearest examples of heat radiation that sends heat through the solar system.

This is a commentary on the meaning of convection, its characteristics, and examples. 

Definition of Consumption – Consumption is an activity that aims to reduce or use up goods and services in the context of fulfilling needs and direct satisfaction.

While Consumer is every user of goods and services available. Anyone can be a consumer, such as a household in a family, the government, as well as an industry or company. See a more detailed explanation of the following consumption process, Reader:

Definition of Consumption

Consumption can be interpreted as an activity carried out with the purpose of consuming use value. In addition, this action is also to meet the needs of both individuals or together. People who do consumption activities can be called a consumer.

Consumption is an activity carried out by humans by using and reducing the usefulness of a good or service that has the purpose of meeting the needs of life and human extinction either slowly or all at once. 

Consumption is an inseparable part of economic activities carried out by humans. A person who performs consumption activities is generally referred to as a consumer, while the products consumed are goods and services offered by producers to consumers. 

Consumption has the main purpose that humans want to obtain, which is to meet the needs of life and satisfaction. In general, consumption activities are carried out to meet the daily needs of traditional society, while for modern society consumption activities are carried out to maintain life as well as to obtain pleasure and self-esteem. 

In a society that is still traditional, generally consumption activities are for the fulfillment of daily life needs. Whereas in modern society, their consumption activities are not only to maintain life, but also for pleasure and self-esteem.

Understanding Consumption According to Experts

In order to better understand what consumption means, the following is the definition of consumption according to experts’ opinions:

• According to T. Gilarso (2003),
  the concept of consumption is the starting point and the final goal of all economic activities of society.
• According to Gregory Mankiw (2007)
  the meaning of consumption is the spending of goods and services by households. What is meant by goods are household goods that are durable, including equipment, vehicles, and non-durable goods, such as food and clothing. Expenditure on services referred to are goods that do not have a concrete form, for example education.
• Samuelson and Nordhaus (2001)
  Consumption is production that is done in order to fulfill the purchase of goods and services to obtain satisfaction as well as to fulfill their needs. Consumption is classified into two, namely routine consumption and temporary consumption. Routine consumption has the meaning of expenditure made for the purchase of goods and services over and over again for many years. While the meaning of temporary consumption is any addition that is unexpected in routine consumption.
• According to Muhamad Abdul Halim,
  consumption is the production of household consumption that includes the production carried out by households to obtain goods and services as daily necessities in a certain period.

Examples of Consumption Activities in Daily Life

• A person who buys chicken meat to use as an ingredient in soup or curry.
• A mother who buys lebaran clothes for her family ahead of Eid.
• A student who buys shoes to use at school.
• A man who came to the barber when his hair was felt to be frizzy.
• An employee who orders an online transportation service to go to work.

Everyone has a consumption pattern that is influenced by various factors around them, in the Muslim Fishing Community Consumption Patterns book below, we will analyze the consumption patterns of the local population so that we can find five factors in it.

Consumption Function

Definition of Consumption is an activity in humans that reduces and uses in the use of goods and services to gradually and simultaneously meet the needs of life and satisfaction of people. Other consumption purposes include:

1. Consuming or Reducing the Use Value of an Item at Once

Things that are included in the classification of reducing the use value of a good and service at once are consumable goods or not goods that cannot last long. That is like food and drink. Because if it is not consumed in time, then the materials will be damaged, stale, and expired so that they no longer have any use value.

2. Decreasing the Use Value of Goods and Services Gradually

Things that are included in the classification of gradually reducing the use value of goods and services are for example the use of goods that do not run out in a short period of time. That is, such as cars, motorbikes, clothes, household furniture such as tables, chairs, wardrobes, etc. To reduce the use value of these items requires a long and gradual time.

3. Fulfillment of Physical and Spiritual Needs

The main purpose of an activity on human consumption is to meet their physical and mental needs. Physical needs such as drinking or eating, sports and others. While doing spiritual needs such as entertainment, reading, worship, books and so on.

This is because by fulfilling our physical and spiritual needs, the burden on our bodies and minds will be lightened. 

4. Satisfy Physical Needs

The purpose is to meet physical needs, such as someone who buys slimming products so that the body remains slim and ideal, or consumes drugs as a form of beauty, and can buy good clothes to look beautiful and elegant to meet physical needs in a direct way.

5. Supporting Production Activities

Human desire to consume certain products and services can encourage production activities. These two activities will mutually benefit all parties involved, namely the party that produces and wants profit and the party that consumes and wants satisfaction.

6. Help Adjust the Formulation of the Minimum Wage Tariff for Workers

The consumption activities carried out by the community are used by the government as a yardstick to adjust the formulation of the minimum wage tariff. In addition, this activity can also be used as a reference for determining tax rates and the national budget ratio.

7. As the Starting and Ending Point of Economic Activities

Community consumption behavior also occupies an important position in economic activities because it acts as the starting point as well as the end point of the activity. A person who wants a new mobile phone, for example, will buy the mobile phone and start a transaction in the economic activity. Once the mobile phone is owned and the desire is fulfilled, the economic activity automatically ends at that point.

Characteristics of Consumer Goods

• Consumables have benefits, value and volume that if used will be used up all at once or run out gradually. Consumable or not when an item is consumed can be differentiated into items that can be used up in one use, for example such as: drinks and food. Then items that are used over and over again will wear out or be damaged over time. For example, pants, shirts, shoes, buckets, TVs and others.
• Consumer goods are used to meet the needs of life. If the use of tractors, hoe, hammer and so on. Not included in consumption activities, because the goods or things are included in production.
• Consumer goods can meet the needs of life. For example, modes of transportation such as motorbikes used to travel from home to work are included in consumer goods.
• Consumer goods should be economic goods obtained with sacrifice. For example, food, drink, and clothing are obtained by doing economic transactions in the market. Oxygen or sunlight whose benefits are felt every day are certainly not consumer goods because they are not economic goods.

Characteristics of Consumption Activities

Not everyone can recognize the type of consumptive activity that is done without knowing the characteristics of the activity. One of them is that when doing this economic activity, many people do not realize it. The following is a review of the characteristics of consumptive activities.

1. Done Live

The first characteristic of consumption activities is that these activities can be done directly. With the aim of being able to meet all the needs of the community. In addition to needs, consumptive activities are also carried out to meet community satisfaction.

But basically humans will never feel what is called satisfaction. Where this satisfaction does not have the expected appropriate limit. Because people or society always want to try new things. A small example of this is for example if the community already owns a motorcycle but also wants to own a car. Until when you have a car you don’t use a motorcycle anymore.

2. Consumer Activity Goods

Obtained From Purchases or Sacrifices In order to use consumer goods, you must first make a sacrifice such as purchasing the goods at the store. Like getting bags, clothes, pants, and other things can be found in a store around us.

In addition to the store, these consumables can be obtained from nearby stalls. For consumables that can be obtained from nearby stalls such as ready-made food or drinks. Such as meatballs, tea, chicken noodles, yellow rice, juice, etc. In addition to buying the item, of course you have to prepare the transaction fee. This transaction fee will be used as an exchange value.

3. Goods and Services Used Always Decrease

Next are the goods and services from these consumption activities, if they are used their value will always decrease or run out. Where the goods are like the examples mentioned before, namely books and clothes.

Because the book is always used for writing such as writing school assignments. In addition, clothes also have a reduced value if used.

Because it is true that these clothes do not always last long due to the threads that will slowly become fragile. This is because it is often washed and exposed to direct sunlight. Therefore, these clothes include items whose value will decrease slowly.

4. Having Useful Values

The problem of goods or products from consumption activities has a very beneficial value in meeting the needs of society. The purpose of using this item or product can cause the value of the item to decrease because it is often used. But goods from this consumption activity can be divided into two types.

Where the first type of item is an item whose value will be used up only once. As for examples of this type of goods such as food and drinks. For the second type is the type of goods whose value runs out slowly. In other words that the use of these items is used repeatedly such as clothes and books.

With the development of the era in this world, there are various consumerism issues that develop in society that you can learn in the book Economic Sociology: Capitalism and Consumption in the Era of Post-Modernism Society.

Factors Affecting Consumption

A person will also organize his consumption needs based on the primary and then secondary priorities. For example, basic needs are the needs for food, education, and health. While what is included in the secondary needs are entertainment and recreation.

So when a person’s income experiences a decrease, then the person will cut back on his secondary needs and then prioritize to meet basic consumption needs first. This will suppress the habit of doing excessive consumption patterns. Because basically consumptive behavior will cause negative effects that are not good for a person’s economic condition. While the factors that affect consumption activities include:

• Income – Income has a great influence on a person’s level of consumption. The bigger a person’s income is, then that person will consume more goods or services, and vice versa.
• Education Level – Education greatly influences a person’s mindset in doing consumption activities. The higher the level of education of a person, generally the level of consumption will also be higher, and vice versa.
• Prices of Goods and Services – The price of goods and services can affect a person’s level of consumption. The higher the price of goods and services, the lower the level of consumption, and vice versa.
• Number of Families – A family with a larger number of members will make the level of consumption larger, and vice versa.
• Gender – The need for goods or services between men and women is certainly very different. This will also affect the level of consumption.
• Taste and Style – Some people have better taste and style, both in terms of clothing and other things. This makes their consumption level higher than those who pay less attention to style.
• Customs and Habits – Customs and customs in a region also affect the consumption level of the community.
• Interest rate Classical economists consider that consumption is a function of the interest rate. In particular, they believe that interest rates encourage savings and reduce consumption.

Theory of Consumption

1. Keynes’ Theory of Consumption – John Maynard Keynes (1930)

According to the theory of John Maynard Keynes gives an opinion on the theory of consumption. He said the current amount of consumption is directly related to income. A function or formulation of John Maynard Keynes’s theory to describe the level of consumption at various incomes. Assumptions about consumption theory, namely as follows:

• The marginal propensity to consume is the amount consumed from the income received is between zero and one. From the assumption, it is explained that when a person’s income increases, the level of consumption & savings also increases.
• The ratio of consumption to income, or commonly referred to as the tendency to consume on average goes down when income increases because part of the rest of the income is set aside to save. According to Keynes, the proportion of middle to upper economy savings will be different from the lower economy (poor people). The rich usually save a large amount compared to the poor.
• Income is an important determinant of consumption while interest rates are not so much considered. Based on the theory presented by Keynes, above it can be concluded that a person’s level of consumption is affected by the amount of income.

2. Ernst Engel

Ernst Engel’s theory says that when income levels increase, the proportion of income that will be spent on buying food will decrease or decrease.

This is because Engel’s law mentions that a person’s level of well-being can be said to increase if the ratio of production used for food consumption tends to decrease when compared to production & on the other hand the consumption of production for non-food will increase. Some of the factors that cause the shift in demand for the level of consumption include:

• The per capita income level of the community
• The taste and taste of the consumer on the item
• The price of other goods, especially goods that are complementary and substitute
• Consumer response to the price of the item.

The grouping of demand for consumer goods consists of Superior good (luxury goods), inferior good (goods with low quality), and normal good (normal goods). The definition of superior good is that the change in the amount of goods demanded is greater than the amount of change in consumer income.

Whereas an inferior good is an item that when the consumer’s income increases, the amount of goods demanded will decrease. And normal good are goods that we often see every day in general such as food, clothes and so on.

There are four conclusions formulated by Ernst Engel in his research or commonly referred to as Engel’s law. Among the conclusions he formulated are: When income increases, the percentage of expenditure for consumption tends to decrease (get smaller).

When production in clothing consumption tends to be fixed and does not depend on the level of income. The percentage of consumption expenditure for relative expenditure is fixed & does not depend on the level of income. When income increases, the percentage of expenditure for education, welfare, recreation, luxury goods, and savings also increases.

3. Life Cycle Consumption Theory

This third theory is a theory developed by Franco Modigliani, Albert Ando and Richrad Blumberg in 1950. The life cycle consumption theory is a theory that explains that economic activity is a lifelong activity. According to this life cycle communication theory, socioeconomic factors of a person or household are considered to greatly influence the consumption pattern of the individual or household.

4. Permanent Income Theory

The second theory of consumption is a theory that argues that income affects a person’s level of consumption. The permanent income referred to in this second theory is the average level of income expected or expected by a person in a long period of time. The theory of permanent income states that a person’s consumption level has a proportional relationship with a person’s permanent income.

5. Theory of Relative Income

The third theory is the theory of relative income. This theory is a theory developed by James Duessenberry in 1949. The theory of relative income pays attention to the psychological aspects of households in the face of income changes.

This theory of relative income discusses the consumption level of society which is influenced by the level of disposable income in the past. It is mainly influenced by the highest level of income ever achieved by a household because current consumption patterns are still influenced by past consumption patterns.

Positive and Negative Effects of Consumption Behavior

Consumption behavior or consumption activities have factors that can affect the difference or high or low level of a person’s consumption. In addition, consumption activities or consumption behavior have positive and negative aspects if seen through how individuals or households consume an item by adhering to the guidelines of economic motives and economic principles . Here is the author’s summary, about the positive and negative aspects of consumption behavior.

1. Positive Impact of Consumption Behavior

There are three positive aspects of consumption behavior, the following three aspects.

• Can maintain the continuity of the economic cycle for consumers and producers.
• Consumption behavior can cause economic activities or the economy to become more advanced.
• Consumption behavior makes the circulation of goods and services faster as a consequence of the actions of sustainable consumption.

Meanwhile, the positive aspect of consumption behavior for producers is that it can increase the production of goods or services that are sold, while the positive aspect of consumption behavior for consumers is the fulfillment of life needs. In addition, the consumptive attitude of consumers can bring demand which then drives the economic growth of a country.

2. Negative impact of consumption behavior

As you know, consumption behavior also has negative aspects, here are three negative aspects of consumption behavior that the author has summarized.

• Consumptive attitudes and consumption behavior can cause an individual to be unthrifty or wasteful.
• The nature of being unthrifty or extravagant causes an individual to get stuck in debt.
• Consumption behavior can decrease a person’s interest or motivation to save, resulting in a decrease in the source of investment funds at the bank.

Those are the three positive and negative aspects of consumption behavior or consumption activities, be wise when you do consumption activities to meet your daily needs and fulfill your desires.

Consumption and consumption activities are different but still related. Consumption is an act done to meet the needs of an individual or group, while consumption activities are part of the household income used by a person to finance the purchase of various goods and services as well as other needs.

Consumption is an inseparable part of economic activities carried out by humans. Both have a connection and are influenced by the same factors, namely social, amount of income or production, taste or style, customs, price of goods and services to be purchased, number of family members and education.

Consumption activities are covered by four theories, namely life cycle consumption theory, permanent income theory, relative income theory, Keynes’ consumption theory. Basically, the four theories of consumption discuss how consumption activities occur in a household or individual that is influenced by various things in accordance with the theory of consumption.

That is the discussion about consumption and consumption activities that includes the meaning, characteristics, influencing factors and theories of consumption that the writer can summarize. Happy learning! Happy reading!

Understanding the Constitution – A country that adheres to the concept of constitutionalism is a state system that makes the constitution the embodiment of the highest law. Indonesia is a country that adheres to that belief. As stated in the Constitution of 1945, article 1 paragraph 2, which states that sovereignty rests in the hands of the people and is implemented in accordance with the Constitution.

The understanding of constitutionalism can be defined as an understanding that adheres to the principle that the embodiment of the highest law that must be obeyed by all components of the country, including the people and the government, is the constitution. Constitutionalism can be used as an integral component of a country that adheres to a democratic system. That is the basis on which a democratic government system will not be possible without the implementation of constitutionalism as the embodiment of the highest law.

Well, this article will discuss the meaning of the constitution comprehensively and in detail. The following is the meaning of the constitution that you need to understand, which is as follows:

A. Meaning of the Constitution

In a paper published by the Constitutional Court of the Republic of Indonesia with the title “Constitution and Constitutionalism”, the Professor of Law from Andalas University namely Professor Yuliandri revealed that constitution and constitutionalism are two forms of words that have a relationship and can confirm each other’s existence.

Constitutionalism itself is an understanding that is very necessary to be guarded through the formation of the constitution. It is the same as that the constitution is a means for the understanding of constitutionalism to be implemented in a country.

Professor Yuliandri explained in the book that the word constitution is a word that comes from the French language, namely constiture, which has the meaning of forming. The word constitute itself has the meaning of the formation of a country. Therefore, the constitution has a position as the highest form of law. The constitution itself can be formed from the thoughts of the country’s founders.

In the Indonesian national system, the founders of the country formed the 1945 Constitution as the Indonesian national constitution. The 1945 Constitution was the result of an agreement by the founders of the Republic of Indonesia who came from various regional backgrounds and various disciplines. The 1945 Constitution can be said to have been born through a democratic mechanism with compromise from all parties.

Still quoting the opinion of Professor Yuliandri, the constitution contains basic provisions about institutions and powers that want to carry out the formal aspects or commonly called the authority of the state. Not only that, the constitution also contains basic provisions regarding power and institutions related to the existence of guarantees for material aspects or human rights.

Well, after understanding the description above, in simple terms, the meaning of the constitution can be understood as a basic law that can be used as a guideline in the implementation of national government. Next, we will discuss the meaning of the constitution according to the terms of a number of experts, as follows:

1. Understanding the Constitution According to LJ van Apeldoor

The Constitution is a basic law that includes Basic Laws such as written basic laws to unwritten basic laws or commonly referred to as conventions.

2. Understanding the Constitution According to ECS Wade

A constitution is a document that is capable of presenting the framework to the main tasks of a national government body while also determining various points in the body’s work guidelines.

3. Understanding the Constitution According to Jimly Asshidiqie

The Constitution is the Basic Law which is included in the legal hierarchy, occupies the highest position and has a fundamental nature, so that the making of various regulations under it cannot conflict with the Basic Law.

4. Meaning of the Constitution According to Miriam Budiarjo

A constitution is a charter that contains a statement about the ideals of a nation and as the basis of a nation’s organization.

5. Meaning of the Constitution According to KC, Wheare

Wheare expressed the opinion that the constitution is an entire system of governance of a region in the form of a group of various styles to form and manage the government of a country.

6. Understanding the Constitution According to Herman Heller

According to Herman Heller, the constitution can be divided into three meanings, which are as follows:

a. Sociological political constitution, which is a constitution that is a reflection of the political life of the population.
b. Juridical constitution, which is a constitution that is a unity of rules that live in society.
c. A political constitution, that is a constitution that can be embodied in written form and included in one of the manuscripts as a law.

7. Meaning of Constitution According to F. Lassalle

There are two definitions of the constitution according to F. Lasalle, among which are:

a. Juridically, the constitution is a text that contains various types of buildings and various types of government joints in a country.

b. Sociologically and politically, the constitution is a synthesis or final result of various factors that occur in a society. The constitution is an explanation of the relationship between the powers that exist in a country, such as the cabinet, parliament, political party, king, prime minister, and so on.

Based on various opinions from the experts that have been presented before, it can be concluded that the constitution has two meanings, namely in a narrow sense and in a broad sense.

First, in a narrow sense, the meaning of the constitution is that the Basic Law is a written basic law. The 1945 Constitution itself is a document that contains all the basic rules and provisions of a country’s constitutional system.

Second, in a broad sense, it can be concluded that the meaning of the constitution is a whole set of basic rules and provisions, both from the basic law that covers the written basic law to the unwritten basic law. The constitution also makes arrangements related to a government system that has been established in a country.

B. Types of Constitutions and Examples of Constitutions in Indonesia

In general, the constitution has 2 types based on its form. The two types of constitutions are written constitutions and unwritten constitutions.

Based on the Class VII Citizenship Education Module published by the Ministry of Education and Culture in 2017, it explains the 2 types of constitutions and their examples, as follows:

1. Written Constitution

The written constitution is a set of basic rules of the country, the building of the country and the constitution that govern the life of a nation within the legal federation of the country.

The following are some examples of written constitutions that have been used by the Indonesian state, among which are:

a. 1945 Constitution
b. RIS Constitution
c. Provisional Constitution
d. 1945 UUD Amendment Result

2. Unwritten Constitution

An unwritten constitution can also be called a convention. The convention itself has the meaning as a habit of the constitutional system that often exists in a country.

The following are some examples of written constitutions that have been used by the Indonesian state, among which are:

a. Decisions at the MPR are taken and decided based on deliberation by consensus.
b. The President’s speech at the DPR plenary session every August 16, 1945, and the President’s speech before the MPR held a session. The President as head of state has prepared the materials for the upcoming MPR general meeting.
c. Customs

C. Constitutional Functions

In his work, CF Strong argues that basically the principle of the function of the constitution is as something that limits the authority of action from the government. Not only that, the function of the constitution is to provide guarantees of rights to the ruled as well as formulating for the exercise of sovereign power.

1. Constitutional Functions in General

In general, the constitution has several functions, among them are:

a. The Constitution functions to provide limitations to the power of a government so that there is no government that acts arbitrarily so that the rights of citizens can be guaranteed, protected, and channelized.

b. The constitution has a function as a charter for the birth of a country

c. The Constitution has the function of being the highest source of law

d. The Constitution has a function as a tool to limit the power of a government

e. The Constitution has a function as a national identity and national symbol

f. The Constitution has a function as one of the ways to provide protection for human rights as well as a guarantee of freedom for the citizens of a country.

2. Functions of the Constitution According to Jimly Asshidiqie

Not only the opinion of CJ Strong, Jimly Asshidiqie as the head of the Constitutional Court of the Republic of Indonesia from 2003 to 2008 also expressed his opinion about the constitution. According to Professor Jimly Asshidiqie there is 1 function of the constitution for a country. The following are 10 functions of the constitution that need to be known, among which are:

a. The constitution can function as a determinant and limiter of the power of a state organ
b. The constitution has a function as a regulator of power relations between state organs
c. The constitution has a function as a regulator of power relations between state organs and the people of the country
d. The constitution has a function as a giver or source of legitimacy to the power of the state or the exercise of power from the state
e. The constitution has the function of channeling or transferring the authority of the people or as the original source of power to state organs
f. The constitution has a function as a symbol of unifying efforts
g. The Constitution has a symbolic function to be a reference of national identity and greatness
h. The constitution has a symbolic function to be the center of ceremony (ceremony)
i. The constitution has a function as a means of controlling society. Both in a narrow sense only in the political field and in a broad sense that includes the social and economic fields
j The Constitution has a function as a means of engineering and reforming society. Both in a narrow sense and in a broad sense

D. Purpose of the Constitution

In addition to the functions of the constitution above, the constitution also has an important purpose to know. The following are the three objectives of the constitution in brief, among which are:

1. The Constitution aims to provide limitations as well as supervision over political power. This purpose serves to limit the power of the ruler so that he does not do actions that are detrimental to many people.

2. The Constitution aims to release control of power from self-control. It can also provide protection for human rights (HAM), so that with the existence of the constitution, every ruler and society must respect human rights and have the right to obtain protection in exercising their rights.

3. The Constitution aims to provide fixed limits for the rulers in exercising their powers. In addition to providing limitations for the ruler in exercising his authority, this also aims to provide guidelines for the administrators of the country so that the country can stand firmly.

E. Values ​​from the Constitution

After understanding the meaning, types, up to the function and purpose of the constitution. Furthermore, the following are three values ​​from the constitution, among which are:

1. Normative values ​​are a constitution that is officially accepted by a nation. For a country, the constitution cannot only apply in a legal or legal sense. However, the constitution is also clearly applicable in a society in the sense of being effective and implemented in a consistent and pure manner.

2. Nominal value is a constitution that according to law remains valid. However, the constitution has an imperfect form. The imperfect constitution can be caused by some specific articles that do not apply or not all of the articles contained in the Constitution can apply to all regions of the country.

3. Semantic value is a constitution that can only apply to the interests of the ruler. The constitution can be a tool for those in power to mobilize power, it becomes a reason for exercising political power over its citizens.

F. Conclusion

Based on the discussion about the Constitution above, it can be concluded that the logical consequence of the establishment of a state or the formation of a new state is the existence of a constitution. The Constitution becomes the most important basis of a country and therefore obtains a very crucial and important position in creating a just and civilized constitutional life of a country.

The constitution and the state is a relationship between institutions that cannot be separated from one another. The existence of a country can actually be fulfilled if it has the following four elements, namely:

1. Fulfilling the elements of sovereign government,

2. Certain Territories

3. People who live united as a nation or nation, and

4. Recognition from other countries.

Of the four elements for the establishment of a country, it turns out that it is not enough to be used as a guarantee of the implementation of the functions of the state and sovereign government. The Constitution or the Basic Law can provide guarantees to the country to become the basic law in order to regulate the constitution of a country.

The relationship between the country’s policy and the constitution can be seen in a basic idea, goals and ideals of the country that are expressed in the opening of a country’s constitution. The national policy can also be used as a guideline for the administration of the country in writing and included in the constitution of a country. The constitution itself has the function of providing limitations on the authority of government actions. Furthermore, the constitution is used to guarantee all the rights of the governed and formulate the exercise of sovereign power.

In the discussion of the doctrine of separation of powers, the constitutional court obtains the authority to make arrangements in deciding authority disputes between state institutions. The constitutional court obtaining that authority through the granting of the 1945 Constitution is a consequence of the restructuring of the country’s institutions in an effort to purify the doctrine of the separation of powers.

In this doctrine of separation of powers, the People’s Consultative Assembly or MPR is no longer a symbol of the embodiment of people’s sovereignty. That implies that every state organ or institution has an aligned position. The parallel situation, provides openness to the opportunity for state organs or institutions to dispute related to the authority sourced from the Constitution.

 

Meaning of Consolidation – Have Reader ever heard the term consolidation? Consolidation has several definitions depending on the field. However, in general, the notion of consolidation can be interpreted as an action or effort made to strengthen, unify and strengthen a relationship between two groups, so that the two groups have a strong union.

Then, what is the meaning of consolidation according to other fields? And what are the characteristics and effects caused by this consolidation? See the following explanation of the meaning of consolidation.

Definition of Consolidation

Consolidation can be interpreted as the merger of two or more businesses, the merger is done by establishing a new business or liquidating an old business without first liquidating.

Consolidation can also be defined as two companies that merge or dissolve, for the sake of law and instead the two companies establish a company with a new name. Although the new company, will be taken over the assets as well as the rights and obligations of the two companies that have been dissolved before.

The purpose of doing the consolidation itself, is to unite every element that has certain similarities. For example, religion, regional origin, or groups with the same purpose or mission vision.

However, this notion of consolidation is actually used in various fields, not only in the business field, for example accounting and sociology. Here are some definitions of consolidation from various fields.

• In the field of business, consolidation can be interpreted as the merger of two or more companies that become or form a new company. Where the new company, will take over all the rights and obligations of each company that has been merged.
  Consolidation in the field of business can also be interpreted as the merger and acquisition of many small companies that become several companies with a much larger scale. Consolidation in business occurs when two or more businesses join together to form a new entity with the same hope, namely to increase market share as well as profitability and profit by combining talent, expertise and industry technology.
  The meaning of consolidation in this business is different from the practical term of merger. Because companies that consolidate can create new entities. Meanwhile, a merger in business can be interpreted as the act of one company trying to absorb another company, but the other absorbed company still exists and has not been dissolved.
• While in the field of accounting, the meaning of consolidation is the merging of reports of all equity, assets, liabilities and operational accounts owned by a parent company and a subsidiary company in one form of financial report.
  The notion of consolidation in the field of accounting has the meaning of a financial report that provides a comprehensive picture. Especially regarding the financial position of parent companies and subsidiaries and not the position of independent companies.
  According to the context, the notion of consolidation in the field of accounting refers to the aggregation of financial statements from a group of companies as a form of consolidated financial statements. In general, information from parent companies and subsidiaries will be treated as if they come from the same entity.
• The definition of consolidation according to the field of sociology, is a form of strengthening community membership in a social group that has several elements, such as tribal elements, religion, social status, gender and other elements.
• In the field of technical analysis and trading, consolidation is a term that refers to the price of securities that have consolidation in a corridor and in general, consolidation can be interpreted as a form of market uncertainty.
  In the field, the term consolidation is generally used to describe the movement of the stock price, on a fairly well-defined trading level pattern. Consolidation is also considered a period of uncertainty, which will end when the price of the asset moves up or down in the trading pattern.
• In the field of technology, consolidation refers to data storage or server resources that are shared among many users and accessed by many applications.
  In technology science, the notion of consolidation is to have the purpose of making the use of computer resources more efficient and preventing a server and storage device from being underutilized to the point of consuming too much space.
  The definition of consolidation in the field of technology is divided into two, namely server consolidation and storage consolidation. The definition of server consolidation involves the reduction of the number of servers and server locations in an organization.

So, from the definition of consolidation above, consolidation can be defined as an act of combining two or more bodies, companies, groups or banks into one, thus forming a new company, group or body.

Meaning of Consolidation According to the Members

In addition to the definition of consolidation according to various fields and in general, consolidation is also defined by several experts. Here is the definition of consolidation according to experts.

Merriam Webster’s Dictionary

According to this one dictionary, the meaning of consolidation is the process of unification, whether it is unification in quality or condition. Whereas, in general, the meaning of consolidation is the unification of two or more corporations through a dissolution and the formation of a new corporation.

Features of Consolidation

In order to better understand, regarding consolidation, Reader needs to know the characteristics of consolidation. Here are the features of consolidation.

• There is a merger or merger of two or more companies, forming a new company.
• Every old company that has been dissolved, will be dissolved without going through a liquidation process.
• The new company that emerges from the amalgamation must have the status of a new legal entity.
• The plan of consolidation as well as the concept of the deed of consolidation must be approved by the GMS of each company.
• All assets and liabilities of the merged company will automatically transfer to the new company formed.
• The concept of the deed of consolidation, which has been approved by the RUPS, will then be written on the deed of consolidation that has been drawn up in front of a notary using Indonesian.
• The new company from the result of consolidation, will have the status of a legal entity with the date of publication in accordance with the decision of the Ministry of Public Health regarding companies that merge without going through the liquidation process.

Effects of Consolidation and Company Reasons for Doing It

When the company decides to consolidate, there will be effects resulting from the consolidation. In general, the effect of consolidation carried out by the company can bring positive effects, namely the quality of the company increases and the company grows more.

When knowing the effect of consolidation, of course the main reason for the company to consolidate is to benefit the company. However, there are several other reasons when companies consolidate. Here is an example from a bank that does consolidation.

• There are health problems, when a bank has been declared unhealthy by the Central Bank, then the bank will usually merge or consolidate with other banks. So the best option for the bank, of course, is to merge with another bank that is still healthy.
• There is a capitalization problem. If the capital owned by a bank or company is felt to be too small, so that it is difficult for the company or bank to expand its business, then the bank or company can merge with another bank. The purpose is for the bank or company that joins to have a much larger capital. So, it will be easier for the company or bank to expand its business.
• There is a management problem. Some companies or banks may have less professional management, so that the bank or company suffers continuous losses and is difficult to grow. This will encourage banks or companies to consolidate with other banks or companies that have more professional management.
• Technology and administration. Banks and companies that still use simple technology, often experience various problems, especially due to the development of the times. Therefore, to obtain more sophisticated technology, of course the capital required is not small. For this reason, banks and companies will choose to consolidate with parties that have advanced technology.
• The desire to dominate the market. This fifth reason, in general, is not clearly announced to outside parties, but is only known to certain parties. By consolidating, the bank or company will have an increasing number of branches and customers and make the company or bank dominate the market.

How Companies Consolidate

There are several ways that must be taken by companies that want to consolidate.

• The directors of companies that are going to merge themselves, must prepare a proposal for a consolidation plan, the proposal for the plan, must be approved by the commissioners in each company.
• The proposed consolidation plan will then be used as material to prepare the consolidation plan. The plan, compiled together by the directors of the company that will carry out the merger.
• A summary of the consolidation plan must be announced by the board of directors in two daily newspapers and will be announced to the employees in writing and at the latest two weeks before the convening of the GMS.
• The consolidation plan as well as the concept of the consolidation deed, must be approved by the RUPS of each of the merging companies. The concept of the consolidation deed that has been approved, will then be written on the consolidation deed that has been made in front of a notary using Indonesian. If it has been certified by a notary, then the consolidation deed can be used as a basis for creating a new PT establishment deed.
• The directors of the company must submit an application for confirmation of the deed of establishment of the new company to the Minister of Public Health and no later than two weeks from the date of the GMS decision.
• Menkumham will then give a confirmation sign no later than 60 days after the application is received. The company that consolidates will then be considered liquidated, starting from the date the deed of establishment of the new PT from the result of the consolidation is confirmed by the Ministry of Justice.
• Once it has been confirmed by the Minister of Justice, the deed of establishment of the new PT from the amalgamation must be entered in the company register and announced in the supplement of the Republic of Indonesia.

Then, when the company that has done the consolidation is involved in a dispute, then there are several steps that must be taken to resolve the dispute.

The first step is to make a solution by filing for mediation first. Then if mediation fails, then an agreement is made to find a solution through consolidation. If this effort is unsuccessful, it will be referred to arbitration.

Examples of Consolidation in Various Fields

As has been explained in the sense of consolidation, that consolidation can occur in various fields. Be it in the field of accounting, business, technology or even mass action. To make it clearer, here are some examples of consolidation in various fields.

1. Business consolidation

There are several companies that consolidate, some of the companies that are the result of consolidation are Bank Mandiri that consolidates with Bank Bumi Daya (BBD), Bank Dagang Negara (BDN), Bank Export Import Indonesia or Bank Exim and Bank Pembangunan Indonesia (Bapindo).

In addition to banks, there is also a SmartFren company which is a company that is the result of consolidation from PT. Mobile 8 Telecom Tbk (Mobile 8) and PT. Smart Telecom (Smart). Bakrie Telecom and PT. Sampoerna Telekomunikasi Indonesia (STI) also consolidated with several companies.

2. Consolidation of mass action

The masses are consolidating, with the aim of combining their strengths to achieve a common goal. An example of the consolidation of mass action is the demonstration that took place on 23 to 24 September 2019, namely the Corrupted Reformation demo.

That is an explanation of the meaning of consolidation accompanied by examples, characteristics, and effects of consolidation carried out by companies or banks. 

The meaning of connotation – The meaning of connotation and denotation may have made you feel confused and even often changed the meaning. In fact, connotation and denotation have very different meanings. Connotation and denotation are often used in everyday conversation. It’s just that some people may not realize that they have used a connotation word in a sentence.

Therefore, there is no harm in knowing what the connotation means. By understanding what connotation is, then you can use connotation in the right time.

In order to understand the comments and more complete explanations, below the meaning of connotation will be explained, up to an example of the application of connotation in a sentence. See a more complete explanation below:

Meaning of Connotation in KBBI

Connotation then becomes one of the types of meaning in Indonesian that is attached to a word or an expression, so it is often also known as the meaning of connotation.

The meaning of the connotation itself can actually mean being positive and it can also mean negative. However, what exactly is the meaning of connotation? If you look at the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI). The meaning of connotation in KBBI is a mental link that creates a sense of value in a person when he is dealing with a word. This is one of the features found in the meaning of connotation.

In addition, connotation can also be considered as not the actual meaning. For example, “bunga desa” which means a beautiful girl in a village who is liked by many young men. Then, “long hand” which means an expression for someone who likes to steal, “right hand” which can also be interpreted as a confidant, and so on.

Connotation Meaning and Characteristics

The meaning of connotation can then also be interpreted with a figurative meaning. This means that the connotation attached to a word or expression then has a meaning that is not true. In short, there is another meaning contained in a word or expression with a connotation meaning.

After understanding the meaning of connotation, to make it easier for you to understand the meaning of connotation, the following below are the characteristics of connotation that you need to know:

1. Connotation is a figurative meaning or not a real meaning.
2. Connotation has additional meaning which is then conceptual.
3. Connotation can also have negative and positive connotations as well as neutral connotations.
4. The meaning of the connotation can then change from time to time.
5. Connotation can then have different meanings influenced by the life outlook of a certain community or based on the norms that apply in a community group.

These are some of the characteristics and connotations that you need to know. Looking at these characteristics, it can be said that the use of this connotation can be used in everyday conversation. In addition, this connotation is actually more often found in literary works.

Meaning Connotation

The meaning of connotation is an additional meaning that is then consensual and related to the value of taste. Not only that, this meaning is then a result of the values ​​and norms held by a certain society, resulting in differences in the social function of words and meanings that are almost the same. However, the meaning of the word will then change along with the changes in values ​​and norms that occur in a society. The characteristics of the meaning of connotation are:

1. Meaning Connotation Occurs If This Word Has Sense Value

As for the taste that is meant here, it can be in the form of a taste with a positive or negative taste value. If the taste is not worth it, it can also be said to have a neutral connotation.

2. The Meaning of Connotation of a Word That Can Be Different Between Community Groups

As for the meaning of this meaning, a community group that is one with another community group can have different connotations of a word or sentence. This is due to the view of life and norms found in the community.

3. The meaning of connotation can also change from time to time

For example, accidents on the toll road have claimed many lives. The meaning of the word ” eating the sacrifice ” here does not mean literally chewing or consuming, but resulting. Another example is “Mr. RT doesn’t like doing black campaigns.”

The meaning of the phrase ” black campaign ” does not mean a campaign using the color black, but means an evil or fraudulent campaign .

Another example is in ” Father and mother have eaten a lot of acid and salt of life .” Meaning: from the expression ” eating acid and salt of life ” this is not literally consuming acid and salt, but means having had good, bad and happy life experiences .

Examples of Application of Connotation in Sentences

After knowing the meaning of connotation and its meaning, it feels incomplete if we do not discuss the use of connotation in a sentence.

Because connotation means not the actual meaning, then the word, phrase, and sentence of connotation itself is often used in a literary work, one of which is a literary work of poetry.

Because, the meaning of connotation among them is the figurative meaning contained in a word or expression. Well, to help understand the meaning of the connotation as well as the example. Below is the application to a sentence:

1. A military soldier died on a battlefield while fighting armed rebels. (Gugur in this sentence means to die).
2. Pak Anas is a light-hearted and very generous figure. (Light hand has the meaning of helping).
3. The accident that happened on the red bridge has claimed many victims. (Eating a sacrifice means causing, or causing.
4. Tono became the right hand of an official in a bribery case. (The right hand has the meaning of a trusted person.
5. As a writer Pak Indra has eaten a lot of life’s acid and salt. (Eating sour salt means having a lot of experience.
6. Fadi’s house is haunted by the red man. (Dilalap jago merah has the meaning of burning fire.
7. Since the pandemic occurred, many traders have gone out of business. (Rolling the mat has the meaning of bankruptcy.
8. It’s been a long time since Mrs. Ira left her ex-husband’s house. (Lifting the leg has the meaning of moving or going out.
9. Adi is a smart child even though he lives with a kara (A kara means alone or no family).
10. Lila then became the talk of her neighbors after returning from Jakarta. (The fruit of the lips has the meaning of talking material).
11. Jane apparently inherited blue blood from her grandmother. (Blue blood has the meaning of nobility.
12. Many heroes have fallen on the battlefield. (‘Gugur’ has the meaning of passing away).
13. Because of his big head, Reno was then shunned by his friends. (‘Big head’ means arrogant.
14. The workers feel that the company they work for only makes them cash cows. (‘Sapi perah’ has the meaning of a person who is used by others in order to get a profit).
15. The office is looking for a scapegoat to be able to defend its position. (‘Scapegoat’ has the meaning of a person who is blamed).
16. Ririn is a child who is light-hearted and kind. (‘Light-hearted’ has the meaning of a diligent or helpful child.
17. Every problem should be solved with a cold heart and head. (‘Cold heart’ has the meaning of patience.
18. Pak Rizal became the right hand of the police when helping to solve the kidnapping case. (‘Right hand’ has the meaning of confidant).
19. Mutia is the golden child in her family. (‘Golden child’ has the meaning of the most loved child).
20. The instant success he got made him forget more and more about the mainland. (‘Lupa daratan’ has the meaning of pride or self-forgetfulness).
21. An ink porter was doing news coverage. (‘Kuli ink’ has the meaning of journalist.
22. Flowers are so beautiful and cute that they become rustic flowers. (Country flowers have the meaning of the most beautiful person).
23. Fadlan doesn’t want to be arrogant, even though he is sitting on a soft chair in his office. (‘soft chair’ has the meaning of a good position).
24. Toni lives with a kara. (‘sebatang kara’ means alone or without family).
25. Jono’s house was burnt down by the red man. (‘jago merah’ has the meaning of Fire).
26. Irfan is a descendant of blue blood. (‘blue blood’ means noble/honorable).
27. Anisa has become a buah bibir since she succeeded in setting up a cake shop (‘buah bibir’ has the meaning of talking to a lot of people).
28. Ahmad immediately raised his feet from the cost. (‘lift your feet’ has the meaning of moving/exiting).
29. The increase in BBM is not just a rumor. (‘rumours’ has the meaning of an issue or the truth is uncertain).
30. It turns out that he is a kakap class thief who has repented (‘kakap class’ has the meaning of great or powerful)
31. Didin already knows Budi’s cleverness. (‘akal bulus’ means cunning or trickster)
32. Dian could have worked in the office because she had insiders. (‘insider’ has the meaning of relatives or authorized acquaintances).
33. Rossi is very good at riding his iron horse. (‘iron horse’ has the meaning of racing motor).
34. The merchants have gone out of business. (‘bankruptcy’ has the meaning of bankruptcy)
35. Benny is a person who is very good at tongue fighting. (‘bersilat tongue’ means good at talking or good at finding excuses.

Closing

Thus the discussion about the meaning of connotation along with examples of its application in a sentence. After reading this article to the end, hopefully you will become easier in using connotation sentences, especially in creating literary works.

Definition of Conflict – In our daily life, of course we will never be free from what is called conflict. This happens because humans themselves are social creatures who will always interact with each other. Conflict here is a social process where one party will try to get rid of the other party by destroying it.

The problem could happen between individuals with individuals, individuals with a group, or groups with other groups. Generally, conflict can occur because of differences in an interaction that causes opposition. In essence, the conflict will not only have a negative impact, but sometimes it will also bring a positive impact. Well, in order not to be confused, in this article we will discuss in more depth the meaning of conflict and some causes and examples in everyday life. What do you think? Let’s see the discussion below.

What Is Conflict?

Before discussing conflict in more depth, let’s first discuss the meaning of conflict. Do any of you already know what conflict is? So, etymologically, the word conflict comes from the Latin “con” and “figere”. Where the word “con” has the meaning of together, while “figere” has the meaning of hitting. In KBBI, the entry “conflict” is interpreted as a quarrel, dispute, and opposition. So that the city can conclude that conflict is a condition when there are two or more views, beliefs, desires, interests, different needs, values, inconsistencies, opposites, and not in line.

In Sociology material that discusses conflict, the word is more interpreted as a social process that occurs between two people or groups that try to get rid of each other by making someone or another group helpless or even by destroying another person or group.

Generally, conflicts will arise from differences in everyday life such as differences in culture, physicality, interests, values, needs, emotions, and behavioral patterns between individuals and groups in society. These differences can culminate into a social conflict when the social system of the community cannot accommodate the differences that exist within the community itself.

As usually happens around us, conflict cannot be avoided from the dynamics of social life. In the conflict theory, the condition of a plural society will indeed lead to an imbalance in the distribution of power or authority. So that there will always be social groups that compete with each other in seizing influence in a society. From the existence of the competition, the most powerful group will emerge over the other groups. Usually, the group that feels the most powerful is the elite group. So that he can make a rule that defends the interests of his own group.

The rules made by the powerful group can be in the form of laws that bind other social groups to remain obedient. The competition that occurs between two or more groups is what will later cause social conflict in society.

Definition of Conflict According to Experts

So that you can better understand the material of the conflict. The following are some definitions of conflict according to experts:

a. Hello Liliweri

Conflict is a form of natural opposition that originates from individuals or groups because those involved have different beliefs, attitudes, needs, and values.

b. De Moor

In a social system, it can be said that there is conflict if the inhabitants of the system allow themselves or their groups to be guided by opposing goals or values ​​and this happens on a large scale.

c. Dean G. Pruitt and Jeffrey Z. Rubin

The term “conflict” in its original language means a fight, war, and struggle in the form of physical confrontation between several parties.

d. Lewis A. Coser

Conflict is a struggle about values ​​or claims over status, power, aimed at neutralizing, injuring, and eliminating the opponent.

e. MZ Lawang

Conflict is a form of struggle to gain status, value, and even power when the goal of the conflicting parties is not only to gain profit, but also to subjugate their rivals.

f. Robert MZ Lawang

Conflict is a struggle to obtain rare things such as status, value, power, etc. The purpose of the conflict is not only to win, but also to subjugate the competitor or opponent.

g. Soerjono Soekanto

Conflict as one of the social processes of individuals per individual or group of people who try to meet their needs by opposing the opponent accompanied by violence or threats.

Factors Causing Conflict

Below are some factors that cause conflict, among others:

1. Individual differences

The individual differences in question include differences in feelings and attitudes. Where every human being is a unique individual. This means that each person has a stance and feelings that are different from each other. The difference in stance and feeling is still a matter or a real area that has become one of the factors that cause social conflict. Because, in going through a social relationship, a person is not always in line with the group. For example, when there is a music stage in a residential area, of course everyone’s feelings will be different. There are those who feel disturbed by the noise, but there are also those who feel entertained.

2. Differences in Cultural Background Create Different Individuals

Some people may be influenced by the group’s thinking and stance. Those different thoughts and positions can eventually trigger conflict.

3. Differences in Interest Between Individuals and Groups

Everyone must have different feelings, attitudes or cultural backgrounds. Therefore, at the same time, each person or group has different interests. Sometimes, people do similar things, but have different goals.

For example, related to differences in interests in the utilization of forests. Where the community leaders consider the forest as cultural wealth that is part of their culture. So that its sustainability must be maintained and cannot be cut down indiscriminately. As for the farmers, they actually choose to cut down trees because they consider the trees to be an obstacle for them in making gardens and farms.

For timber operators, they cut down trees and then export them to earn money and create jobs. As for environmentalists, forests are part of the environment that must be preserved. From here we can see that there are differences in interests between one group and another. Until that will bring social conflict in the community.

3. Express and Sudden Value Changes in the Population

Change is something that should happen. But if the change takes place quickly and suddenly, then the change can trigger social conflict. For example, in rural communities that experience a process of industrialization that is quite sudden, then that will certainly give rise to social conflict. Because, the old values ​​that already exist in the traditional society which generally has an agricultural pattern suddenly changed into the values ​​of the industrial society.

Where the values ​​that have changed are among others the value of mutual aid that has changed into the value of a work contract with a salary that is adjusted based on the type of their job. Then the kinship relationship changes into a structural relationship arranged in a formal organization of the company. The changes that occur suddenly, will certainly create a shock in the social process in the community. There will even be an effort to reject the form of change, because it is judged to disrupt the order of life that already existed before.

Types of Conflict

The following are some types of conflicts that we commonly find in social life.

1. Personal Conflict

The first type of conflict is personal conflict. Where personal conflict is one type of conflict that occurs between individuals and individuals or with community groups. One of the causes of personal conflict is due to differences in the way of looking between individuals related to similar issues. This type of conflict very often occurs in friendships, families, the world of work, and so on. One example of personal conflict is when a family has an argument about the division of inheritance rights.

2. Religious Conflict

The next type of conflict is religious conflict. Religious conflict is a conflict that occurs between groups that have different religions and beliefs. The majority of society considers that religion as one of the guidelines and also guidelines for life that must be followed absolutely. So that anything that is different and not in accordance with the religion they follow, will be considered as a problem and that will trigger a conflict.

An example of a religious conflict is the conflict that occurred in Poso. Where the conflict between the two religions has occurred for many years. The conflict occurred because Poso at that time was filled with Muslim residents. However, as time went on, many people who believed in Christianity entered the Poso region and became dominant. But in the end, the conflict can be resolved through mediation.

3. Racial Conflict

Racial conflict is a type of conflict that occurs between different races. Where racial conflict will occur when each race feels superior and prioritizes the interests of its own group. For an example of racial conflict, such as the conflict between white youth and black youth. Surely that is very unsettling and causes division. This type of racial conflict often occurs in Indonesia.

4. Conflict Between Social Classes

The next type of conflict is conflict between social classes. Where this type of conflict is known as vertical conflict, which can appear because of a difference in interests between classes in society. An example of this type of conflict is a demonstration that occurs between employees and the company, where the employees demand a salary increase.

5. Social Conflict

The existence of class groups in a society will have the potential to trigger conflict. Struggle and also efforts to defend the status and role in the community often lead to conflict. An example of this one conflict is between the rich group and the poor group who fight each other for power in the political seat.

6. Political Conflict

Political conflict is one type of conflict that occurs due to differences of opinion in political life. The conflict occurs because each group wants to be in power in a government system. Examples of this conflict are the PKI rebellion in Madiun, the 30S/PKI Rebellion, and the DI/TII rebellion. In fact, there are still many political conflicts that occur in the run-up to the election.

7. International conflict

International conflict is a type of conflict that involves various groups of countries due to differences in the interests of each country. One of the examples of international conflict is between North Korea and South Korea, ISIS, as well as other countries that wage war.

8. Causes of Conflict

Conflict can occur because of a cause. So that will cause a conflict. There are several causes of conflict as a whole including:

-Individual differences

The first cause of conflict is due to individual differences and different feelings. Where there is usually a difference of feeling and stance towards a real thing or environment. This can be one of the causes of social conflict.

– Differences in interests between individuals or groups

The next cause of conflict is the difference in interests between individuals and a group. This happens because not everyone has the same interests.

-Differences in cultural background

Some people will be influenced by the ownership pattern and also the stance of the group. Those different thoughts and positions will eventually trigger differences that can cause a conflict.

– Rapid and sudden value changes in society

As explained above, sudden changes in a society have the potential to trigger conflict. Because, it happened because of the unpreparedness of society in facing a drastic change.

How to Overcome Conflict

Below are some ways you can do to overcome a conflict.

1. Competition

Conflict resolution in the form of competition is usually known as win-lose orientation. Where this settlement process describes one party sacrificing the other party.

2. Accommodation

The resolution of this type of conflict will depict a mirror image competition that will give the entire solution to the other party without any effort to fight for its own goals. The process is commonly known as reconciliation tactics.

3. Sharing

In this type of conflict resolution process, one party will give and the other party will receive something. Both have a moderate mind, incomplete, but satisfactory.

4. Collaboration

This is one form of conflict resolution that can satisfy both parties. The effort is a problem-solving approach that requires integration from both sides.

5. Avoidance

The resolution of this conflict usually involves the indifference of the two groups concerned. The condition reflects the withdrawal of the interests of other groups.

Examples of Conflict

An example of a conflict that we often find in everyday life is the conflict about children who drop out of school because they have to help their parents work. This condition should be one of the government’s concerns because children who are of compulsory school age need to complete their education until the end. . Based on a survey of children aged 10 to 17 who are already working, as reported by the Central Statistics Agency in 2006.

It is recorded that 2.8 million children have become workers. From the results of the study, it was found that children aged 9 to 15 years are already involved in various types of work. Where it has resulted in their mental, emotional, and physical health. At first maybe they only intended to help his parents. But as time goes by, they then get stuck being a permanent employee.

Eventually they often skip school and decide to quit school. For poor children, School Operational Assistance or BOS alone is not enough. The government and schools should consider giving additional scholarships to buy uniforms and stationery. So that children who are less able are not burdened with the cost of education.

Definition of Conduction – In physics or more specifically in the field of electricity, the term conduction is one of the words that is heard quite often. In general, conduction can be understood as a process of heat energy transmission. Conduction can also be interpreted as a process that we unconsciously always find in everyday life.

For example, when a person is walking barefoot on asphalt that is hot enough, the conduction process from the asphalt to the feet will automatically occur. This will make the person’s feet feel hot like asphalt.

Well, in this article, we will discuss in depth the meaning of conduction. Not only that, it will also be discussed about the type of conduction, the characteristics of conduction, to various examples of conduction that we can find in our daily activities.

A. Definition of Conduction

The concept of conduction is a process of heat transfer that occurs in a substance without being accompanied by the transfer of some particles from the substance. Conduction itself usually occurs in solids, especially solids that have the properties of conductors. A conductor is known to be an object capable of transmitting heat, electric current, and even sound.

In the concept of conduction, the transfer of this heat can be affected by several things, starting from the type of object, the cross-sectional area of ​​the conducting substance, to the difference in temperature at the end of each object. Not only that, the length of the intermediate substance that heat is used to propagate can also affect the transfer

In addition to conduction, heat can also transfer in two other ways, namely convection and radiation. Convection or flow is the process of heat transfer through a flow in which the medium moves. When a particle or substance moves and causes heat to propagate, it can be confirmed that convection will occur.

Convection usually occurs in liquids and gases such as air or wind. For example, like the movement of water up and down when heated. Cold water will automatically go down, while hot water will easily move up.

Then, radiation or radiation is the transfer of heat or heat without an intermediate substance. Radiation itself can generally move accompanied by light or through the form of electromagnetic wave propagation.

Some examples of heat transfer without intermediate substances are, for example, radiation or heat from the sun to the earth through a vacuum. This process is unconsciously very useful for everyday human activities, such as drying clothes. Not only for humans, radiation also has an influence on the process of plant photosynthesis, there are land and sea winds, and so on.

B. Types of Conduction

After knowing the meaning of conduction, here are some types of conduction that you should know, among others:

1. Tunak Conduction

The first type of conduction is passive conduction. This type of conduction can be understood as a stable condition where there is no heat absorption or emission at any cross section. The left and right side of the face will both maintain their respective temperatures. This will ultimately result in a constant temperature gradient throughout the plate because the amount of heat that flows is the same in each section.

2. Temporary Conduction

The second type of conduction is transient conduction. In this temporary conduction, the temperature can change at certain objects and times. This mode depends on the temperature to be the main point. Temporary conduction itself usually occurs when there is a known temperature change on the outside or inside the object.

3. Electrical Conduction

The third type of conduction is electrical conduction. Electrical conduction can be understood as an event that occurs when there is an electric current passing through it. Electrical conduction itself is very dependent on the physical structure to how an electron is bound to the material.

4. Voice Conduction

The fourth type of conduction is voice conduction. Sound conduction is one type of conduction capable of producing a vibration at the same time causing various atoms to vibrate through matter. It’s just that, in sound conduction there are isolators whose individual atoms don’t vibrate easily, which are like sonic isolators. This will basically make sound conduction function as a sound dampener.

C. Conduction Characteristics

Conduction as we know ourselves is a transfer of heat through a solid substance that does not experience displacement. In the conduction itself there are several characteristics that can be used to distinguish it from the other two types.

Well, here are some conduction characteristics that you need to pay attention to, including:

• Requires intermediate substances (medium)
• Must be in contact.
• Occurs in solids.
• Heat transfer is not followed by intermediate substances.

In heat transfer by conduction, a formula can be used to calculate, among others as follows:

Q/t = H = k (Δt)/l

Description:

H = Heat speed that propagates per unit time (J/s)
K = thermal conductivity of the material (W/mK)
A = Cross-sectional area (m2)
Δt = temperature change (T2 – T1) (K)
L = length of the conveyor (m)

D. Examples of Conduction

After understanding the meaning of conduction as well as the difference with other types of heat transfer. Below will be presented some examples of conduction quite often that you encounter in everyday life, among which are:

1. Conduction can occur when someone is ironing. When you are ironing clothes, you need the heat of the iron to make the job easier. The heat from the iron will cause heat transfer when it comes into contact with the clothes. However, not only clothes, all things that have conductive properties can be heat transfer, including human skin.

2. Conduction can occur when someone stirs a hot drink. If you dip a spoon with stainless steel material into a glass filled with hot tea water, then the tip of the spoon that is not dipped will also experience heat transfer with a hot or warm feeling. This can happen due to the transfer of heat flow from the original high temperature part to the low temperature part.

In addition to the two illustrations above, there are some simple examples that you often experience in your daily activities, including:

• Hands blistered when holding a hot wok.
• When cooking, the tip of the spatula will feel hot even though it is not in direct contact with the flame.
• When the hot iron is rubbed against the shirt, then the shirt will be neat and warm.
• When hugging a person who has a hotter temperature, the body will feel warmer.
• The old exhaust gets hot when the engine is turned on.
• A metal spoon that is used to stir hot tea, the end of the spoon that is held becomes hot because the other end is in direct contact with the tea.
• A cup that feels hot when filled with hot water.
• A plate that feels hot when used to put hot food.
• Heat food using a wok.
• The heated butter becomes melted because it absorbs the heat sent through the wok.
• Ironing clothes. Conduction occurs on the metal-based iron surface.
• The lid of the pot becomes hot when used to cover the boiling water.

 

The meaning of conduction, characteristics, and examples – In the science of physics and electricity, the term corruption is one of the words that we often encounter in our daily lives. Usually conduction is known as a heat energy transmission process. Where this conduction itself is a process that often occurs in everyday human activities without realizing it.

With one of them, when a person walks barefoot on very hot asphalt, the conduction process from the asphalt to the feet will automatically occur. In order to know a more complete understanding of conduction, here is an explanation related to the meaning of conduction, the characteristics of conduction, examples of conduction and types of conduction.

Definition of Conduction

Based on the Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), conduction is a transfer from one part of an object to another or from one object to another without the transfer of particles or substances.

In some studies, this heat energy transfer itself can be categorized into several types of transfer methods. Heat can travel from one part to another through stationary substances or objects.

In addition, heat can also carry particles of flowing substances. At that moment, the heat energy is transferred through the beam.

Heat transfer by conduction can usually occur in solid substances, such as iron, metal, and copper. A substance that can conduct heat well is called a conductor, meanwhile, a substance that is difficult to conduct heat is called an insulator.

Conduction is the only mechanism where heat is able to flow in a solid substance that is not able to transmit light.

Conduction Characteristics

Conduction is the transfer of heat that has several distinguishing characteristics with the other two types. Here have been presented the characteristics of conduction.

• Requires an intermediate substance or medium.
• Mandatory to touch each other.
• Generally, occurs in solids.
• Heat transfer is not followed by intermediate substances.
• Heat transfer by conduction can be calculated using the formula:
  Q/t = H = k (Δt)/l

Explanation:
H = Heat speed that propagates per unit time (J/s)
K = Thermal conductivity of material (W/mK)
A = Cross-sectional area (m2)
Δt = Temperature change (T2 – T1) (K)
L = Conductor length ( m)

The Process of Heat Transfer by Conduction

You can understand heat transfer by conduction at the atomic level, where particles physically transfer heat energy when they come into physical contact with other particles.

This conduction is similar to the explanation of heat by the kinetic theory of gases, although the transfer of heat in gases and liquids is generally said to be convection.

However, the rate of heat transfer from time to time is said to be conduction current and this is determined by the thermal conductivity of the material, and the amount that shows the ease with which heat is transmitted in the material.

Example Conduction

So that you can know more clearly, the following is an example of conduction taken from Arif Cerdas Book for Elementary School Class 5.

• Hands blistered when holding a hot wok.
• When cooking, the spatula will feel hot.
• When the hot iron is rubbed on the shirt, then the shirt will become more neat and warm.
• When you hug someone who has a hotter temperature, the body will feel warmer.
• The melting of butter when placed on a fiery wok that is being heated.
• Exhaust that gets hot over time when the motor is turned on.

Types of Conduction

Conduction is divided into various types. Generally, conduction in physics is described as having 3 (three) types. Here are the types of conduction, including:

Conduction On One Dimensional Walls

Conduction on a flat wall that can be seen as conduction or this dimension never actually exists, but conduction that occurs on a wall that is relatively thin and wide enough and all four sides are well insulated.

Solid Conduction On Flat Walls

This type of conduction generally has a series electrical arrangement in which there is a large, strong current. Also, generally conduction has a conductor with a length that does not have branching.

Conduction On Parallel Walls

The next type of conduction occurs because heat transfer is on parallel and flat walls. The situation, will make there is no heat transfer in the transverse direction between the walls.

Meanwhile, in physics, the word conduction is described with 3 (three) types of behavior defined by the type of energy transferred, including:

Heat Conduction or Thermal Conduction

Heat conduction or thermal conduction is the transfer of energy from a warmer substance to a colder substance through direct contact. For example, someone who is touching the handle of a hot metal pan.

Electrical Conduction

Electrical conduction is the transfer of electrically charged particles through media. For example electricity that travels through electrical cables in your home.

Sound Conduction or Acoustic Conduction

Sound conduction or acoustic conduction is the transfer of sound waves through media. For example, the vibration from loud music passing through the wall.

Heat transfer is usually categorized into several mechanisms.

Heat Conduction

Heat conduction or commonly known as diffusion occurs inside objects or between two objects that are in contact. This is a direct microscopic exchange of kinetic energy from particles that cross the boundary between two systems. When an object is at a different temperature from other objects or other environments.

Heat Convection

Heat convection depends on the movement of mass from one region of space to another. Convection occurs when the flow of fluid or gas or liquid carries heat together with the flow of matter in the fluid.

Thermal Radiation

Thermal radiation is the transfer of heat by an electromagnetic radiation. For example, sunlight, without the need for matter to be present in the space between things.

Differences in Conduction, Convection, and Radiation

Heat and heat are energy that moves from a high temperature to a low temperature. Heat transfer can occur by conduction, convection, and radiation. Here are the differences between conduction, convection, and radiation.

Conduction is the transfer of heat through a solid substance that is not followed by displacement . This means that the transfer of heat in a substance is not accompanied by the transfer of its particles.

Convection is the transfer of heat through flow followed by the transfer of intermediate substances . When particles move, it will cause heat to propagate until convection occurs. Convection heat transfer occurs in liquids and gases.

Radiation is the transfer of heat without an intermediate substance . This radiative heat transfer is generally accompanied by light.

 

Condensation Is – You must have seen the dew clinging to the leaves early in the morning. The morning dew becomes one of the beautiful sights that is pleasant to see. Especially if you live in the countryside that still has many gardens, you will find a lot of morning dew sticking to the leaves.

When we were children, we often played with the dew on the leaves, apart from its unique appearance, the morning dew also felt cooler and clearer than the water in the bathroom let alone the teapot in the kitchen. Most children usually try to transfer this dew to the palm without breaking it. Unfortunately, because dew is basically water, the dew that was round can break easily.

Well, speaking of morning dew, have you ever wondered, where do these little dews come from? So this is how morning dew appears because of the condensation process done by nature.

Condensation? You must be very unfamiliar with this term! So, condensation is not a popular term, so very few people know about it.

In fact, even those who have studied natural science may have forgotten this term, or perhaps they have never studied condensation at all?

If you are one of those people who don’t understand condensation yet, you are in luck because this time we will discuss it. So the question is, what is condensation? Let’s see the following explanation about condensation!

Definition of Condensation

As mentioned before, condensation is a less popular term in many people’s ears. However, even though the name is less popular, in fact we often see the result of the condensation process in everyday life, namely embuni.

Condensation is the change of substance from a gas to a liquid. If you already know what evaporation is, you must realize that condensation is the opposite of the evaporation process. The reason is that, if processed, evaporation of water will turn into gas, then condensation is the opposite or turning gas into water.

In addition to being called condensation, this process is also often called condensation. Why is it called that? This is because the end result of the condensation process has the form of water droplets that we commonly know as dew.

Just like evaporation, condensation is also a natural process and not man-made. Generally, the condensation process occurs at night, but you can also observe this process in some specific ways.

Causes of Condensation

Condensation is the process of changing from a gas to a liquid. This natural process occurs due to two things, namely water vapor passing through a colder surface and when water vapor experiences pressure or compression.

1. Water Vapor Passes Over a Cooler Surface

Condensation occurs when water vapor passes over a surface that is cooler than the dew point. The dew point itself is the temperature at which the condensation process occurs.

In this case, the morning dew is one example of the condensation process. So compared to the day, the temperature at night is much colder, so the vapor that was in the form of gas then cools because the night temperature is much lower than the day, the vapor that cools then forms the dew that we see the next morning.

These dews can usually be easily found on the grass or foliage around the house. The colder the temperature at night, the more water vapor will condense and eventually turn into morning dew.

2. When water vapor experiences pressure or compression

In the second condition, condensation can occur when water vapor experiences pressure or compression. When the vapor experiences pressure, then the vapor will change back to liquid form. For example, when you pour hot water into a glass, then cover it, the water vapor that comes out of the hot water will be pressurized and cannot escape from the glass lid until it produces water droplets that stick to the surface of the glass lid.

Another example of other condensation is a soda drink glass. When removed from the refrigerator, the outside of the can will cool down and cause dew to appear on the surface of the can, why can that happen?

Such things can happen because the temperature outside the refrigerator is much warmer than inside. The cold vapor trapped inside the can eventually condenses, and forms water droplets on the surface of the can. Basically, things like that don’t only happen to soda drinks, but can also happen to various containers or bottles that are kept in the fridge, then taken out at room temperature.

Factors That Cause Condensation

Earlier we have learned about condensation, so we know that condensation is a change from gas to liquid and is the opposite of evaporation. We also know that condensation is caused by two things, namely (1) gas passing through a colder surface and (20) when the gas receives compression or pressure.

In addition to the cause, the occurrence of condensation is also triggered by three factors. What factors?

1. Air humidity in a room

Air humidity is one of the main factors in the condensation process. This process itself only occurs when the air in the room is unable to withstand the level of humidity.

One example is if you have a house with a cement floor that is already smooth, you will find that the floor will be a little wet in certain mornings. Usually this happens when the weather and temperature the night before is very cold from the temperature in normal nights.

2. Low Air Temperature

After the air humidity in a room, another factor that triggers the condensation process is the air temperature. As previously discussed, condensation occurs when a gas in the form of water vapor passes over a surface with a low temperature.

From the explanation it can be concluded that air temperature plays an important role in the condensation process. The colder the temperature of a place or surface, the more water vapor will condense. However, when the temperature rises, the evaporation process will occur, where the water will change into a gas and rise into the atmosphere.

3. Poor Air Vents

Air vents or air vents are one of the things that must be present in the house and should be in every room. The presence of vents is not only for aesthetics or to make the room look good, but more than that, the presence of ventilation also serves as an entrance and exit for air.

With ventilation, the air can go in and out easily and does not make the room feel stuffy. In addition, ventilation is made to prevent condensation in the room.

Condensation in the room can occur because the gas in the air is trapped in the room, when night comes and the temperature drops or drops, the gas then undergoes a process of condensation and makes the floor and some parts of the room wet.

Types of Condensation

Further information about condensation is the types. The condensation process sounds simple, but this process is actually divided into several types. The type of condensation itself is divided into two, namely exterior condensation and interior condensation. More details will be explained below.

1. Exterior Condensation

The first type of condensation is exterior condensation. What is exterior condensation? As the name suggests, exterior condensation is condensation that occurs outdoors. This type of condensation usually occurs when the surface temperature is below the dew point or even colder than that.

Usually this condensation occurs when gas or steam touches the surface of the glass. As we know that materials such as glass, iron, and similar materials can absorb heat and cold. When the temperature drops, the glass surface will become very cold and even freeze, so that when the steam touches the glass surface, the exterior condensation process will occur afterwards.

Just like condensation that occurs in dew on foliage, exterior condensation also usually occurs at night. It usually happens when the temperature during the day is very hot, but then drops when the night comes.

2. Interior Condensation

The opposite of exterior condensation that makes the glass fog up from the outside, interior condensation occurs in closed spaces. The process of interior condensation can occur when the ventilation in a room is very poor or even has no vents at all.

The more closed a room is, the more air will be trapped and unable to escape. It was aggravated by the very cold temperature outside. As a result, condensation occurs more and more. Condensation will not only wet the window glass, but also the floor and some other parts of the room.

Just like exterior condensation, interior condensation also happens most at night when the temperature drops. The condensation process can also occur during the day when it rains or snows all day, so the temperature becomes very cold.

Result from the Condensation Process

In addition to being divided into two types, the result of the condensation process is divided into several forms. Although we cannot see the condensation process, we can easily see the result of the condensation process that occurs every day. So what is the result of this condensation?

1. Dew

Dew becomes one of the results of the simplest condensation process. When we see the dew on the leaves and grass in the morning, we will wonder where all this dew comes from?

So, as already mentioned, dew is the result of condensation that occurs at night. Dew itself appears when vapor in the earth’s atmospheric layer condenses on a cold surface, then the vapor will condense on leaves, grass, or even glass in a building.

2. Fog

Fog is one of the rare phenomena that we rarely see. This actually makes sense considering that most of us live in urban areas that are full of pollution and lack trees. However, if you have the opportunity to camp in the open or take a vacation in the countryside, you can still see the fog that envelops the region. Fog most often appears in the morning, or after rain.

Fog is also a result of the condensation process. After it rains or after the night ends, the water vapor will form super small droplets in the air. These super small droplets are then known as fog.

However, because there are so many of them, these super tiny droplets end up blocking the line of sight. The more super small water droplets in the air, the more our visibility is obstructed.

Although it looks beautiful, the presence of fog sometimes also makes someone trapped in danger. More than once or twice, a climber got lost because his view was obstructed by thick fog, so that he had difficulty taking the right path. Not only the climbers, the fog also sometimes disturbs the users of two or four-wheeled vehicles, so it can cause accidents.

Fortunately, most fog is also short-lived. As the sun begins to rise, the fog will slowly disappear. This is because the presence of the sun makes the temperature rise and the super mini water droplets evaporate again and finally disappear.

3. Frozen Dew

If fog alone is rare, then the phenomenon of frost is much rarer, especially for those of us who live in a country with a tropical climate and warm temperature like Indonesia.

For those of you who don’t have a shadow at all, frost is a thin layer of ice that sticks to a solid surface. If you have heard about the phenomenon of plants freezing in Dieng during the summer period, well that is the clear picture.

Similar to fog and dew, frost is also created from the process of condensation. This process occurs because the dew point is colder than the freezing point. Because of this, the water vapor that should change form into normal dew, instead freezes into super small ice particles.

Impact of Condensation

If you look at the results of the condensation process, this process seems to be harmless. Some of the results of the condensation process such as fog, dew, and frost even look so beautiful. But who would have thought that the condensation process could also have a bad impact and harm humans.

1. Can Cause Short Circuit

In populated areas, condensation can cause a short circuit in the electric current which, if left unchecked, will trigger a large fire that can harm many people. Even a short circuit can also cause a fire, thus harming the people and the surrounding environment.

2. Thwarting Harvest Time

In summer, the temperature in the Dieng Plateau at night will drop to minus point. This makes the grass and some plants covered with ice and frozen. If this phenomenon only happens once or twice, maybe the consequences will not be too fatal. The problem is, this phenomenon happens many times and causes the crops to rot until finally the harvest fails and harms the farmers who have worked hard to plant and take care of their crops.

Conclusion

Well that’s the complete explanation about condensation. Not only the meaning, but also the form, the process of occurrence, the trigger factor, the type of condensation, until the impact. Although condensation can trigger problems, but condensation is a natural process that occurs naturally and is difficult to stop by humans.

Basically, condensation is part of the water cycle and is also the opposite of the evaporation process. This process is very important for our earth, and that means it is also important for the living things that live on its surface. Although condensation can be harmful, but generally condensation has benefits for everyday life.

Meaning of effort – Hi Reader, Islam always educates its adherents to try as much as possible according to their abilities. Meanwhile, Allah SWT will give a decision from every thing that his servant tries. Islam strongly forbids its people to be lazy.

Allah SWT created humans as the most perfect creatures, in addition to having human desires and being given reason, that is something very special that of course Allah has his own purpose. Because humans are more civilized and ethical. Then, one of the traits that humans must do in order to be a civilized and ethical human being is to strive.

By making an effort, then a person will always try to try until the desired goal is achieved. Therefore, in Islam, it is not good for a servant to be lazy or give up if he has failed several times in reaching his goal.

But, actually, what is meant by effort? To know more about the effort, then you can read the complete review on this article, Reader.

Meaning of Effort

Effort is the behavior of trying seriously in a good way and in accordance with the applicable provisions. Simply put, effort can be said to be an external effort made by humans to achieve a goal.

A person needs to move in order to achieve what he wants and fulfill what he needs. For example, a person needs to eat to survive and food can only be obtained from nature and food can also be bought from sellers. Before you can shop, someone has to have money.

Where does this money come from? Of course by working, if you are already working you will receive a payment or salary in the form of money. This salary supports a person’s need to be able to buy food everyday.

Imagine if that person didn’t work? Then, there is no money that can be used to spend on kitchen needs. In the end, they will starve and then die for not trying to earn money.

Another example is a person who wants to get a good grade or the highest grade in his class, so he should make an effort. If a person does not study diligently and earnestly, then it will be difficult to get the best grades from his friends.

In this learning example, it can be done by following additional learning, or it can also be re-learning lessons that have been taught at school. In addition, so that the desire can be realized, then one is also advised to pray.

So, with this analogy it can be understood that everyone must strive to achieve their desires and fulfill their needs. It is not enough to just sleep comfortably at home and have all your needs met or all your dreams come true. In this world there is no concept like this.

Therefore, it is necessary for every human being to always strive and pray so that what he wants can be realized.

In Islam, to convey a message or kindness can be done with a sermon. The sermon itself is usually done when going to the Friday prayer. The content of Islamic sermons is also very diverse, one of which is a sermon on the theme of becoming a superior human being. Well, in this series of Islamic Friday Sermons for Superior Humans , the reader will be explained several ways to become a superior human being in the eyes of Islam.

 

Forms of Effort

Ikhtiar is one of the praiseworthy forms of morals taught by the Prophet SAW to his people. To know more about effort, then we also need to know the forms or types of effort itself. Below are some forms of effort that you need to know.

Not easily discouraged

In life, humans are destined to always try to live it. It’s like when you’re working on something, but the results you get don’t match what you envisioned or targeted, then that’s where you need to work hard and not give up and despair, you have to rise from depression while continuing to work. learn and keep learning.

For example when you run a business as an entrepreneur by setting up a restaurant, but after going through it you find a loss that makes the business bankrupt. So, you have to keep trying and trying other ways to continue what you have done before.

Really

The next form of business that should be considered is seriousness. This is because when you have a certain dream or target in life, it takes a very deep sense of sincerity to achieve all of that.

Therefore, you need to instill efforts that must be carried out earnestly and cannot be done half-heartedly. A simple example is in dating, in this world there is no human being who wants someone who is not a good partner in his life, so you need to learn a lot and make changes in order to be able to satisfy yourself in order to get the best partner.

Hardworking

The next effort is to do hard work in achieving dreams. Trying to exert all the abilities that have been given by Allah SWT should be done to achieve something desired, in this case being lazy and working as you please is highly discouraged.

You should try and fight as hard as you can to get results that will satisfy you later on. Like if you are being tested for a disease, then you should try to avoid all taboos, exercise diligently, take medication, or other things that support your recovery from a disease.

As in the book Aku Berusaha, Allah yang Punya Kuasa which contains ways for a Muslim to always continue to strive and also pray. Through this book, the reader will know how to be sincere, when a wish cannot be fulfilled.

 

After knowing the forms or types of efforts, then in the next discussion we will discuss the benefits of efforts. Well, so, keep reading this article until the end, Reader.

Benefits of Effort

A Muslim who always strives will always get a positive impact, as for the benefits of striving are as follows.

1. Not dependent on others (independent)

The first benefit that will be obtained when a person strives is to be an independent person or not dependent on others. In this case, it can be said that a person will always work with himself first, only when it is no longer possible will he ask for help from others. So, by making an effort, one does not always trouble others.

In addition, by making an effort, the abilities within can continue to improve. Then, the one where the ability can benefit others or yourself.

2. Become more dignified in the eyes of God and man

When a person strives, he will become more dignified in the eyes of God and man. This is not without reason because by making an effort, a person will be seen as earnest in achieving his goal.

3. Easier to appreciate your own efforts 

The third benefit of making an effort is that it becomes easier to appreciate one’s own efforts. That way, then someone will not blame his efforts too much when he fails. In fact, he will find a solution to the failure.

The Positive Impact of Habituating Effort Behavior

Among the positive effects we get if we want to do our best are: Eliminate laziness, depression, and complaints. Grow new hope in life. Because every effort can grow a million hopes, and with many efforts, there will be more hopes.

Therefore, a person who gets used to behaving diligently, can feel some positive effects, among others:

1. There is self-satisfaction.
2. Praised by Allah SWT and others.
3. Grow and improve.
4. Growing confidence in what God has given us.
5. Confident that God will definitely help His servant who wants to make an effort.

How to get used to trying

We must realize that the needs of human life are more and more diverse. While Allah SWT has provided all the necessities of human life. Therefore, it is mandatory for humans to try to achieve it with the maximum ability. And to meet these needs, humans must do several things, among others.

1. Always enthusiastic and active when doing something or building a business.
2. Always believe and be confident in the task or work done.
3. Can organize free time into very useful time.
4. Always innovate on a job or task.
5. Not focusing on helping others.

The bond between effort, prayer, and trust

The same is quoted from the post of the book publisher deeppublish. com , effort is a combination of the trinity of effort, blessing, and surrender. Moreover, one cannot be separated from the other, as a result, when reaching something or fulfilling a desire, all three need to be tried together.

Usually, by way of queuing try to occupy the initial position. After that, it is accompanied by hope and at the same time nourishes the act of trusting. Meaning, all three need to be tried together and in a balanced ration.

Efforts without blessing and self-surrender not only produce an arrogant person, but also very ambitious. Generally, the perpetrator legalizes all the methods and after that it is easy to be disappointed especially the mental pressure when his will and needs do not work.

On the contrary, when a person surrenders and or just hopes, he is included among the fools. God does not want to straighten his hand in a direct way to his servant who only begs through blessings at home without trying.

Examples of Efforts in Daily Life

Effort is trying really hard in the best way that needs to be applied in everyday life. Here are examples of efforts in everyday life. A student studies hard because he wants to get good results.

1. Work hard because you want to succeed.
2. Repent to Allah SWT because you want to get His forgiveness.
3. Be diligent in worshiping by carrying out the commandments of Allah SWT and avoiding His prohibitions because you want to obtain Allah’s mercy and when sick, some people seek treatment hoping for healing from Allah SWT.

How to Try to Invite Fortune Like a Prophet

Prophet Muhammad SAW is the Prophet that we need to emulate in any matter. Not only about religion and worship, but also about sustenance. Although Prophet Muhammad is the messenger of God, but the Prophet also tried to collect sustenance. Just like when Prophet Muhammad wanted to be a warlord, he trained and fought to make his wish come true.

Every human desire will be granted with a record of human effort. Because Islam teaches its people to do practices that will bring sustenance. At least if this practice and method is done, then the sustenance received will be more blessed and come to us. The method is as follows.

Sharing (Charity, Endowment, Zakat, Waqf)

The first way to create sustainability is to practice sharing. The practice of sharing is giving part of the wealth we have to people in need.

Pray And Istighfar

Surely we have heard the expression that prayer without effort is nonsense, and effort without prayer is arrogance. Likewise with sustenance, we cannot just try without praying and asking Allah SWT and vice versa.

Wake up in the morning

Maybe we often hear the words of parents who say “don’t wake up this afternoon, your fortune is already on the chicken stake”. Our parents often tell us to get up early to earn a living. Waking up in the morning, in Islam is bad behavior. Islam advocates getting up early.

Dhuha prayer

God invites us to seek happiness while in this world and not leave it for happiness in the afterlife. Indeed, the afterlife is the end of life, and deeds in this world will affect life in the afterlife.

However, inviting sustenance in the morning for the happiness of the world is one form of effort. The sustenance we receive can be used to provide for the afterlife by giving charity and sharing happiness with fellow human beings. One of the ways to invite sustenance in the morning is to perform the Dhuha prayer.

https://www.Sinaumedia.com/products/conf-doa-menggundang-rezeki

Strive And Work

In addition to practicing the teachings above, of course there will be no point if we set aside effort and hard work. To collect sustenance, we must work and strive as hard as we can until the sustenance we want is accepted by Allah SWT.

Pious

Further, to collect sustenance is to be pious, which is to carry out all orders and avoid all prohibitions. Of course, there are many prohibitions that God commands, such as the command to pray, fast, zakat, Hajj and so on. As for avoiding God’s prohibitions such as drunkenness, adultery, stealing and many others.

Do Good

It is appropriate for us as social beings to always do good to anyone and anything. The trivial actions we do will have an impact on the next life. Maybe we often hear the saying “little by little over time becomes a hill”. Sometimes the small kindnesses we do will bring sustenance.

Such is the commentary on the meaning of effort, form, benefits, and also examples. Hopefully after reading this article to the end, it will be easier for you to apply efforts in your daily life.

•  

What is organizational communication? – As social beings, communication is one of the important and common things we do. This communication activity is necessary to keep us close to each other, as well as facilitate a relationship, both between family, friends and members of the organization.

Understanding Communication

According to Jenis and Kelly, communication is a process carried out through a person or communicator who conveys a stimulus with the aim of changing or shaping the behavior of other people.

While according to Raymond Ross , communication is a process of sorting, choosing and sending symbols in such a way as to help the listener evoke a meaning or response from his mind that is similar to what the communicator intended.

According to the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), communication is the sending and receiving of messages and news from two or more people so that the message can be understood by the interlocutor.

So it can be concluded that communication is the process of sending, sorting and receiving symbols or messages from one or more people so that the message can reach and be understood by listeners and interlocutors.

Communication is a basic need that a person must have. In understanding communication and how to make a good and effective communication process, Reader can read the book Introduction to Communication Science Fourth Edition by Hafied Cangara.

Definition of Organization

In this first article, the writer will discuss about organizational communication, after explaining the meaning of communication according to experts, we need to know the meaning and meaning of the following organization :

According to Stephen Robbins , an organization is a group or unit in social life that is coordinated and done consciously that is limited by relative things that can be identified.

Sondang Siagian believes that an organization is a form of union or fellowship done by two or more people to cooperate (achieve a certain goal together) in a formal bond.

While Thompson expressed the opinion that the organization is a combination of several specialized members and its nature is very rational and impersonal, the specialized members will work together to achieve one or several common goals that have been discussed and determined by the group.

From the three members, the author can conclude that an organization is a group between two or more people in a special group that is formed to achieve one or several goals that have been set together by working together.

The existence of organizational communication itself, used to achieve a common goal, where often this type of communication is used and applied in the scope of work as discussed in the book Organizational Communication by Morissan.

After knowing the meaning of communication and organization, let’s continue to the next discussion, namely what is organizational communication? Does it have the same definition when the concepts of communication and organization are combined? In order to be more clear, the following is the meaning of organizational communication according to the experts that the author has summarized.

Understanding Organizational Communication

Ron Ludlow expressed the opinion that organizational communication is a communication program in the study of Public Relations (PR) regarding internal relations as well as government relations and investor relations in organizations.

Meanwhile, Devito believes that organizational communication is an effort to send and receive messages both in formal and informal groups in an organization.

Katz and Kahn also argue that organizational communication is a transmission and or exchange of information in an organization, so that it can form a flow of information. The existence of organizational communication can give rise to an information network in the organization.

Pace and Faules also argue that organizational communication is a behavior that occurs in an organization and how the people in it get involved in the process and make transactions in the form of exchanging meaning.

Meanwhile, Frank Jefkins defines organizational communication as a form of communication that has been planned by an organization with the public or the wider community where the organization is located to achieve a specific goal.

According to Frank’s view , interaction between organizational members or members with organizational leaders is not organizational communication, but rather the interaction between the organization and the communication target that is not part of the organization.

From six expert opinions on the definition of organizational communication, it can be concluded that organizational communication is a process that occurs in an organization in the form of delivery, reception and exchange of information and messages that are done to achieve a specific goal that has been set together (organizational members and leaders).

The process of delivering, receiving and exchanging information and messages can be done formally or informally as long as the set goals are realized.

In the development of communication science, there are various basic concepts of organizational communication, dimensions in it, as well as classification that you can learn in the book Organizational Communication by Irene Silviani.

After knowing the definition of communication, the writer will further discuss the theory of organizational communication that has been presented by several communication experts. The following are theories about organizational communication.

Theory – Theories and Types of Organizational Communication Theory

1. Classical structural theory

This first theory developed since the 1800s, and can be called the machine theory. This theory explains that the organization is described as an institution that is central to its tasks and provides structural mechanical instructions that are rigid, monotonous and non-innovative. There are four basic conditions of this theory, namely power, serving each other, doctrine and discipline.

2. Neoclassical theory or human relations

This theory was introduced by Elton Mayo and appeared due to dissatisfaction with classical theory or machine theory. Neo classical theory refers to the importance of psychological and social aspects of employees as an individual or work group.

This theory has been “clarified” through an experiment conducted by Elton at the Hawthorne factory in 1924. The results of the experiment obtained the conclusion that it is important to pay attention to incentive wages and the working conditions of employees to increase work productivity.

3. Fusion theory

This theory was introduced by Bakke and in 1957 Argyris perfected Bakke’s opinion. Fusion theory originated from Bakke’s awareness in 1950 regarding the awareness of the satisfaction of different human interests in a bureaucracy or organization.

Bakke believes that organizations at certain levels will influence an individual. While at the same time individuals give influence to the organization introduced by the organization.

The phenomenon causes officers to show the characteristics of forming an organization or being organized. Each department owned by an officer is unique and has special characteristics of each organization, so that it can be modified according to the specific interests and talents of the officer or individual.

4. The Linking Pin Model (The Linking Pin Model)

This theory was developed by Renis Likert who describes the organizational structure that is interconnected with several groups, in this theory Likert explains that there are supervisors who are members of the two organizations or groups (low unit leaders and high unit leaders).

The supervisor mentioned by Likert has the function of a connector or someone who binds work groups to each other at the next level or level.

In the theory developed by Likert , the group process is considered important, because an organization needs to have a supervisor or connector so that each member of the group and the group itself can be effective.

5. Theory of social systems

This theory states that the relationship between people allows an organization to last longer than the people in it.

That is, even if someone in a group (member of a certain group) has died, the group still exists only the people in it are replaced by new members.

Kats and Kahn also explained that the relationship between people in an organization is considered more important than the relationship between certain formal departments.

6. Theory of public relations

As said by Ron Ludlow, organizational communication is a study on public relations theory, this theory expresses the efforts made in a planned and continuous way by an organization.

The effort was made to create and maintain goodwill for mutual understanding between the organization and its audience. Besides Ron Ludlow this theory is also supported by Jefkins.

7. Leadership theory

This theory states that the leader of an organization or group is an important figure to help members meet the needs and achieve the goals of the group or organization together.

Hersey has formulated four tasks of a leader, namely (a) telling , able to provide information in a straightforward manner. (b) selling , able to provide guidance. (c) participating, able to establish good cooperation. (d) delegating , able to take decisions.

In learning communication theory, especially in the realm of organizations, you can see through the objective and interpretive approach that is currently of concern to academics and also communication science practitioners discussed in the book Contemporary Communication Theory.

 

Types of Organizational Communication

Organizational communication has two general types, namely internal and external. The internal type is communication that focuses on interaction and efforts to develop or strengthen relationships between fellow members of the organization.

For example, trying to change a vision that has existed since the organization appeared. Changing this vision should be done by uniting the opinions of each member through discussion and communication between members and good, serious and intense organizational leadership.

If good communication is formed, it will create a good organizational environment and strengthen the relationships of the people in the organization.

The second type is external organizational communication. This type of external means communication that is built to focus on parties outside the organization or group. This type of external communication is usually used if the organization wants to find sponsors or advertisements so it needs a party from outside the organization to help.

External organizational communication is carried out to achieve the goal of obtaining sponsors, advertisements, developing cooperation and so on that are needed by the organization from parties outside the organization.

Benefits of Organizational Communication

After understanding the meaning, theory and types of organizational communication. So the following are the benefits of organizational communication that readers can find out.

The first benefit , by knowing the theory of organizational communication, then as an individual who lives in a certain organizational environment or group can understand our position in that organization or group.

The second benefit , an understanding of organizational communication can strengthen the relationship between members and the organization’s leadership. So that the life of the organization can last longer and will grow to want to care for and treat the organization.

The third benefit , facilitates the achievement of organizational goals. This is due to the formation of good communication, so that members and each unit leader understand the differences of opinion that are present in every discussion in the organization.

The fourth benefit , knowing organizational communication theory can make an individual adapt and place himself well in the organization or group.

The fifth benefit, knowing the duties of a leader and member in an organization. An understanding of the theory of organizational communication can make us aware of the tasks as a leader and member in an organization, this awareness can increase the work and effectiveness of the organization to achieve the goals that have been set together.

In addition, the awareness of leaders and members can facilitate all visions in the organization. With the ability to communicate in the organization, it will function as building a flow of information and a common understanding with each other. Therefore, according to the book Organizational Communication Theory and Case Studies, the importance of this is emphasized.

 

Organizational Communication Functions

1. Informative Function

Informative function, the first function is explained by Sendjaja that the organization acts as a system that processes information. The information process present in the organization is expected to be able to give and receive information well to achieve smoothness in the organization.

2. Regulatory Function

The regulatory function, the second function of organizational communication is expected to facilitate the rules and guidelines that have been set by the members and leaders of the organization.

3. Persuasive Function

Persuasive function, the third function is the function to give orders. This function is performed by organizational leaders to persuade their members rather than commanding their members to do something. The function of persuasion is considered to be easier, because a more subtle way (than commanding) will be more appreciated by the member for the task given.

4. Integrative Function

Integrative function, the fourth or last function is related to the provision of channels or things that can make it easier for organizational members to do and perform certain tasks well.

Concept of Organizational Communication

Goldhaber (1993) explained that organizational communication is a process to create and mutually exchange information and messages in a network that depends on each other. Goldhaber also explained that organizational communication has the purpose of overcoming an environment that is uncertain or always changing. It presents the concept of organization into seven concepts which are explained as follows.

1. Process

The process concept is a system needed to create and exchange messages between members. This is because the organization is an open and dynamic system. This concept happens continuously until it achieves the goal and creates a new goal formulated by the organization, therefore this concept is called a process concept (happens continuously).

2. Message

In accordance with the previous explanation, organizational communication is the process of exchanging and receiving messages. Therefore the message is important in the organization. Individuals present in the organization must pay attention to how to send and receive messages so that the message or information can be well received by other individuals and does not cause misunderstandings between individuals.

3. Network

The third concept is the big picture of the organization. An organization is a network in which there are individuals who form the networks both inside and outside the organization. Therefore, each network or individual who occupies a certain position will carry out the duties and perform the functions of their respective positions in the organization.

1. The state of interdependence, the fourth concept is the nature of the organization as an open system. This concept is needed, because if there is a unit or part of the organization that is not functioning or running well, then another individual or unit is needed to help the rights so that they can return to running well.
2. Relationship, the fifth function exists because the organization is a social system run by many individuals (two or more) so that the organization depends on the relationship between individuals that exist inside and outside the organization.
3. The environment, the function of this environment can be divided into two, namely the internal and external environment of the organization that influence the decisions taken in it.
4. Uncertainty, this function is useful to meet the availability of information and messages that are available and expected in the organization.

That’s a brief understanding of organizational communication that you should know. Hopefully useful especially for those of you who want to create or join an organization.

A supporting idea is one of the contents found in a paragraph. Generally, supporting ideas are the result of the development of the main idea. In an essay, the writer sometimes not only attaches the main idea or main idea, but also attaches more detailed explanations related to the content of the essay.

Well, so that you don’t get confused, before making an essay or writing, make sure you know the difference between the main idea (main idea) and the supporting idea first. Let’s look at the following explanation.

What Are Supporting Ideas?

According to the writers Totok Suhardiyanto and Yunita T. Winarto in their book titled Social Science Writing , supporting ideas are detailed and detailed information about the entire content of the writing or essay. These details are called supporting ideas, that is, more specific information that is explained by the writer to express his main idea.

Characteristics of Supporting Ideas

Supporting ideas are usually referred to as explanatory sentences related to the main idea being discussed. So, supporting ideas can be concluded to be part of a detailed explanation of the main idea. Here are the characteristics of supporting ideas.

1. Deepening, clarifying, detailing, and detailing in each sentence that is being explained in accordance with the main sentence.
2. Supporting ideas are generally more than one sentence.
3. The written sentence describes the problem of the main idea being written.
4. Generally, supporting ideas in supporting ideas usually contain an example, data, up to statements and explanations.
5. Usually in one paragraph, the writer attaches several sentences.
6. The explanatory sentence should be complete and clear. Because, if one of the sentences is omitted, then the writing will be difficult to understand.

From the explanation, we can understand that the supporting idea has an important nature to attach a detailed explanation of the main idea. Then, what is the difference with the main idea? Find the answer in the next discussion, Reader.

Difference between Main Idea and Supporting Idea

Before explaining the difference between the two, it is best to first understand what is the main idea? The main idea or main idea is the main idea that is usually used as an introductory sentence for a paragraph. And the introductory sentence is not only at the beginning of the sentence, but it can be at the end of the sentence, or even at the beginning and end of the paragraph.

Definition

Main idea 

As the name suggests, the main idea can be interpreted as the main idea of ​​a paragraph to be made. Although the main idea is the core of a paragraph, its existence cannot be separated from its supporting ideas.

Supporting ideas

Supporting ideas are ideas to explain in detail and detail the ideas that are in the main idea.

Characteristics

Characteristics of the main idea

Here are the characteristics of the main idea:

1. Main ideas usually use general sentences.
2. The purpose of the main idea is to explain in detail the next supporting idea, that is to make the explanation more detailed.
3. The main idea is not always placed at the beginning of the paragraph, so it depends on the type of paragraph (whether it is inductive, deductive, deductive-inductive, or interactive).
4. Tree ideas usually stand alone.
5. Generally, if the paragraph is not too long, usually the main idea is not equipped with a conjunction.

Characteristics of supporting ideas

Here are the characteristics of supporting ideas:

1. Supporting ideas usually contain specific sentences
2. Supporting ideas are a form of detailed explanation of the main idea.
3. Having a large number of sentences in one paragraph.
4. The sentence is attached to the main idea or cannot stand alone
5. The form of supporting ideas is for example in the form of descriptions, data, examples, statements, and chain of events.
6. Supporting ideas usually use conjunctions.
7. Supporting ideas are located anywhere, can be at the beginning or end of the paragraph, depending on the main idea.

How to Determine Main Ideas and Supporting Ideas

After knowing the difference between the main idea and the supporting idea, then how to determine the main idea and the supporting idea directly?

It may seem difficult, but there are several ways or methods that can help you determine both. Here is an explanation of how to determine the main idea and supporting ideas.

1. Determine the Main Idea

The first is that you have to think about the main idea first. Generally, the main idea can be taken directly from the main sentence. However, we should also know that not all main sentences can be used as main ideas.

2. Determining the Core of the Speech

Usually, the main sentence consists of a complex sentence or a simple sentence unit. So, determining the gist of the discussion usually refers to the gist of the sentence to be discussed, usually containing the subject and predicate, or SPOK (subject, predicate, object, description).

3. Concluding the Main Sentence

Further conclude the main sentence, so that it can then be used as the main idea, you can also reverse the sentence to determine the main idea. For example, in the main sentence containing ‘Papaya leaves have many benefits’ , then you can determine the main idea as in the example below.

• Benefits of papaya leaves
• Various benefits of papaya leaves
• Benefits of papaya leaves

4. Making Paragraphs

Then, after you conclude the main sentence, then you can start making the content of the paragraph. However, if it is difficult to conclude the main sentence, then the main idea can be determined by concluding the content of the paragraph.

Functions of Main Ideas and Supporting Ideas

After knowing how to determine the main idea and supporting idea, you also need to know what the use or function of the main idea and supporting idea is. Here are some of its functions:

1. Make a Summary

The function of having a main idea and a supporting idea is to make a summary. The summary itself consists of various main points that are then combined into one. In finding the main ideas, then you must first know what the main idea is contained in the paragraph.

2. Composing an Essay

The next function is to be able to compose an essay. If we are going to write an essay, usually we will make an essay outline first. In the framework of this essay, contain the main idea that will later be developed with supporting sentences, so as to produce a clear and easy-to-understand essay.

Effective Use of Sentences in an Essay or Other

For those of you who like to write, be it essays, articles, or others, you will usually use effective sentences in the sentences and paragraphs that are compiled, this is of course to be easily understood by the reader.

The sentences that are compiled must be in accordance with the applicable rules as well as good and correct Indonesian spelling. Then, how to use effective sentences?

• Effective sentences usually have important elements that belong to each sentence (both subject and predicate), as well as pay attention to correct and perfect spelling, and how to choose the right diction or word in the sentence.

• Effective sentences should be sentences that are easy for the reader to understand accurately. Even if the sentence is used in oral or written form.

Characteristics of Effective Sentences with Examples

Then effective sentences have characteristics that we can learn, the following are characteristics and examples of effective sentences:

1. Appropriateness

Appropriateness is the balance between the ideas and the language used in the sentence. The first thing you should pay attention to is the completeness of the language structure and its use. So, this is what is meant by matching the structure of the language.

Examples of effective sentences:

• All students are expected to be on time. (ineffective sentence)
• All students are expected to be on time. (effective sentence)

Another example:

• My sister has a fever so she can’t study in groups. (ineffective sentence)
• My sister has a fever so she can’t study in groups. (effective sentence)

2. Parallelism

Parallelism is the similarity of language forms used in sentences. Effective sentences should have a parallel form. For example, if the first sentence uses a noun, then the next sentence must also be related to the noun. If the first sentence uses a verb, then the next sentence must also be related to the verb.

For example:

• In the final stage of the building’s completion, it is to install lighting, wall painting activities, spatial arrangements, and testing the water distribution system.

The sentences are not parallel because the predicate words do not have the same form. In order for the sentence to be effective, the predicate must also be a noun, as follows:

• The final stage of the building’s completion is the installation of lighting, wall painting activities, spatial arrangement, and testing of the water distribution system.

3. Thrift

Prudence is avoiding the use of unnecessary phrases or words. There are two possibilities that make the sentence wasteful and ineffective. The first, usually related to plural words, and the second, related to synonymous words.

For example:

• The students are working on semester test questions. (not effective)
• Students are working on semester exam questions. (effective)

The ineffectiveness of the sentence above is because the word para refers to the plural, while the word students also refers to the number of students who are many or more than one. So, to be effective, remove one of the words that lead to the same word or the plural.

Relationship of Main Idea and Main Idea

If it has been previously discussed what the supporting idea is, you also need to know what the main idea is, and what is its relationship with the main idea. Determining the main idea is a very important thing for a writer to do. Because, the main idea serves to attract the reader’s attention, generally in the form of entertainment, information, and others.

Through this main idea, you can also develop it into a long paragraph or sentence, this is of course so that the information conveyed can be understood and become clearer. Therefore, for those of you who like to write, it is good to first understand what the main idea is.

Because, it is very important to master the main idea, so that the reader can easily understand the information or message contained in it. Because, if the main idea is wrong or inaccurate, it will be difficult for the reader to understand, even boring for the reader.

However, there are still many people who are confused to determine the main idea in a writing or text. Generally, determining the main idea is to find the main idea in a sentence or writing.

Understanding the Main Idea 

Quoting from various sources, the main idea is the main idea or a core of the paragraph. The main idea is then developed in detail into a whole paragraph. The main idea can be located at the beginning or end of the paragraph.

In addition to this main idea, there are also explanatory ideas or supporting ideas, as we have explained their characteristics above. So, this supporting idea is the content of the main idea that is developed into a long sentence and includes the details of the discussion.

The combination of the main idea and the supporting idea is what produces the paragraph as a whole. Usually, in a whole paragraph there is only one main idea.

Characteristics of the Main Idea 

After the explanation of the meaning of the main idea, now it is also important to know its characteristics. What are the characteristics?

Here are the characteristics of the main idea, namely:

• Having supporting sentences or expansion sentences, as a form of explanation.
• Having support in the form of detailed explanations and reasons that strengthen it.
• As the core of the writing or the center of the discussion
• Can be located at the beginning of a paragraph or at the end of a paragraph.
• Has a clear meaning or meaning

So based on the explanation above, we can conclude that the main idea is the core of the paragraph .

How Are Key Ideas Found?

Actually, an effective way to identify the main idea is very simple, it can even be directly poured into the text. Usually, the main idea can be found:

• At the beginning of the paragraph, the first sentence of a paragraph usually explains the subject being discussed.

• In the closing sentence or paragraph, which is usually at the end of the paragraph, it will be discussed again regarding the main idea stated in the summary or information explained in the previous paragraph.

How to Determine the Main Idea in a Paragraph

The main idea is usually not always stated clearly or clearly, so it will be more difficult to identify the main idea when it is inferred (implicit).

However, the main idea can be found through other words in the paragraph. Namely in several ways:

• In a paragraph, it must imply the main idea such as introducing the facts related to the topic to be discussed, before actually stating the topic.

• The main idea can be taken from an implied paragraph, for example taken from facts, examples, or reasons that give advice or guidance related to the main idea. The clues will guide you to find the main idea.

How to Know the Selection of the Right Tree Ideas 

If you can summarize the reading information in your own words, it means that you have absorbed and understood the main idea in the paragraph. So, to achieve that goal, try to follow the steps below:

• Write a summary or short summary in your own words, of what you have read.
• Does the summary you made match the topic in the paragraph?
• Does the summary you made contain the same ideas as the writer’s statement?
• Can you write a title or sub-heading that will summarize you in less than five words?

If you can rearrange the sentence or topic into a question, then determine the content of the summary, has it answered your question? If so, then you have succeeded in choosing the main idea of ​​a paragraph correctly.

The Meaning of Compromise Is – Reader must be familiar with the term compromise? Yes, this term is usually used in the context of negotiation efforts between two or more parties so that the problem becomes easier to solve. Even without realizing it, Reader must have often made this effort to compromise to solve everyday problems.

Especially in our country, which is famous for its multicultural society, there will always be social problems that occur. Whether it happens in the school environment, the work environment, or the home environment. These problems can in fact be resolved through family or peaceful means, but if it is proven that there is a serious violation, then of course you have to go through the legal process. Well, from so many alternative solutions to the problem can also be done with a compromise effort. So really, what is the compromise? In what kind of situations and conditions can we use this effort to compromise to solve the problems that occur? What benefits can be felt after applying this compromise effort in a problem solving?

Well, so that Reader is not confused about that, let’s read the following comments!

Meaning of Compromise

Based on KBBI (Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia), the term “compromise” has a definition in the form of ‘ peaceful agreement or mutual reduction of demands (about disputes and so on) ‘. Meanwhile, according to Joko Untoro, compromise is a form of social problem solving through accommodation which means to get an agreement on the disagreement that has occurred. With this compromise, it is expected to reduce the number of claims between the two concerned parties.

Not only that, compromise can also be referred to as a concept to obtain a mutual agreement through communication between the parties concerned. This compromise is done because there is a difference of opinion or cross opinion which must be resolved by making a new agreement, which of course the new agreement must benefit both parties. Compromise as an effort to solve this problem can also be defined as a process of negotiation or consultation that gives and receives opinions consistently.

A simple example of the application of compromise: there is a young couple about to get married and they both compromise to talk about where to live. The wife does not want to live with her in-laws, neither does the husband. Finally, they made a new agreement in the form of finding a rental house as their temporary residence.

This compromise is included in constructive conflict management, which is a form of accommodation between the parties involved to reduce their demands so that the solution to a dispute can be quickly completed. Conflict management is said to be constructive when in the effort to resolve it, the continuity of the relationship between the related parties is still maintained and they interact harmoniously.

Features of Compromise

An effort to solve a problem or conflict can be called a compromise when it meets the following characteristics.

• The position of both parties involved in the problem is the same.
• Family nature in an effort to reach a mutual agreement.
• Can be done with a cool head alias patiently and calmly.
• Prioritize the discussion step in the process of solving the problem in order to get the best solution.
• Done in order to reduce or even without giving rise to legal claims.

Conditions for Making a Compromise

A problem-solving effort can be called a compromise when doing the following conditions.

• Each of the parties involved should lower their idealism in order to reach a new agreement.
• Each of the parties must reduce their demands in order to reach an agreement.
• Bearing in mind that each party should feel benefited by the existence of the new agreement. If only one party agrees, then it is not a compromise.

Purpose of Compromise

The main purpose of the compromise effort is to resolve the problem or conflict. Some other purposes are as follows.

• So that the relationship between the two parties involved remains well maintained, so that the compromise process can proceed peacefully.
• So that each party involved in the problem gets a win-win solution , aka both parties get a profit from the new agreement.
• Invite the parties who were previously opposed to be willing to work together in solving the problem.

Form of Compromise

Although the main purpose of the compromise is so that the problem or conflict that occurs between the two parties can be quickly resolved, but it turns out that this compromise has two forms that each have their own characteristics, namely as follows.

1. Separation _

That is, the parties involved in the problem or conflict are separated first until they reach a new agreement or agreement.

2. Arbitration _

That is, the form of conflict resolution outside the court by using the method of reconciliation. Usually, a third party will be used as a “referee” or mediator between the two parties.

Types of Compromise

Meanwhile, compromises also have their own types, each of which has specific characteristics as a differentiator, namely as follows.

1. Consensus

That is, the type of compromise with the conflicting parties is found somewhere together. Once they meet, they will find the best solution to the problem at hand. But with a note, that the agreement is not only based on one party.

2. Confrontation

That is, a type of compromise where the conflicting parties face each other directly and express their opinions to each other. In this type of compromise, there must be someone who has a skilled leadership spirit so that conflict resolution can proceed rationally.

3. Distributive Compromise

Namely a type of compromise with the parties involved having time to discuss problem solving. Usually, using a method in the form of dividing some of the profits and losses experienced by both parties, alias split the difference .

The Benefits of Compromise in Everyday Life

This compromise is often applied in everyday life, especially as an effort to resolve problems or conflicts, because it contains various benefits. The benefits are directly felt by the parties involved, namely:

1. Resolve conflicts with family policy.
2. It is considered to be able to solve the problem with a solution that does not harm both parties.
3. It did not cause any casualties, because it was done peacefully.
4. Preventing the occurrence of continuous conflict between the social groups of the community.
5. Alleviate the problems that occur.

Examples of the Application of Compromise in Life

Unknowingly, this compromise is often done by everyone, even Reader is no exception . The problem or conflict that should be resolved in this compromise should not be heavy, but also light things. Well, here is the application of compromise in everyday life.

1. Compromise Between Employees and Superiors

Usually, before starting a new job, an employee will receive a work contract, the content of which can often be changed by mutual agreement. Whether it’s on the work system, the wages received, the duration of work, etc. If the agreement given in the contract is suitable, then the employee can start doing the job properly.

2. Compromise Between Newly Married Couples

There is a young couple about to get married and they both compromise to talk about where to live. The wife does not want to live with her in-laws, neither does the husband. Finally, they made a new agreement in the form of finding a rental house as their temporary residence.

3. Bargaining in the Market Between Sellers and Buyers

In this case, something that must be resolved is not related to a serious problem or conflict, but rather to the mere setting of prices. Even so, it still requires a compromise that is clearly mutually beneficial between the parties. When a seller has set a certain price for an item, but a buyer wants to buy it at a cheaper price. Then, there was a compromise between the two sides and gave a new agreement that could finally be approved.

4. Compromise Between Lecturers and Students

Usually before implementing learning, lecturers from a particular subject will give an agreement to their students about how the assessment system, learning system, and test system will be. Well, the students can “bargain” on the agreement until they reach a new agreement. The compromise that occurred between the two parties was done in order to avoid problems in the future.

Compromise as the Key to Democratic Culture

Based on a research journal article entitled ” Compromise as the Key to Democratic Culture ” by Irena Novarlia, states that compromise is the best and most elegant way, especially in an effort to resolve various differences of interests. Not only that, compromise is also part of democratic culture because it upholds equality, maintains a balance between rights and obligations, cultivates a fair and wise attitude, and prioritizes the unity and unity of the nation.

When talking about democracy, it is actually not an easy concept to understand because it has various meanings. When researched according to its origin, the word “democracy” comes from the Greek language ie demos which means ‘the people’ and kratos which means ‘power or authority ‘. Well, from there it can be concluded that this democracy has a definition in the form of “people who have power” . This concept of democracy has been applied in our country Indonesia by placing the people in a very strategic position in the political system, although the implementation is often different especially with other countries that equally use the concept.

According to Affan, the meaning of this democratic culture can be seen normatively and empirically. When normatively, democracy should ideally be done by a country. While empirically, then this democracy is a manifestation of the political world. Empirically, this democracy is considered to have been accepted by society, because its norms are in accordance with what is happening in society.

In a democratic culture of course it has its principles. According to Miriam Budiarjo, the principles of democratic culture are as follows.

• The existence of constitutional protection, that is, the existence of the constitution not only guarantees the rights of individuals, but also determines the procedure to obtain protection for the rights it guarantees.
• There is an independent and impartial judiciary.
• Having a free, honest, and fair general election.
• Freedom to express an opinion for every citizen.
• Freedom of association or organization.
• There is citizenship education that is implemented in educational institutions.

Meanwhile, Henry B. Mayo also used to think about the principles in the running of the democratic system in a country, among others.

• Resolve disputes or conflicts peacefully and institutionally.
• Organize leadership change on a regular basis.
• Guaranteeing the peaceful change that occurs in a society.
• Limit the use of force.
• Acknowledge and value diversity.
• Ensuring justice is done.

Well, from those principles there is a principle that states that disputes or conflicts should be resolved peacefully, one of which is through this compromise. Compromise is a normal thing to do in family, community, and national life as a precise way to find a solution. This compromise is also considered to be the key to the existence of a democratic culture, if it is able to give birth to an experience where participating institutions can comply with their agreement.

Compromise that is done intelligently, turns out to be able to be a condition for a democracy. All citizens will have a solid basis on the awareness of the importance of developing compromise in the life of society and the country. Even if these existing decisions are taken without prior compromise, it often causes unstable things, especially for the parties involved.

Principles of Compromise in Democratic Culture

The existence of compromise principles does need to be developed as a key to democratic culture, namely in the form of:

1. Upholding Equality

Compromise is said to be the key to democratic culture because it means that everyone should be willing to share and be open in accepting differences of opinion, criticism, and suggestions from others. Thus, through this compromise also at the same time teaches that every human being has the same dignity and degree as a creature created by the Almighty God.

2. Maintaining a Balance Between Rights and Obligations

Compromise is said to be the key to democratic culture because in this social life, there are boundaries that must be respected together in the form of other people’s property rights. The application of these rights is not something absolute and without limits, but rather a form to create an order of daily life that is responsible to God as the creator, oneself, and others in the best possible way.

Therefore, through the effort of compromise, every human being on this earth still receives the nature of basic rights from the Almighty God in the form of the right to life, the right to freedom, and the right to own something.

3. Cultivating a Fair and Wise Attitude

Compromise is said to be the key to democratic culture when the society is able to develop a wise and fair culture, especially in order to create a life that respects the dignity and dignity of others. Not only that, every human being should also not discriminate and maintain unity and unity in the surrounding community.

A fair attitude in terms of compromise means that all parties involved must be willing to sacrifice half of their will in order to “win” a mutual agreement.

4. Consultation and Consensus

Compromise is said to be the key to democratic culture and occurs when in decision-making efforts, it is done through deliberation and consensus which is a form of basic value of Indonesian culture that has existed for a long time. Yes, in this consultation and consensus activity, it turns out that it means that on every occasion related to decision-making, it must be preceded by a compromise and be ready to listen to the opinions of various parties. Compromise in this consultation and consensus activity will certainly produce a decision that is able to satisfy the parties involved while avoiding the emergence of conflict.

5. Prioritizing Associations and National Unions

Compromise is said to be the key to democratic culture and occurs when in living the life of this community and state, we prioritize public interest over personal interest. From the awareness of every citizen of this matter, it turns out that it can be a form of love for the nation and the country.

Well, that’s the commentary on what compromise is and the form of compromise that turns out to be an important part of the democratic system in our country. 

Understanding Comprehensive – We will definitely think and wonder when we hear the word “comprehensive”. Most of us also do not really understand the meaning of the word, although it is quite familiar to our ears. We will usually hear this word when reading the news, both on television and in the mass media.

In general, comprehensive is interpreted as something that is comprehensive. This is what makes the meaning also changeable to adapt to the topic of conversation that is being discussed because it is comprehensive. Friends of Sinaumedia need to understand it well and correctly in order to be able to use this word according to the context of the conversation. An explanation of the meaning of the word “comprehensive” will be displayed below.

Comprehensive understanding

The term comprehensive may still sound foreign to some members of the public. However, for those of you who work in academic and professional fields, you may hear this word more often and of course better understand its meaning and usage.

Comprehensive is an adjective form that comes from the English language, namely comprehensive , which means “comprehensive”, “comprehensive”, and “covers many things”. This term is used to express something that explains information completely, broadly, and in more detail.

According to the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), there are three meanings of the word “comprehensive”, namely:

• a is able to catch (receive) well.
• a broad and complete (about scope or content).
• a has and shows a broad vision.

In short, many people understand the term “global” as something that is seen more broadly, for example a discussion that is done comprehensively is a discussion that is done more widely and deeply. However, not only comprehensive and holistic, comprehensive is actually a term with many word matches, namely universal, encyclopedic, extensive, deep, and many more. A global mindset can also be understood as the ability to produce broad knowledge.

The Use of Comprehensive Words in the Scientific Field

1. Field of Philosophy

Open thinking or encompassing all things comprehensively in the field of philosophy is a way of looking at something that fully covers different aspects. Through this philosophical thinking, one can understand and know something completely. Comprehensive to the smallest part useful to solve problems well.

2. Health field

Comprehensive treatment in the field of health care is an action performed by a doctor on a patient as a whole, which involves various diseases in general, that is, from the time the disease is detected until the patient is cured. Comprehensive practice is usually done by general practitioners who deal with various common diseases that occur in the community.

3. Accounting field

The term comprehensive in the field of accounting is usually used to describe a process or principle of preparing financial statements, including a full profit and loss statement for a better overview. This is also done to measure business success during the accounting period.

4. Field of Services

The term comprehensive in the field of services means comprehensive provision, namely prevention (prevention), promotion (promoso), treatment/rehabilitation (healing), and rehabilitation efforts for customers or communities in need.

5. Field of Leadership

Global and comprehensive thinking is very beneficial for aspects of life, especially if it is developed. The advantage of having a global mindset is creating a proactive attitude. Without a proactive attitude, a leader cannot exercise leadership effectively and efficiently.

Examples of Comprehensive Sentences

You can consider the following example to better understand the meaning of the word “comprehensive”.

State schools in Jakarta provide comprehensive services for students who want to pursue education.

The comprehensive understanding of the sentence above, which is that all state schools in Jakarta provide complete services and do not look at the social status of their prospective students, through the efforts of government education programs, freeing up fees for students who cannot afford it, and providing education for all students who want to go to school.

The comprehensive services provided by puskesmas in the old Kebayoran area can treat patients who do not have enough money for treatment in private hospitals.

The comprehensive meaning of the sentence above is a statement from a government agency (in this case: a health center) that provides comprehensive services to all patients, both ordinary people and the underprivileged. They are examined according to their pain complaints and are given medicine that is suitable for the disease regardless of their social status.

The Sinaumedia company comprehensively accepts student interns who apply to the company.

The meaning of the comprehensive phrase above is business profit. In detail, the sentence above explains the business relationship between the two parties, namely the Sinaumedia company and the student intern. Both gain; the company makes a profit from employing students, while the students benefit from work experience and receive payment for their work.

All universities in Indonesia are required to hold a comprehensive test for all final semester students.

The meaning of the phrase comprehensive above is the conduct of tests that cover all aspects of a particular field of science. Through this test, a student can be known to meet the requirements to pass or not.

Comprehensive Mindset

An example of a comprehensive mindset:

A mindset that a person should also have is a global mindset. According to KBBI, the concept of comprehensiveness is very broad and covers many things. A global mindset is an open and non-exclusive (closed) mindset, which means having an attitude of valuing other people’s thoughts and the ability to adapt to diversity.

Thinking proactively, creatively, and positively is also part of open and global thinking. If we look at the relationship between the four mindsets, we will know that holistic mindsets are formed from active, creative, and positive mindsets. Three closely related points of view.

Positive spirit and creative ideas can give rise to a proactive mindset, while creative ideas can give rise to a positive mindset. In general, a person with a “positive mindset” has a good life. This situation can stimulate their creativity.

Benefits of a Comprehensive Mindset

Four mindsets are very beneficial for life when developed. For example, a proactive mindset will be very helpful in the field of leadership. For those of you who enjoy working in an organization, you really need to have a proactive attitude so that the organization’s vision and mission can run smoothly. Without being proactive, a leader will not be able to lead effectively and efficiently.

For a creative state of mind, this is very useful in the field of art. People who like to scribble on the wall in any place should develop well and accurately. For example when entering an art studio. For those who are aware of the need for the presence of others, they should develop a positive and understanding attitude. Without this attitude, people will not be able to establish good relationships with each other. Especially for people with different social backgrounds, religions, tribes and other differences. Building relationships with others will be covered in the next topic.

Comprehensive Understanding

A comprehensive/deep understanding can mean that every existing health problem should be approached through:

Every incident of contact between journalists and sources, then all the problems of the authenticity of the news should be known, covered, and disseminated openly in the mass media. It is not limited to clichéd topic problems that have been reported by the source at that time, but also explores various actual news information that has never been discussed by the mass media before. This news can be found by the public through various media such as television and newspapers.

Every incident of contact between journalists and sources, then the problem regarding the authenticity of the news should be resolved through efforts: Interviews (directly), Observations (directly researched), as well as good media Promotion.

Comprehensive Research Object

1. Comprehensive Literature Research

The object of literary studies is actually very comprehensive. Perhaps, as long as humans need literature, as long as everyone is able to conduct research on various aspects related to the existence of literature. This situation can of course be caused by many factors. Some of them can be mentioned below.

First, literary studies cover a very wide field. In terms of terms, literary studies can include the study of traditional literature, oral literature and ancient literature, as well as modern literature.

Second, literary studies have many works. Judging by its variety, literary studies can be done on various types of poetry, novels and short stories, dramas, and critical essays.

Third, literary studies face various problems that have never been resolved, considering that literature is always in tension between convention and innovation. Evaluation of research objects, literary research can be focused on the question of literary texts, which are always born and continue to be born, never die. Although he was almost dead, he was revived by the quest itself.

Fourth, literary studies can be done in a targeted manner by considering everything related to the process and development of literature. Judging from its birth and development, literary studies can be in-depth about a work or a number of works born in a certain period of time. Scholars can focus their attention on a single work, but can also position it in the long story of its journey. In this case, the researcher places one of the literary works in its historical context.

Fifth, literary studies can be done by placing the text in its context. Seen from the literary system, literary studies can be directed at the existence of authors as producers of works, literary texts as cultural products, publishers – including mass media – as parties or organizations that enable works to be published and disseminated, readers and connoisseurs. and meaning makers, and readers or critics as parties who are considered to have knowledge and skills in the field of literature in various matters.

Of course, we can still make lists of other elements longer. In this case, the entire study is included in what is called literary science or in technical terms it is called literary criticism (criticism). Other terms used in this sense are literary studies, literary studies, or literary studies.

What steps should be taken when studying one of the aspects of such a complete document. How to choose and easily identify the object of literary study that you want to do. Then what should we consider when we study the world of literature with its various problems.

The University’s documentary research is included in scientific activities. There are certain conditions and procedures that we must follow. Scientific activities that require the use of theoretical frameworks, methodologies, and other tools often become a kind of rule in scientific activities. Of course, in this case we have to choose, use and operate one (or one of two) approaches – among several available approaches – that we can consider accurate and suitable as an analytical tool. These are some possible things – leaving nothing out – tending to rely on theory and methodology, without feeling the need to expose his own work, which is meant to be an object or a document. his research. This tendency also causes academia to be very conservative in theory and methodology, which often, even tend to ignore the existence of literary works themselves. This is one of the problems of literary research in the academic world.

Before getting into the discussion of what steps scholars should take to conduct, develop, develop, and stimulate literary research, let us first consider Tanaka’s opinion.

Ronald Tanaka divides literary studies into two main systems, namely the macro system and the micro system. Although this concept is consistent with the ideas of Rene Wellek and Austin Warren about what he calls the extrinsic approach and the intrinsic approach, Tanaka’s ideas, especially about macrosystems, involve a much wider scope of research.

In this regard, Tanaka tries to question the existence of the author as a producer of the work, the role of the publisher that he places within the framework of the production and reproduction system, the reader as a conveyer of meaning, and as a critic. sometimes affect the author’s image. To illustrate further, let us consider the problem.

2. Writer System

Writers in the literary macro system are not placed more heavily than readers. It must be acknowledged that the birth and birth of the literary world was created by the existence of the author. Thus, even though it is the author who authorizes the birth of a literary work, within the framework of the literary system, he is still considered as important as other parties who play a role in revitalizing the existence of the literary world.

Authors as creators and producers of literary works, in this modern era their capacity is no longer based on natural talent, talent but also on wisdom. A modern writer must really be able to create a world; the world he built through language. This ability will certainly exist in the same world, if it also does not expand the horizon of knowledge. So, a modern writer is required to have extensive knowledge, so that he can continue to create and not run out of material.

3. Publication System

In modern literature, a publisher is a party or organization authorized to produce and reproduce literary works. In this sense, including the mass media (magazines and newspapers) which also play a similar role. In literary texts, publishers and mass media are often bound by certain interests (ideological, economic). Therefore, in the process of publishing and releasing a literary work, it cannot be avoided that there are other parties who participate in the process of production and re-publishing. In this relationship, the involvement of the parties often affects the formal structure of the job.

4. Reader System

In the literary macrosystem, there is no distinction between connoisseurs or ordinary readers, professional readers and critical or critical readers (researchers). Ronald Tanaka places professional readers and critical or critical readers in a critical system. However, the presence of readers in this system is still considered important because in many ways, readers often influence the conditions and conditions of literary life. Thus, the existence of the reader cannot be ignored. They are often considered by writers and publishers. Thus, a literary work written with a specific target audience not only forces the writer to consider issues outside the text, but also forces the editor to make a typical compromise with the writer. Because of this compromise, the writer often felt disadvantaged and therefore had to improve, or even modify, the text according to the wishes of the editor by considering the (taste) of the reader. Popular literature – which emphasizes the reader’s desire – and propaganda literature which aims to influence the reader’s ideology – are examples.

Conclusion

So much for a brief discussion about the comprehensive meaning. This discussion does not only discuss the definition of the word comprehensive but also discusses the correct use of the word comprehensive, the benefits of a comprehensive mindset, example sentences and objects of comprehensive research. The word “comprehensive” helps us a lot in opening up our vision because its very broad scientific coverage helps us think more openly in accepting new knowledge.

Definition of competence – In the field of work, of course you often hear terms or words about competence. Where, the word competence itself comes from the English language, namely competence or competency which has the meaning of skill, ability, and authority.

The definition of competence is a combination of knowledge, skills, and personality attributes of a person so that they are able to improve their performance and contribute to the success of the organization.

In addition, competence also has the meaning of the capacity that exists in a person and can make that person able to fulfill what is indicated by the job in an organization so that the organization can achieve the expected results.

 

Definition of Competence

Actually, what is meant by competence? In general, the notion of competence is an ability or skill possessed by a person in doing a job or task in a certain field, in accordance with the position he holds.

Meanwhile, other opinions say that the meaning of competence is a skill, knowledge, basic attitude, and value that exists in a person and is reflected in the ability to think and act consistently. In other words, that competence is not only about a person’s knowledge and ability but also about the willingness to do what is known so as to produce benefits.

Where, according to Jack Gordon in 1998 stated that there are 6 (six) aspects contained in the concept of competence, namely:

• Knowledge or Knowledge
• Understanding or Understanding
• Ability or Skill
• Value or Value
• Attitude or Attitude
• Interest or interest.

Etymologically, the word “competence” was adopted from the English language, namely “competence” or “competence” which has the meaning of skill, ability and authority. Therefore, the understanding of competence is a combination of knowledge, skills, and personality attributes of a person so as to be able to improve performance and contribute to the success of the organization.

 

Definition of Competence Based on Members

So that you can be clearer and better understand the meaning of competence, then you need to refer to the opinions of the following experts.

1. According to Stephen Robbin

Based on the opinion of Stephen Robin (2007:38), the meaning of competence is an ability or capacity of a person to perform various tasks in a job. Where, the ability is determined by intellectual and physical factors.

2. According to Van Looy, Van Dierdonck, and Gemmell

According to the opinion of Van Looy, Van Dierdonck, and Gemmell in 1998, said that the meaning of competence is a human characteristic that is interconnected with performance effectiveness that can be seen from behavior, way of thinking, and acting style.

3. According to Sedarmayanti

According to Sedarmayanti, the meaning of competence is a characteristic that underlies a person and is related to the effectiveness of an individual’s performance in carrying out their work.

4. According to AA Anwar Prabu Mangkunegara

AA Anwar Prabu Mangkunegara said that the concept of competence is a fundamental factor that exists in someone who has more ability and makes him different from other people with average ability.

Law No. 13 of 2003

Meanwhile, based on Law No. 13 of 2003 on Employment, states that work competence is the work ability of each individual which includes aspects of knowledge, skills, and aspects of knowledge, skills, and work attitudes that are in accordance with the set standards.

Types of Competence

There are several opinions of experts that explain the types of competence. Here are some opinions of experts who explain about the types of competence, among them:

1. According to Members Dean Lyle Spencer and Matthew Lyle Spencer

As already mentioned in the book Surya Dharma in 2003, that Dean Lyle Spencer and Matthew Lyle Spencer said competence can be divided into 2 (two) parts, among others:

a. Basic Competency or Threshold Competency

Basic competence is the main characteristic that a person must have in order to be able to perform the tasks in his job. Such as the ability to write, read, etc.

b. Differentiating Competency

Differentiating competencies are various factors that distinguish individuals with high performance from individuals with low performance.

2. According to Charles E. Johnson

As already explained in the book Wina Sanjaya (2005:34), that Charles E. Johnson said competence can be categorized into 3 (three) parts, namely:

a. Personal competence

Personal competence is an individual’s ability in matters related to the development of a person’s personality.

b. Professional Competency

Professional competence is an individual’s ability in matters related to the implementation and completion of certain tasks at work.

c. Social Competency

Social competence is an individual’s ability in matters related to life and social interests.

3. According to Kunandar

Kunandar said that competence can be classified into 5 (five) types, namely:

a. Intellectual Competence

Intellectual competence is a tool of knowledge possessed by an individual that is required in performing his job.

b. Physical Competence

Physical competence is the physical ability of an individual that is required to perform tasks at work.

c. Personal Competence 

Personal competence is a behavioral device related to the individual’s ability to understand oneself, realize oneself, self-identity, and self-transformation.

d. Social Competence

Social competence is a certain behavioral device that is the basis of self-understanding as part of the social environment.

e. Spiritual Competence

Spiritual competence is an individual’s ability to understand, appreciate, and practice religious rules.

Competency Benefits

Individual competence has a very important role in the effectiveness of the implementation of work and professional tasks. According to Ruky in Edy Sutrisno’s book in 2010, he says that large companies use competence as a basis for recruiting workers. As for some of the benefits of recruiting jobs with competence, among others:

1. Clarify work standards and expectations that the company wants to achieve.
2. individual competence can be used as a potential workforce selection tool.
3. The skills of the workforce will maximize the company’s productivity.
4. competence or skills of the workforce can be used as a basis in developing the remuneration system.
5. Competence can also help the company to be able to adapt to the changes that occur.
6. competence can facilitate companies in coordinating work behavior with organizational values.

Factors Affecting Competence

There are several factors that affect competence, including the following:

1. Confidence and Values

Confidence in oneself or in others will greatly influence behavior. If the person does not believe that they are not creative and innovative, then they will not try to think about new or different ways of doing things.

Because of this, a person who has high confidence and values ​​usually tends to have good competence in himself.

2. Skills

The skills referred to here are abilities in various competencies. For example, skills in performing public speaking skills such as skills that can be learned, practiced, and improved. writing skills can also be improved with instruction, practice and feedback.

These skills should be honed continuously so that the competencies possessed can continue to grow. That way, will be more ready to compete with others.

3. Experience

Competence also requires experience, such as experience organizing people, communicating with many people, finding solutions, and so on. With this experience, one can learn and not repeat the same mistakes. This experience itself can be obtained from anywhere, it can be from a mistake or when facing various kinds of problems.

4. Personality Characteristics

A person’s competence is influenced by a person’s personality characteristics. A person’s characteristics and personality are influenced by the strength and surrounding environment. In other words, if an environment has a good support system , it can produce good characteristics as well. Therefore, don’t make the mistake of having an environment, Reader.

5. Motivation

Motivation is a factor in competence that can be changed by providing encouragement, appreciation for work under HAM, giving recognition and individual attention from superiors can have a positive impact on the motivation of a subordinate. With this motivation, then a person will be more enthusiastic in carrying out various activities.

6. Emotional Issues

Emotional barriers can limit the mastery of competence. Self-doubt tends to limit motivation and initiative. For this reason, in order for competence to continue to develop, the emotions in oneself must also be controlled.

7. Intellectual Ability

A person’s competence can also depend on cognitive thinking such as conceptual thinking and analytical thinking.

8. Organizational Culture

Organizational culture can have an impact on the competence of human resources in activities such as recruitment and selection of employees, decision-making practices, and so on.

Competency Indicators

Competence has several indicators, among which are the following:

1. Knowledge

The first indicator of competence is knowledge. Knowledge is awareness in the cognitive field.

2. Understanding 

In this case, understanding is cognitive and effective that is owned by individuals.

3. Ability

Ability is something that an individual possesses in order to perform tasks and jobs that are assigned to employees.

4. Attitude

What is meant by attitude is a feeling or reaction to a stimulus that comes from the outside.

5. Interest

Interest is a person’s tendency to do something.

How to Improve Work Competence

The company is also obliged to help improve the employee’s work competence because it affects each other between the employee and the company. There are various kinds of activities to be able to improve the competence of employees.

However, the activities carried out must be done continuously. So that it can maintain the competence of employees in it, evaluate when there is still poor performance, or develop the quality of employee performance so that it becomes better. The following is the best way to improve employee work competence.

1. Professional Skill Training

The job training program is an important agenda that must be held by the company in order to improve the employee’s work competence. Job training programs are also implemented in order to maintain the company’s productivity and performance.

2. Job Enrichment

Job Enrichment is an activity that gives the job desk and greater responsibility towards employees. The improvement of this job desk can be in the form of system complexity or the quantity of the job desk itself.

In it, employees will feel challenged to be able to carry out new tasks and responsibilities. So that their competence can improve automatically.

3. Comparative Study

Comparative study is an activity that can be carried out by the company in order to increase knowledge in its application in the company so that the application can be done well and the competence of employees can increase.

This comparative study is generally carried out by companies operating in similar industries as well as competitors.

In addition, comparative studies will also motivate employees to be more innovative and more creative at work. Then, employee competence will develop automatically due to the motivation.

4. Department Promotion

Department promotion is the transfer of duties from one department to another department with a higher level of income, benefits, responsibility, job desk, and even greater potential to improve one’s career. A new set of tasks given by employees will then motivate them to work harder than usual.

5. Job Rotation

The work routine that is just that will certainly make employees feel bored and saturated quickly, so that it will reduce productivity. That in turn will be able to lower the competence of employees, therefore job rotation is needed.

Work rotation is the transfer of employees from branches or other places in accordance with the same job desk and division as before. Later, an employee will have a new routine that is certainly not boring. That way, it will encourage them to work more effectively and efficiently.

6. Build Teamwork

In a company, of course, it will consist of a variety of different individual backgrounds. Even so, building teamwork is very necessary to facilitate and speed up the company in realizing its goals.

The cooperation carried out by each individual in a good teamwork will create faster and more accurate solutions in facing the company’s challenges.

7. Creating a Pleasant Work Environment

A pleasant work environment can be achieved in a variety of ways, for example the arrangement of sufficient facilities that are needed by the employees as well as building a harmonious work atmosphere between fellow employees. Facilities that make it easier for employees will make them work more focused.

Meanwhile, a harmonious working atmosphere between each employee will make employees more comfortable and will foster a sense of belonging to the company. A combination of these methods can make the work environment more pleasant for employees.

8. Carrying out activities outside the routine

This activity outside the work routine can take the form of eating together or any reaction. Although it is not implemented too often, it is a good way to make employees more comfortable in their work environment. When they feel more comfortable, then they will be more motivated to improve their work competence automatically.

9. Personal Development

Individual personality is something that cannot be separated by everyone. Therefore, the HRD team must be able to create an activity that can develop the personality of each employee in a good way. The personality of the salary will make the working relationship between each employee more compact.

Basically, everyone has their own competence. Even so, competence can still be improved as long as there is a desire in a person. Therefore, never give up on improving competence.

Thus the discussion about the meaning of competence to how to improve competence.

What is the meaning of commodities? Commodities are no stranger to the economic world. For those who are involved in the economic world may already be familiar with the term commodity.

However, many still do not know what the meaning of commodity is. Therefore, this article will discuss about commodities.

Starting from the concept of commodity in general, the concept of commodity in language, the concept of commodity in economics, types of commodities, types, until the trading system.

Definition of Commodity

A commodity is an item or product that can be traded. Trading itself is a job related to the activity of selling and buying an item. Of course the goal is to make a profit.

Same thing, the purpose of this commodity is also to get a profit. Commodity trading can also be done through barter. In that case, the meaning is that an item will be exchanged for another item or product.

However, it has a note. The value of the two items to be exchanged must match. Only then can the two items or products be exchanged for each other.

According to other opinions, the meaning of commodity is a real thing. Those things tend to be easy to trade. In addition, it can also be submitted in physical form.

Commodities can also be stored for a certain period of time. And, it can be exchanged with other goods of the same type, which investors trade on the futures exchange.

According to KBBI or Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia, commodity has the meaning of the main trade product. It can also be said to be a commodity. In general, raw products can be classified based on several things, namely quality and compliance with international trade standards. Examples are coffee, wheat, corn, rubber, rice and so on.

Based on the explanations above, it can be concluded that the concept of commodity is a main trade product. In addition, it can also be said that the definition of commodity is other goods that can be traded, as import or export goods.

The purpose of selling and buying these commodities is nothing but to make a profit. In a more general context, indices, foreign currencies and instruments can also be classified as commodities. Reason, including as an easy product when you want to trade. So, the concept of commodity does not only refer to the daily needs of the community.

Definition of Commodity in Language

The meaning of the word commodity is something pleasant in service and quality. In the root of the Latin language, it is called commodity. Refers to various ways in accurate measurement.

From a state of time. Good condition, good quality, ability to produce something or property, and added profit value.

In Germany, goods or products offered for sale are called die ware. While in France it is called produit de base. For example, industrial raw materials, energy or other goods.

In Indonesia itself, it can be said to be merchandise, raw materials or merchandise. These things can be classified based on their quality. Something with international trade standards. Such as coffee, rubber, wheat and so on.

Understanding Commodities in Economics

In treating this commodity, the market does not pay attention to the producer or brand that produces it. As an illustration, for example wheat. Starting from the principle, the market will not bother to problematize who has produced the commodity.

What is a boy from Russia? What is a farmer from India? Or a capitalist from England? The market will treat the commodity accordingly.

Commodity Nature

• A good will be produced and sold by many producers. The manufacturer is different.
• An item will be uniform in quality in each marketing chain.

Based on the two properties of the commodity, the consumer or the market cannot distinguish the goods that will be produced by the producer. They can distinguish one producer from another.

However, not all tangible goods are commodities. For example such as clothing convection. Although mass-produced, not based on orders by many manufacturers, a garment convection is not included as a commodity.

Clothing is a thing that has an existence, which is used by everyone. However, clothing is not the basic material. Clothing is a finished product.

Economists say that clothing is product differentiation from fabric. Commodities will experience the expansion of the definition along with the development of technology and science.

Currently, commodities are not only dominated by products from agriculture or mining. However, commodities have also penetrated financial products. Examples are indices and foreign currencies. In addition, also information technology products, for example such as mobile phone bandwidth.

Commodity Product Types

1. Metal

The first type of commodity product is metal. Commodities of this type of metal consist of goods or products produced from mining activities, and are metallic in nature. Commodities of this type can also be divided into two more types.

The two types are precious metals and industrial metals. For precious metal types, examples are gold, platinum, silver and palladium. In general, this commodity is calculated using troy ounces. However, specifically for gold products, jufa trading activities can be done using units in the form of kilograms.

On the other hand, industrial metals are products referred to as nickel, cobalt, copper, aluminum, tin, magnesium, titanium and so on. Typically, added products of this type will be traded using metric units. It can be ounces, kilograms, even tons.

2. Energy

The type of energy commodity is also as hard as metal. Energy commodities can also be in the form of all products produced from minerals. And in the form of exploration.

However, the product can be used by humans as a fuel. Generally, products from this energy commodity will be traded on an international scale. Use metric units, tons or barrels.

Some examples of energy commodities in natural gas, coal, diesel, unleaded gasoline and petroleum (Brent Crude Oil and Light Sweet Crude Oil).

3. Agriculture

The third type of commodity product is agriculture. Most of the products obtained from an agricultural product can be used to meet human needs. Agricultural commodities can also be divided into two groups.

The two groups, among others, are agricultural products and forestry products. Examples of agricultural products include soybeans, rice, sugar, corn, wheat, coffee and so on. Examples of forestry products are rattan palm, rubber and so on.

In trading, products from agricultural commodities will be calculated using units of ounces, kilograms, tons and bushels.

4. Livestock

The last type of commodity is livestock. Animal husbandry products are products derived from animal husbandry. Sufficient livestock.

Examples are meat, milk and food. Examples of mother farm commodities are cows, beef, cow’s milk, chicken, chicken meat, pork, pork, animal feed and so on. In trading, this type of livestock will generally be sold using pounds.

Commodity Type

Here is the explanation:

1. Hard commodities

Hard commodities are various variants obtained from natural products. Through activities such as mining or extraction. Some kind of petroleum, metal, etc.

This type of commodity will mostly be dominated by various energy products. Examples are coal, natural gas, and oil. Therefore, it is not surprising if a country that depends on the export of these products will have a currency value that is very influential on volatility.

Inu applies to the volatility of commodity prices to the country or region that the country exports to.

2. Soft commodities

The type of soft commodity is a type of product variant obtained from forestry, agriculture and animal husbandry. Examples are sugar, rice, soybeans, salt, rubber, cow’s milk, corn, coffee beans, fish, palm oil, chicken meat, teak wood and so on.

The price of this type of soft commodity has a fluctuating movement. This means that the price can rise and fall suddenly. It is caused by the influence of natural conditions.

Therefore, the price of the commodity cannot be predicted accurately. This type of commodity is also not always available in every region and country. This is also due to natural conditions. Such as the influence of climate and weather.

Commodity Trading System

Commodity prices depend on the amount of demand and supply from the market. Price fluctuations have become a risk that is generally felt by commodity traders.

An increase or decrease in price can occur due to several factors. Some of these factors include weather conditions, intensive or government restrictions, production capacity, season, political situation and so on.

That is what will make commodity trading have a future contract. It will consist of basic standards. On the minimum amount and quality of commodities that will be traded later.

When talking about commodity trading, there are two types of trading that are generally present in the market. First, known as the manufacturer. Second, known as speculators. Both of these things have differences that are quite significant.

For a producer, a futures contract will be used to protect the value or price of the commodity. This is done until the contract is completed.

Examples of commodity traders with this type are soybean farmers. It performs value protection from the risk of price loss. That is done if the price of soybeans will drop before the harvest time arrives.

Through a futures contract, the farmer will be able to sell soybeans while they are still planted. That makes the selling price more determined until harvest time arrives later.

As for speculators, they are traders in the commodity market. The merchant does trading activities. The purpose is to make a profit. Speculators will take profit by relying on a price fluctuation.

Therefore, speculators generally do not own futures contracts. However, it can be profitable. This is done by taking advantage of fluctuating commodity prices.

That’s a brief explanation of commodities. Starting from the concept of commodity in general, the concept of commodity in language, the concept of commodity in economics, the types, until the trading system.

 

Definition of Commodity – In the world of commerce, commodity is a term that is often found. However, does Reader know the meaning of the term commodity?

Definition of Commodity

Based on the definition from the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), commodity is the main merchandise or merchandise. Commodities can also be defined as raw materials that can be classified according to their quality and conform to international trade standards, such as rubber, coffee, and wheat. In addition, commodity also has the meaning as a basic merchandise, commercial commodity, which can be classified according to the quality of international standards.

Commodities are goods or products that can be traded for profit. Therefore, it can be concluded that a commodity is a group of things that have an invisible form that can be stored for a certain period of time to be exchanged for other products that are equivalent in type and price.

The experts revealed that the concept of commodity is something that has an existence and is easily traded, can be transferred, can be stored for a certain period of time, and can be exchanged for other similar products.

The quality of the commodity goods conforms to international trade standards. Examples are coffee, wheat, rice, rubber, corn, etc. In addition, commodity products do not just cover daily needs such as groceries.

Some mining products such as precious metals gold, silver, aluminum, and energy resources such as coal and natural gas are also included as commodity categories. Forex, indices, and other commodities can also be included in the classification as commodities because they can be traded.

Commodity trading can be done by exchanging it for goods or products with the note that the value of the two goods has been considered to be equivalent. In general, goods or products that are considered as commodities are the main trade goods, products of the earth, and also handicrafts that can be used for export trade. After understanding the meaning of commodities, Reader should also understand the various characteristics of the commodity market. Here is the complete explanation.

Commodity Market Characteristics

One of the most common characteristics in the commodity market is the stability of the principle in terms of demand and supply. That is to say, all aspects of the two principles are believed to have great influence in the commodity market.

The principle that is the main influence of the commodity market is that demand cannot be met when the available supply is limited. On the other hand, that the available supply will also be wasted if the demand for the item is limited.

Commodity Type

1. Energy Commodity

The first type of commodity is energy commodity. The meaning of energy commodities is actually related to the presence of energy in the earth such as fuel and a number of other mining products.

In general, commodities or products that belong to this type include petroleum such as gasoline, diesel, crude oil, light sweet crude, and brent crude oil. Not only that, the type of energy commodity also often trades coal with units such as tons, barrels, and metric.

2. Mining Commodities

The next type of commodity is mining commodity. Broadly speaking, mining commodities are divided into two groups namely precious metals and industrial metals. Some of the Reader must have known that examples of precious metal mining commodities can be in the form of gold, silver, platinum, or palladium.

Meanwhile, examples of industrial metal mining commodities have a larger scope, including iron, aluminum, copper, magnesium, titanium, nickel, tin, carbon, and many more.

3. Agricultural Commodities

In the agricultural sector, the concept of commodities is products that are produced directly from nature and are generally divided into two general groups, namely agricultural products and forestry products.

Meanwhile, agricultural commodities include various types of natural products that function as consumables such as rice, sugar, soybeans, wheat, coffee and so on.

4. Livestock Commodities

The last type of commodity is livestock commodity. From the name alone, it is certainly known that the products offered generally cover the entire animal husbandry sector, starting from animal feed, eggs, milk, and also meat from farm animals such as chicken, duck, fish, goat and cow.

Commodity Futures

Have Reader heard of commodity futures? In the trading world, commodity futures is a sale and purchase agreement on a commodity that has previously been determined regarding the price and time of sale with specifics.

Some examples of future commodities are metals, energy sources, and even foodstuffs. Considering its long-term nature, the price of the commodity is usually determined even far before the sale contract is executed.

With such an event, the seller can obtain certainty that the commodity will definitely be purchased so that both parties can prevent a decrease in demand or limited supplies.

Some examples of export commodities from Indonesia that are also applied using the futures system include textile, rubber, and automotive products.

Commodity Classification Based on Properties

Bearing in mind that commodities are things that can be traded through import and export, here are some classifications that are important to note before doing the buying and selling process:

1. Soft Commodity

The definition of soft commodity is goods or products that are generally the result of the agriculture, forestry, and animal husbandry sectors. For example, food ingredients that come from plants, various types of meat from farm animals, and plants that come from forests such as palm oil, and many more.

The commodity is named as a soft commodity because its type and price tend to present fluctuating movements so that it can go up or down without warning and can happen suddenly depending on the climatic conditions of the surrounding area.

Therefore, the price and availability of soft commodities usually cannot be accurately predicted considering the climate and weather conditions that keep changing and have significant differences in each region of the country.

3. Hard Commodities

Hard commodities are products that are generally the result of extraction from large mines that include petroleum and precious metals. Experts say that hard commodities are often dominated by energy commodities such as coal, petroleum, and natural gas.

Commodity Trading System

One of the most common characteristics of the commodity market is the stability of the principle in terms of demand and supply. This means that all aspects of the two principles are a great influence in the commodity market.

The principle that is the main influence in the commodity market is that demand cannot be met when supply is limited. On the other hand, a lot of supply will be useless if the amount of demand is limited.

This often creates a risk that the price of goods will fluctuate and can have a negative impact on commodity trade.

In general, actors in the commodity market can be divided into two, namely producers and speculators. Although both have the same profession, trading, but the principles they adhere to are still different. For example, producers often do price protection by using futures contracts so that their commodities do not fall in price before harvest time arrives.

Meanwhile, speculators have a principle not to apply futures contracts and tend to choose to take advantage of changes in the price of their commodities in order to obtain abundant profits.

Indonesia’s Top Products and Export Destination Countries

In order to simplify data collection, the Central Statistics Agency classifies each commodity based on a systematic item code that conforms to international standards, namely the Harmonized System (HS) code.

Not just for statistical data needs, the HS code also has a function to simplify the tariff system, trade transactions, transportation, and other things. Currently, there are thousands of HS codes for each commodity that can be accessed through the BPS official website, and are updated periodically. Of the many export products of Indonesian origin, the following is a list of the most superior export commodities from Indonesia in the global market.

Non-oil and gas export commodities

Non-oil and gas exports still dominate Indonesia’s total exports, reaching US$22.84 billion in November 2021. Featured commodities in non-oil and gas exports include:

1. Palm Coconut

Indonesia has been known as the world’s oil palm king because it controls up to 55 percent of the global oil palm export market share. In 2021, data from the Association of Indonesian Palm Oil Producers (GAPKI) records that Indonesia’s palm oil export volume reached 34 million tons, worth US$22.97 billion.

Palm oil and its derivatives fall into the category of fat and animal/vegetable oil. BPS notes that the export performance of this category of goods is the highest in the non-oil and gas export category. A lot of palm oil is exported to India, China, Europe, and others.

2. Coal

Indonesia is the third largest producer of coal in the world, after China and India. Coal production can reach up to more than 500 million tons per year. Meanwhile, domestic demand is still low, so most coal or up to around 70 percent of national coal is sent abroad.

The Ministry of Energy, Mineral Resources and Energy noted the realization of Indonesia’s coal exports in 2020, which is up to 405 million tons or more than the export target (102.5 percent) that was set at the beginning of 395 million tons. The ten countries that are the destination of coal exports include China, India, the Philippines, Japan, Malaysia, South Korea, Vietnam, Taiwan, Thailand, and Bangladesh.

3. Iron and Steel

Iron and steel are in the third position of non-oil and gas commodity exports after fats and animal/vegetable oils and mineral fuels. In November 2021, iron and steel export revenue reached up to US$276 million. The government continues to encourage the export of iron and steel through the downstream program or the processing of nickel ore to be used as iron and steel.

Iron and steel products originating from Indonesia are exported to a number of countries namely China, South Korea, India, Singapore, Thailand, Australia, Malaysia, UAE, Taiwan, USA, and others.

4. Rubber

Rubber is one of the agricultural products that is a leading export from Indonesia. In 2020, BPS has recorded that Indonesia managed to export up to around 2.2 million tons of rubber to foreign countries with a value of US$2.9 billion. The main countries that are the destination for the export of rubber and goods from rubber include the US, Japan, China, India, South Korea, Brazil, Canada, Germany, Belgium, Turkey, and others.

5. Coffee, tea, and cocoa

Tea, coffee, and cocoa are agricultural products from Indonesia that excel in the export market. Indonesia sends tea, coffee, and cocoa products to a number of countries such as Japan, Singapore, Malaysia, India, Egypt, the US, England, Italy, and so on.

6. Footwear

Not only from the plantation and mining sectors, Indonesia also exports industrial products. One of the products of the industry that is a flagship for export is footwear. The footwear products that are sent abroad include technical field shoes, athletic shoes, industrial shoes, and also footwear for everyday needs. Indonesian footwear products are sold to various countries including the US, China, Germany, Belgium, Japan, South Korea, the Netherlands, England, Italy, Mexico, and so on.

Oil and Gas Export Commodities

The contribution of oil and gas exports still tends to be lower when compared to non-oil and gas products. In November 2021, the non-oil and gas export contribution is US$21.51 billion.

The leading commodities for oil and gas exports from Indonesia are crude oil, oil products, and gas. Examples of oil and gas products sent by PT Pertamina (Persero) to foreign countries are avtur, lubricants, High Speed ​​Diesel (HSD), Marine Fuel Oil (MFO), and others.

Meanwhile, export products from the industrial sector include paper, cardboard, various chemical products, consumer goods, plastic, wood pulp (pulp), machinery, processed food, home furniture, and so on. The export of mining products includes: copper, tin, gold, nickel, aluminum, and so on.

Price fluctuations

Reader must have often heard or read about the term price fluctuation, right? Some experts say that fluctuations indirectly become a double-edged sword that can give high risk of loss for commodity traders.

Although fluctuation is defined as a symptom of price fluctuations that can cause adverse effects on the commodity market, sellers and buyers can jointly prevent the risk by analyzing the needs of the market in a more organized manner.

Some of the ways that can be done include limiting demand and supply in the commodity market, although the risk of loss is also not less great.

Definition of Commitment – Does Reader already know that in having a relationship or interaction with other individuals, be it a special relationship with another person, a work relationship, or a relationship in an organization that requires a commitment from all parties concerned? Especially when you are in a relationship with another person, there are definitely words that imply a commitment between the two.

Then actually, what is the true meaning of that commitment? Is commitment only found in relationships with other people? What about the form and existence of commitment that can be found in everyday life?

Well, so that Reader is not confused about that and does not just say the word commitment in establishing a relationship with another individual, let’s understand again by listening to the following article about commitment!

Definition of Commitment in General

The term “commitment” is a word borrowed from English, namely “commitment” which has the meaning of “uniting”, “combining”, and also “trusting”. As time went by, the word developed and its meaning changed to “promise”, “obligation”, “attachment”, and “entrust” for a long time.

So in general, commitment is a form of dedication or obligation that makes a person remember another person for a certain action, especially when undergoing a special relationship with that person. It should be known that when undertaking this commitment it must be done voluntarily with no coercion and depending on the situation experienced by each individual.

Therefore, in carrying out a commitment must be accompanied by a great sense of responsibility and not just mere words. By making a commitment, it means that the individual must be responsible both with himself and with other individuals related to the situation.

Although from the change in meaning there is a meaning about “promise” or “agreement”, but this commitment is not always based on a written agreement. There are some commitments that are only made based on verbal promises between the parties concerned, for example the commitment to establish relationships with other people in terms of romance such as dating.

According to John Mayer and Natalie, they say that commitment is an individual condition, where the individual becomes bound by the actions he performs. Through these actions, it will later create confidence that can support activities and involvement.

This is also supported by the opinion of Griffin (2004), who says that an individual who has a high sense of commitment, is likely to see himself as a true member of an organization. For Griffin’s opinion, when commitment is made in the organizational realm, remembering that commitment can be made by individuals in any context.

Characteristics of Commitment

A thing can be called a commitment if it meets the following characteristics, namely:

1. There is an agreement that has been mutually agreed upon, both with oneself and with other related parties. The agreement also does not have to be in writing, because the most important thing is that all related parties must be responsible in carrying out the commitment.
2. There is a specific purpose to be achieved by implementing the commitment. The purpose must of course be beneficial for all parties, both themselves and other related parties.
3. All parties involved in the commitment must be responsible for the content of the “agreement”. Being responsible in this context is not going beyond the limits or disobeying the previously agreed upon agreement.
4. There is a sense of loyalty or faithfulness, both from oneself and from other parties concerned, so that the goal can be achieved properly.

Examples of the Embodiment of Commitment in Daily Life

In everyday life, of course the word commitment is quite often found, even without Reader realizing that it turns out to be a commitment. Commitment can not only occur in relationships with other individuals, but can also be implemented towards oneself. Well, the following are some examples of the embodiment of commitment in everyday life.

1. Commitment To Yourself

A commitment does not have to be done together and for other individuals only. Even towards yourself, commitment can still be done. When the commitment is made based on the desire from within, then usually this commitment has the purpose of achieving something better than before.

For example, there is someone who wants to lose weight by going on a diet and committing to himself to continue consuming healthy food accompanied by sports. If he continues to make that commitment responsibly and loyally with his initial goal, then the final result that can be achieved is that his body will be healthier and have an ideal body weight.

2. Commitment In A Relationship

The relationship referred to in this point is a relationship with another person that is romantic. It should be known that all relationships involving other individuals definitely require a commitment in order to maintain and take care of the relationship so that it continues to run well. In this case, the meaning of a commitment can be an attachment between all parties involved to continue to do the appropriate actions that have been mutually agreed upon at the beginning of the commitment and done with a sense of responsibility.

Romantic relationships with other people are of various kinds, ranging from friendships, courtships, to marriages. For example, in a courtship relationship, there is generally an unwritten commitment that aims to be loyal to each other while not betraying each other. However, when in a marriage relationship, the commitment has usually been agreed upon in the written marriage rules.

3. Commitment to Family

This commitment generally comes from oneself who has a sense of being responsible for one’s family. Commitment to the family is usually not written, but in the form of self-awareness.

An example is the commitment of a husband as the head of the household to his family to always provide for him physically and mentally well.

4. Commitment In Employment

Because this commitment is related to other individuals, then work must of course be based on a commitment. This commitment can be carried out by anyone, be it superiors or employees, because it is those parties who will be able to achieve the goals of the work they do.

5. Commitment to the Environment

Almost the same as the commitment made on a family basis, which comes from oneself by feeling responsible for something. Because humans and nature have a relationship that will never end, so it requires a commitment so that the natural environment can remain well maintained. After all, the relationship between humans and nature is a reciprocal relationship, so that if one of the parties is destructive, it will have a negative effect on itself.

For example, mountain climbers have a self-inflicted commitment not to throw trash carelessly during their climb up the mountain. The climbers feel responsible for maintaining the cleanliness of nature, especially in the mountain environment so that it remains clean and beautiful.

Understanding Commitment In Romance

Commitment is arguably one of the keys to the success of a relationship. The meaning of commitment in a romantic relationship, whether in courtship or marriage, can be seen from various actions.

The meaning of commitment is actually very broad. By definition, this term describes a dedication or agreement on a person towards something over a long period of time. In a romantic relationship, commitment is self-responsibility to the partner that needs to be taken care of together. This is generally not found in intimate friendships or friends with benefits.

1. The Meaning of Commitment in a Romantic Relationship

The meaning of commitment in a romantic relationship is when Reader are willing to dedicate themselves, time, and love to a partner in the long term, for example in a marriage bond.

When Reader and their partner are determined to commit to living a relationship, it means that Reader and their partner will be ready to accept any condition and situation, both in good and difficult conditions

With the determination to commit to each other, this is a sign that the relationship that Reader live together has a clear future and purpose.

2. Forms of Commitment in Romantic Relationships

The meaning of commitment in a romantic relationship can be realized in several actions, among others:

1. Want to establish a serious relationship

When Reader and a partner are determined to have a serious relationship, this can be said to be one form of commitment in a romantic relationship. Later, commitment can be seen from the way Reader and the couple solve problems and compromise.

However, it does not mean that people who want to have a casual relationship cannot commit. They may just need a longer time to commit to a relationship.

2. Want to talk about the future

It’s not enough to have a serious relationship, talking about future plans with your partner is also one of the forms of commitment in a romantic relationship.

This does not only include the desire to get married. Reader and spouses should also have a plan and attitude towards various problems that may come after marriage, such as family economic problems or the future of children.

3. Be loyal and open to each other

Loyalty is also a form of commitment in a relationship. Because, commitment can also be interpreted as attachment.

When Reader have an emotional attachment to their partner, then Reader and their partner should also be open and honest with each other about issues that are public or private.

4. Willing to sacrifice

In establishing a relationship, sacrifice is usually required for the common good. Sacrifice is not always about big things, it can also be small things, like accompanying a partner when doing his hobby, even though Reader doesn’t like the hobby.

How to Maintain Commitment in a Romantic Relationship

Here are some ways that Reader can do to maintain commitment in a romantic relationship with a partner:

1. Build mutual trust

The main key to maintaining commitment in a relationship is mutual trust. This is an important aspect that should be instilled from the beginning of starting a relationship with a partner. A relationship that is not based on mutual trust can damage the commitment that has been made.

2. Make more memories together

Another way to maintain commitment in a relationship is to make more memories with your partner. For example, a vacation together in a tourist spot that Reader and his partner like.

Beautiful memories together can help Reader and their partner get through the difficult times that may appear throughout the course of Reader’ relationship with them.

3. Resolve conflicts well

If Reader and a partner are having a conflict, get used to resolving it well and in a calm state. Try not to shout and accuse each other, let alone say rude things.

Building commitment in a relationship is not easy, Reader need to do the following to maintain Reader commitment with a partner.

Reader and partners should also be able to accept criticism, not be stubborn, forgive each other, and work together to find the best solution for the problem at hand.

4. Avoid thinking about the past

The past is often the reason for the breakdown of a relationship. Therefore, when starting a relationship with a Reader couple , avoid thinking about the past. Reader do not need to think about the past of Reader romantic relationship and do not continue to discuss the past of Reader couple .

By not worrying about the past, a couple will continue to move forward and have a strong commitment to each other.

5. Communication

Communication is key in living a relationship. Reader and couples need to maintain good communication in order to create a strong commitment. Always talk about situations that happen in Reader life so that there are no misunderstandings.

6. Avoid doubts with your partner

As long as there is doubt in the heart, then it is difficult for a person to be able to commit to his partner. Therefore, Reader need to build trust in the Reader partner and avoid negative thoughts on the Reader partner so that a commitment can be built.

7. Make a target in the relationship

If Reader is already in a relationship, make a clear target about the Reader relationship . Discuss the purpose of the Reader relationship with the partner, thus the Reader relationship will go in a more serious direction and the commitment will be formed by itself.

Commitment is not just words, but actions that can prove the existence of such commitment in a relationship. Connecting with a partner is Reader’ choice to live the days together. Without a strong commitment, it may be difficult to reconcile differences and achieve the goals of the Reader relationship . Therefore, it is very important to build commitment with a partner.

To achieve stability in a relationship does require a lot of time and effort which is not easy. However, as long as Reader and the couple stick to the meaning of commitment, various difficulties and obstacles can be faced well in order to achieve common goals.

If Reader has difficulties in commitment, both in romantic relationships and other conditions, Reader can consult further with a psychologist to find the underlying problem and a suitable solution.

•  

Definition of Commitment – Does Reader know that in having a relationship or interaction with another individual, be it a special relationship between the opposite sex, a work relationship, to a relationship in an organization that really requires a commitment between the parties concerned. Especially in establishing a relationship with the opposite sex, there must often be words that imply a commitment between the two.

So really, what is that commitment? Is commitment only a relationship between the opposite sex? What about the form and existence of commitment that can be seen in everyday life?

Well, so that Reader doesn’t get confused about it and doesn’t just say the word commitment in establishing a relationship with another individual, let’s understand it again!

Definition of Commitment in General

The term ” commitment ” comes from the English language, namely ” commitment ” which means ” uniting “, ” combining “, and ” trusting “. As time went by, the word developed into a change in meaning, namely ” promise “, ” entrust “, ” attachment “, and ” obligation ” for the long term.

So in general, commitment is a form of dedication or obligation that reminds a person to another person for certain actions, especially when living a relationship with that person. It should be known that in carrying out this commitment it must be done voluntarily without coercion, and depending on the situation of each individual.

Therefore, in carrying out a commitment must be accompanied by a great sense of responsibility, not just mere words. Through the implementation of this commitment, it means that the individual must be responsible for both himself and other individuals concerned in the situation.

Although from the change in meaning there is a meaning about ” promise ” or ” agreement “, but this commitment is not necessarily based on a written agreement. There are some commitments that are made only based on verbal promises between the parties concerned, for example the commitment to establish a relationship with the opposite sex (dating).

According to John Mayer and Natalie, think that commitment is an individual condition, where the individual becomes bound by his actions. Through his actions, he will later create confidence that can support his activities and involvement.

This is also accompanied by the opinion of Griffin (2004), revealing that an individual who has high commitment is likely to see himself as a true member of an organization. For Griffin’s opinion, when commitment is made in the organizational realm, remembering that commitment can be made to individuals in any context.

Characteristics of Commitment

A thing can be called a commitment when it meets the following characteristics, namely.

• There is an agreement that has been agreed upon, both for yourself and other related parties. The agreement also does not have to be in writing, because the most important thing is that the relevant parties must be responsible in carrying it out.
• There are specific goals to be achieved after making a commitment. The purpose must of course be profitable, both oneself and related parties.
• All parties involved in the commitment must be responsible for the content of the “agreement”. Being responsible in this context is not going out of bounds and reneging on agreements that have been previously agreed upon.
• There is a sense of loyalty or faithfulness, both from oneself and from the parties concerned, if one wants the goal to be achieved.

Examples of the Embodiment of Commitment in Daily Life

In everyday life, of course, the existence of commitment is very often found, even without you realizing that it turns out to be a commitment. Commitment can not only occur in relationships with other individuals, but can also be carried out towards oneself. Well, here are some examples of its manifestation in everyday life.

1. Commitment To Yourself

A commitment does not have to be done together and for other individuals, you know … It can even be done for yourself. When the commitment is made based on a desire from within, it is usually to achieve something better than before.

For example, there is someone who is on a diet and commits to himself to continue consuming healthy food along with exercise. If he continues to make that commitment responsibly and loyally with his initial goal, then the end result that can be achieved is that his body becomes healthier and has an ideal body weight.

2. Commitment In A Relationship

The relationship here is meant to be a relationship with the opposite sex. It should be known that all relationships involving other individuals definitely require a commitment in order to maintain and take care of the relationship so that it remains fine. In this case, the meaning of a commitment can be an attachment between the related parties to continue to perform the appropriate actions that were promised at the beginning of the commitment and done responsibly.

Relationships with the opposite sex are diverse, ranging from courtship relationships, marriage relationships, to friendship relationships. For example, in a courtship relationship, usually the commitment is not written and is meant to be loyal to each other and not betray each other. But when in a marriage relationship, commitment is usually found in written marriage rules.

3. Commitment to Family

This commitment usually comes from oneself who feels responsible for his family. Commitment to the family is not written, but is a self-awareness.

An example is the commitment of a husband as the head of the household to his family to provide sustenance physically and mentally.

4. Commitment In Employment

Because this commitment is related to other individuals, then work must of course be based on a commitment. This commitment can be implemented by superiors and even employees, because those parties will be able to achieve the goal.

5. Commitment to the Environment

Almost the same as the commitment made to the family, which comes from oneself to feel responsible for something. Because, humans and nature have a relationship that will never die, so it requires commitment so that the conditions of the natural environment can be well maintained. After all, the human relationship with nature is reciprocal, as long as one of the parties is not destructive.

For example, mountain climbers have a self-inflicted commitment not to throw trash carelessly throughout their journey on the mountain. The climbers feel responsible for taking care of the natural environment, especially the natural environment in the mountains so that it remains beautiful and undamaged.

Understanding What Organizational Commitment Is

Previously, it has been written that in the realm of organizations there is also a high level of commitment between related parties, because in an organization there must be a common goal. In this case, the organization’s commitment is the same as the company’s commitment, because the organization and the company have meanings that are consistent with each other.

Organizational commitment is seen as a value orientation towards the organization concerned with the individual, by showing that the individual really thinks about and prioritizes the job as well as the organization. This individual will try to give everything he has, for example effort and hard work in order to help the organization together achieve its goals.

According to Robbins and Judge (2007), organizational or company commitment is a situation where an employee will favor the goals of the organization, as well as having the confidence to remain a member of the organization.

Meanwhile, according to Griffin (2004) also thinks that organizational commitment becomes an attitude that reflects the extent to which an individual who acts as an officer knows and is bound to his organization.

Then, according to Meyer and Allen (1990), stated that organizational commitment is a strong belief and acceptance of the values ​​and goals of the existing organization, by involving oneself to be loyal to the organization.

Well, based on the explanation, it can be concluded that this organizational commitment must be owned by every officer with any position. The commitment of this organization becomes an attitude and behavior that must be possessed in order to achieve the needs and goals of the organization.

Aspects of Organizational Commitment

According to Meyer and Allen (1990), in an organizational commitment that every employee must have, this has three aspects, namely affective commitment, continuous commitment, and normative commitment. Well, here is the explanation.

1. Affective Commitment

In this aspect, prioritizing emotional attachment, self-identification, and involvement in an organization. This affective commitment leads to the will or desire of the individual himself to remain in an organization.

2. Continuous Commitment

In this aspect, it is based on the consideration of what will be sacrificed when he leaves the organization. This aspect of continuous commitment leads to the awareness of organizational members, that they will suffer losses if they leave the organization for any reason. So, there will be a thought by individuals that by settling in the organization is as a fulfillment of needs.

3. Normative Commitment

In this aspect of normative commitment, there is confidence from an individual about his responsibility towards the organization in question. Individuals will stay in an organization because they seem to have an obligation to be loyal to that organization.

Organizational members who have this normative commitment tend to feel that they should be in the organization, so they will survive in any situation because they feel that it is an obligation or duty.

Factors Affecting Organizational Commitment

The organizational commitment possessed by an individual as an officer in the organization can be determined by several factors, among others are the personal characteristics of the employee himself, job characteristics, and work experience.

However, according to Stum (1998), there are five factors influencing the existence of an organizational commitment owned by employees, namely.

1. Culture of Openness

In this case related to the work environment of the organization. The cultural factor of openness has a high correlation on the extent to which the organization can motivate its employees to act.

2. Job Satisfaction

The job satisfaction of the officers is also an influencing factor of the organization’s commitment as well as its performance. This job satisfaction factor can affect the productivity, quality, and morale of the employees in the organization. Officers will of course feel satisfied when they are in the right position or department, by adjusting their abilities and orientation.

3. Opportunities for Officers to Develop

Everyone, including those who are serving as an officer in an organization, must have a desire to grow and learn. These efforts do not have to be done through formal training programs, but can also be done in work division activities, task units, conferences, until the expansion of responsibility to himself.

The opportunity should be given by the organization to all its officers, so that it can influence the commitment of the officers to remain and be loyal to the organization.

4. Organizational Direction

All officers must have faith in the future of the organization or company where they work. Therefore, the trust must be well supported by the organization by leading to good things and benefiting its parties.

5. The Need for Work Acknowledgment

The need for work recognition is the most significant influence on employee commitment, because every employee must want to get recognition and awareness from their superiors regarding their hard work for the organization.

It is different with the influence factors of organizational commitment presented by Steers and Porter. Steers and Porter argue that the influencing factors have four characteristics, namely personal characteristics, job characteristics, organizational design characteristics, and work experience characteristics.

Well, here is the description.

1. Personal Characteristics , which include:

• Age and working hours. The higher the age and working time of an officer, the higher the organizational commitment he has towards the organization where he works.
• Performance requirements. Especially in employees who have high performance needs, tend to have high organizational commitment as well, because they have a great desire and sense of responsibility towards their work.
• Education. Education can often form skills, although sometimes it cannot be fully utilized in work. Therefore, the higher the individual’s level of education, the greater will be the expectations that may not be fulfilled by the organization where they work.

2. Job Characteristics , which include:

• Work challenges. In this case, it can be developed by enriching jobs and tasks for officers.
• Opportunity to interact with other officers.
• Task identity. Related to the clarity of the officer’s role in the organization.
• Feedback. Having negative feedback tends to lower organizational commitment. On the other hand, positive feedback, especially when it contains an objective evaluation and is delivered in a polite manner, can increase organizational commitment.

3. Characteristics of Organizational Design

Covering the existence of decentralization and autonomy of responsibilities, the quality of relationships between superiors and subordinates, the nature and characteristics of leadership.

4. Work Experience , which includes:

• Group attitude towards the organization. Apparently, the change in attitude of an individual can be influenced by the attitude of the group members. When group members show a positive work attitude towards the organization, then individuals will also show a positive attitude.
• The integrity of the organization, which is looking at the extent to which individuals feel that the organization where they work pays attention to their employees, both in terms of interest and well-being.
• Feelings in the organization. This includes the extent to which individuals feel important or needed in carrying out the organization’s mission and goals.
• Realization of individual expectations in the organization. This is related to what the individual expects from the organization, will also affect his work attitude. If the organization can meet the individual’s expectations, then the individual will also feel “appropriate” to repay the organization’s services.

Well, that’s a review of the meaning, characteristics, and examples of the embodiment of commitment in everyday life. When Reader is acting as an officer, do you have a high organizational commitment to the organization where you work?

 

Understanding Comics – In this day and age, who does n’t know comics? Comics can be found anywhere because they have circulated freely. You can find comics in the library, in the room of your friend who likes to read, in bookstores, even in used bookstores!

So, what is the comic? Let’s read the following description!

Meaning of Comics

As the times change, the definition of comics also follows the changes. However, the change in definition only acts as a complement to the previous definition.

According to Scott McCloud who thinks about comics that “comics are pictures and other symbols that are juxtaposed (close or side by side) in a certain order, which aims to provide information or to achieve an aesthetic response from the readers.

Comics are also referred to as image literature. Comics are one form of visual communication that is useful for conveying information and has the advantage of being easy to understand. There is a collaboration between pictures and text that are arranged in such a way as to form an interesting storyline.

The average comic reader is young people aged 15 to 25, but it cannot be argued that someone in their 40s also likes comics as their reading material.

Components Found in Comics

Try to pay attention when you are reading the comic. What components are in it? Let’s take a look at the following description so that you can better understand what components are contained in a comic!

1. Panel Components

A panel is a box that contains illustrations and text that can form a clear storyline to read. Panels can also be called frames and have various shapes, not just square boxes. According to McCloud, the way to read panels in a comic is from left to right, top to bottom or clockwise.

2. Ditch Components

This trench is the term for the space between the panels. Whether or not there is a moat in a comic depends on the creativity of the comic. However, having a trench in a comic can make it a sort of ‘glue’ of story panels.

3. Word Balloon Components

Words or writing become the form of conversation or story narration that is being depicted in the comic panel. Word balloons are also called speech balloons. The word balloons have three forms, namely speech balloons, thought balloons, and captions .

a. Speech balloons contain speeches or dialogues of characters.

This speech balloon is usually shaped like a thick circle with a tail that leads to a character who ‘seems’ to be speaking the dialogue. The shape of the speech balloon does not always have to be a thick circle but adapted to the content of the character’s dialogue.

b. Thought balloon

That is, it contains the character’s thoughts that seem to be conveyed in the mind only and not spoken. The shape of a thought balloon is usually an interrupted circle. However, there are also comics that draw thought balloons in the form of a white background with the character’s mind dialogue only. Look at the following example!

c. Caption box

That is, it contains non-dialog narrative explanations that are usually box-shaped. The explanation of the narrative was created by the comic so that the reader can better understand the situation and conditions that occur in the storyline. Look at the following example!

4. Illustrative or Photographic Components

This illustration component becomes the most important component in the comic, besides the text. This is because from the aspect of illustration, it can make the comic look aesthetic for the reader.

In fact, some comics only feature illustrations in their panels without including any text because the reader already understands the story line only through the illustrations.

According to McCloud there are two types of illustrations, namely realist illustrations and cartoons. Realist illustrations are images that are judged to be most similar to humans or real objects. While cartoon illustrations refer to abstract forms in a simple way, so they are judged further away from the original object. Cartoon illustrations can be a form of funny ideas in visual imagery.

The use of realist illustrations and cartoons can be used in a comic depending on the creativity of the comic. Each comic has its own unique style and characteristics of illustration, so there is no demand in the fulfillment of this component in a comic.

5. Story Theme Components

The theme of the story becomes one of the basic strengths in making comics in addition to the illustration component. In fact, there are still additional components, namely the viewing angle and the size of the illustration in the panel. The point of view includes letter sounds, splash, motion lines, symbols , and comic headlines.

Well, now let’s try to retrace the comics that have circulated in Indonesia, what are the themes of the story?

Uses of Comics

In today’s increasingly sophisticated era, comic media is said to have many uses in people’s daily lives. The variety of story themes in a comic that circulates becomes a form of addressing the social life of the community. Even now there are many comics with mystical or spiritual themes.

1. Comics as a Business

Comics actually do not only serve as entertainment but can also be a source of money for comics. Comic artists can actually make money through their comic works. This can certainly be a real proof that comics are currently a profitable medium for artists and publishers.

Especially in an age with advanced technology such as today, comic making has become younger due to the presence of advanced tools in the process of coloring, illustration photography, marketing, and others. In addition, comic marketing can also be done through newspapers, social media, and others.

One of the comic publishers who are currently still loyal in the comic publishing process is Sinaumedia. Sinaumedia is quite consistent and continuous in its efforts to publish comics. The comics are usually translated so that Indonesian readers can easily enjoy them. An example is the comic Detective Conan which until now is still faithfully published by Sinaumedia because of its many fans.

2. Comics as Campaign Media

Previously, it has been said that the average comic reader is young people aged 15-25 years. However, it does not exclude the possibility that children aged 9-12 years also like comics especially with colorful illustrations. Therefore, a media campaign appeared, for example about the impact of online games in the form of illustrated comics, with the target audience being children aged 9-12 years old who are addicted to online games.

The use of comics as a campaign media is considered to be successful because it conveys a moral message through light and interesting stories. In addition, campaigns using comics can also provide useful information to parents, certainly in a “relaxed” way and not patronizing.

3. Comics as Innovative Learning Media

Comics have become a favorite reading material for all ages, including school-aged children. Therefore, comics can certainly be used as an innovative learning media for students. Currently, the comic learning media has been widely developed by educators so that students can understand the learning material easily and pleasantly.

Comic learning media can create a fun learning atmosphere so that students will feel motivated in understanding the material. Comics with its main component, namely picture illustrations, have interesting visualization nuances and are not boring for students.

Currently, there are quite a lot of subjects in school that use comics as learning media such as IPA subjects, Languages, Accountancy, even Mathematics. The innovation of the use of comics, which was initially just for entertainment, can now become a learning media that is enjoyable for students to read.

The reading interest of young people, especially school-aged children, towards comics is quite high. They prefer reading comics to textbooks. This is because the components contained in a comic are presented in an interesting and not boring way. Many studies say that comics have played an important role in learning at school, which is creating interest in learning for students.

4. Comics as Product Promotion Communication Media

It has been previously stated that comics are quite effective media in conveying information or messages through the presence of images, text, and storylines. For this reason, the use of comics can be used as promotional media for a sales product. Especially by also relying on social media as “land” for promotion.

Product promotion through social media will be more interesting when using comics in its presentation. Looking back at the community’s interest in the existence of comics, comics can be used as a means of promotion with interesting storylines but implied product promotion in them.

The use of comics as a means of product promotion should be made with a storyline that is easy to understand and attract the attention of readers as consumers. Even though comics exist in the form of silent objects, the content of the comics can present a story as well as product promotion in it. Promotion of products that use comic means, some use panels and some don’t, depending on creativity.

Promotion by using this comic means when disseminated through social media also has many benefits because nowadays social media is a “must” for the community. Some of them are Meta (Facebook), Twitter, Instagram, TikTok, Youtube, and others. Promotional activities through social media are said to be able to influence the appeal of readers as consumers of the product.

5. Comics as a Media to Preserve Local Culture

Folklore is one of the parts of culture that binds people from generation to generation. Folktales are transmitted orally so that from age to age, there are many versions of the folklore itself. There are many folktales in the archipelago that give moral value to their readers.

However, folk tales are now forgotten. Society prefers stories that feel modern in this sophisticated era. In fact, folklore is a form of culture that must be preserved from generation to generation.

Therefore, the use of comics can be used as a way to preserve the local culture. Through comics with illustration visualizations that attract the attention of community readers. If more and more people read and get to know the local culture, then future generations will not be unfamiliar with the existence of the local culture.

The use of comics as media in an effort to preserve local culture has the advantage of portraying characters aesthetically as well as portraying the background atmosphere which is more understandable. When people read folk tales only through the text, they may not be able to create a suitable imagination.

In fact, comics that contain folklore can be accepted by the general public, especially comic fans. The creative strategy in addition to benefiting comics also benefits local culture to remain aware of its existence by society in the current era.

Comic Type

1. Cartoons

In this type of comic, only displays in the form of pictures, illustrations and balloons he said. Usually contains sarcasm to a party or comedic humor.

2. Comic-Strip

Comic strips usually contain pieces of comic panels that are made in a continuous or incomplete manner.

3. Comic Annual

As the name suggests, this type of comic is published only once a month or even a year.

4. Web Comics

We usually find Web Comics through online comic reader applications, such as Line Webtoon, MangaToon, and others. This type of comic uses social media as its publication media and is popular with many internet users.

5. Comic Book

Comic book is a type of comic packaged in the form of a physical book. This comic is usually found in the nearest bookstore.

Current Development of Comics

1. Digital Comics

With increasingly sophisticated technology, in early 2010, fans of physical comics slowly switched to digital comics. This is supported by the existence of a comic called Si Juki that appears on blogs or some social media. Furthermore, specialized platforms that provide digital comics such as Webtoon, Ciayo Comics , and even social media such as Instagram often provide digital comics that are uploaded directly through the comic’s account.

These digital comics have the advantage of being accessible through their respective devices, so comic connoisseurs do not need to go to a bookstore to buy physical comics. Even digital comics now have been created in a sophisticated way with programming so that there are sounds and movements from the comics.

One of the pioneers of digital comics in Indonesia is Nurfadli Mursyid, as a Tahilalats comic . Tahilalats digital comics are still loved by many people and “published” through Instagram and Twitter social media accounts. Just like the use of comics that has been explained before, namely as a means of product promotion, Tahilalats digital comics are also often used as promotional “land”.

However, that does not immediately make physical comics unsellable. Comic connoisseurs or collectors actually still like the existence of physical comics because for them, reading physical comics can increase the nostalgic experience. So, the existence of digital comics and physical comics are balanced in their use in the development of the comics industry.

Genres and Examples of Comics

1. Genre Action

The action genre or actions contained in comics usually describe the intense level of action between the characters. In this action genre comic, the battle scenes or fights of the characters are shown more than the speech balloons. For example One Piece comics, Naruto Shippuden, Bleach, etc

2. Genre Adventure

The adventure genre is the favorite genre of comic lovers. In this genre, characters are told to travel to various places for a specific purpose or mission. Examples of comics in this genre are One Piece, Dragon Ball, and others.

3. Fantasy genre

In fantasy genre comics, the depiction of the atmosphere and the characters are all related to the fantasy world. There is a magical storyline and a setting that looks like it doesn’t exist in the real world. Examples of comics in the fantasy genre are Sailor Moon, Yugi-Oh, and others.

4. Mystery genre

In this genre of comics, usually the comic depicts a mysterious atmosphere and invites the reader to solve a puzzle about the events in the comic. Examples of comics in this genre are Detective Conan, Detective Kindaichi, and others.

5. Genre Comedy

Comics with this comedy genre can be your choice when you feel like laughing or tired of work. The behavior or speech of characters depicted by comics in this genre of comics has a comedic effect. Examples are the comics Kobo-Chan, Crayon Shinchan, etc.

 

Sincerity is one of the virtues that everyone should possess. In simple terms, ikhlas is the opposite of riya, which is that we do all work or worship only because we want to gain the pleasure of Allah SWT. While rya is doing a deed and worship because you want to seek appreciation and recognition from people.

Well, in this article, we will discuss the meaning of sincerity in terms of language and characteristics as well as how to have a sincere heart in going through all the things in our lives. For more completeness, below the writer will explain the definition of sincerity in more detail.

Meaning of sincerity

Sincerity is the spirit of a deed. If the deeds we do are not accompanied by a sense of sincerity, then it is like a body without a soul. As is the case with the wisdom conveyed by Ibn Athaillah As-Sakandari.

Business photos list and souls exist in it

Not only that, akhlakul karimah in the form of sincerity is the fruit of Ihsan, which is a person’s belief that what we do is known and seen by Allah SWT.

If interpreted linguistically, the meaning of Ikhlas has the meaning of cleansing (clear, clean, pure from pollution, pure from mixture, whether it is in the form of matter or not). In addition, sincerity can also be interpreted in terms, where it means to clean the heart in order to go only to Allah SWT. In other words, in performing worship, our hearts cannot go to other than Allah SWT.

Then the meaning of sincerity according to Ali Al Dagog is to cover everything from the view of other beings. Usually, a person who has a sincere heart is called a Mukhlis, that is someone who is sincere and does not have the nature of riya. While according to Fudhail Bin Iyadh, sincerity is doing good deeds only because of Allah SWT. If a person does charity to attract people’s attention, then that person is a person who is riya. While people who do charity for people are called shirk. While the sincere position is between riya and shirk.

Then, sincerity according to Imam Nawawi is:

–

Sincerity is cleaning all the five senses outwardly and inwardly from reprehensible behavior. Doing charity is one of the creatures’ proof to Allah SWT, that they are an obedient servant of the Creator who has given an extraordinary mandate and mercy. Where the charity done is intended as a proof of their obedience to Allah SWT. So it should be done with a clean and pure heart. So what we practice and what we do is really only because of Allah SWT and is free from hypocrisy which is riya or shirk. This is in line with one of the verses in the Qur’an in QS. Al Mulk verse 2:

اَلَّذِى خَلَقَ الْمَوْتَ وَالْحَيَوَةَ لِيَبْلُوَكُمْ Aَيُّكُمْ اَحْسَنُ عَمَلاً وَّوَ الْعَزِيْزُ الْغَفُوْرُ

Meaning:

“Who created death and life, so that He may test you, which of you is better in deeds, and He is Mighty and Forgiving”.

Meaning of Sincerity According to the Experts

The following are some definitions of sincerity according to the scholars according to their respective versions.

1. Meaning of Sincerity According to Muhammad Abduh

According to Muhammad Abduh, the meaning of sincerity is religious sincerity solely for Allah SWT. By always hoping in Him and never acknowledging His equality with any creature and not with a specific purpose. As in the case of avoiding calamity or to gain profit and not appointing anyone other than Allah SWT as the Protector.

2. Meaning of Sincerity According to Muhammad al-Ghazali

The meaning of sincerity according to Al-Ghazali is to do good deeds with the sole purpose of being because of Allah SWT.

3. Meaning of Sincerity According to Imam Al-Qusyairi

The meaning of sincerity according to Imam Al-Qusyairi in his book entitled Risalatul Qusyairiyah (1990: 183) is that sincerity means making Allah SWT the only worshiper.

4. Meaning of Sincerity According to Hamka

The meaning of sincerity according to Hamka (1983: 95) is that sincerity has a clean meaning and there is no mixture. Like gold, sincerity is pure gold, without the slightest mixture of silver. Clean work on something means sincerity.

5. Meaning of Sincerity According to Sheikh Ibnu Atha’illah

The meaning of sincerity according to Sheikh ibnu Atha’illah (2012: 14) reveals that the meaning of the word sincerity is to perform acts of worship solely aimed at Allah SWT as the only entity that has servants. In that regard, it is known that there are various levels, which correspond to the taufiq given by Allah Ta’ala to a servant.

6. Definition of Sincerity According to Ali Mahmud

The meaning of sincerity according to Ali Mahmud (1994: 25) is to leave charity because humans are selfish creatures, to do charity because of humans is an act of shirk, but if Allah SWT saves you from both, it means sincerity.

Characteristics of Sincerity

Sincerity is the opposite of hypocrisy. As discussed above. Riya has qualities that are the opposite of sincerity, such as the ambition to be a leader, always wanting to appear perfect, easy to be praised, does not like to take advice from others, and so on. Sincerity is the work of the heart, so it is not easy to understand someone’s nature. Is he sincere, conceited, arrogant or does he have good and sincere intentions? That way, in this discussion, the writer will give the characteristics of people who have a sincere nature but not to judge that person is wrong or not. The writing below is intended to be used as self-reflection only.

The following are the characteristics of sincerity:

1. Does not like to be praised

Praise is one of the tests for people who do good deeds with praise one can be affected by arrogance or arrogance. Therefore, a mukhlis will never like the praise that comes from someone.

2. Not Ambitious to Be a Leader

One of the advantages of a leader is to be respected and respected by many people. With leadership, it will be easier for someone to become arrogant and conceited. However, unlike people with this trait, they will be calm and quiet and will not nominate themselves to be a leader. For example, by nominating yourself to be the head of RT, RW, or others.

3. Listening to Advice

In an Arabic proverb says:

خض الحكمة ولو من جوف البحايم

Take wisdom (lessons) even from the mouth of animals.
A sincere person will always appreciate those who advise him.

4. Treating Praise and Insults Equally

The duty of a Muslim is to do the command of Allah SWT well as one of the signs of servitude to the Creator. Often, what people do earns praise and even contempt from those around them. While for a mukhlis, praise and insults are the same thing. They will not think about it, because all they know is the intentions of the people around them.

5. Forgetting Good Deeds

Another characteristic of sincerity is to forget the good deeds that have been done. When someone does a good deed such as helping others, usually a mukhlis will forget and will never remember it again. Thus, sincere people do not easily talk or bring up the good deeds that have been done before.

6. Forgetting the Right to Good Charity

A person who does good deeds sincerely will forget the good deeds they have done. Not only that, they will also forget the right to good deeds. When someone does good deeds, usually they will claim their rights. For example, after someone gives food to orphans, then they expect thanks and prayers from the children. That kind of attitude cannot be classified as sincere. Because, still demanding rights from his good deeds.

 

Level of Sincerity

The scholars of Sufism distinguish these morals into three levels, among them:

1. Public Sincerity

In their worship to Allah SWT, they base it with a feeling of fear of Allah’s punishment and still hope for worldly rewards. As in the case of people who perform the Dhuha prayer so that they get a reward and also have their sustenance made easier. Then those who perform tahajud prayer because they want to launch their worldly affairs.

2. Ikhlas Khawas

This one moral has the motivation to earn a reward from Allah SWT. In this way, people who do good deeds of worship will get something from Allah in the afterlife, such as avoiding the torment of hell and entering the paradise of Allah SWT.

3. Ikhlas Khawas al-Khawas

This one sincerity is a form of devotion from a servant to Allah SWT accompanied by the full awareness that a servant should serve Allah SWT by doing deeds and acts of worship done because of truly seeking Allah’s pleasure. The acts of worship performed by the mukhlis only to seek the pleasure of Allah SWT without any desire to seek attention or fame in front of other beings, whether it is in the form of praise or the like.

Imam Al-Ghazali said:

هَلَكَ النَّاسُ كُلُّهُمْ إِلاَّ الْعُلَمَاءْ , وَهَلَكَ الْعُلَمَاء كُلُّهُمْ إِلاَّ الْعَامِلِيْنَ ,
وَهَلَكَ الْعَامِلُوْنَ كُلُّهُمْ إِلاَّ الْمُخْلِصِيْنَ , وَالْمُخْلِصُوْنَ عَلىَ خَطْرٍ عَظِيْمٍ

Meaning:

“Every human being will perish except for the knowledgeable, and the knowledgeable will perish except for those who do good deeds (with their knowledge), and those who do good will also perish except for those who are sincere (in their deeds). However, sincere people should still be alert and careful in doing charity.

Elements of Sincerity

As for the elements of sincerity, among others:

1. Intention

In the Al Quran, Allah SWT has said: “And do not expel those who call upon their Lord in the morning and evening, while they seek His pleasure (QS 6: 52). Therefore, our intention will be to seek His pleasure.

2. Sincere Intention

Prophet Muhammad SAW once said to Muadz, “Be sincere in charity, then a little of it will suffice you”.

3. Can be trusted

The perfection of a sincerity is trustworthy. In that regard, Allah SWT has said in (QS 33:23) which reads “Those who fulfill what they have promised God” (QS 33: 23) (al Ghozali, 2006: 215).

Understand that everything is reflected and mixed by others. So when He is pure from mixture and clean from anything, surely He can be called pure or pure. While something called a pure and clean act is sincere.

An example of sincerity

There are several examples that we can learn from. The first is when a person is working and hears the call to prayer, after which he immediately rushes to the mosque to perform the prayer. But his heart and mind were in the background because he just wanted to avoid his job. So we cannot classify those people as sincere people. Because, the reason he has is one of the wrong reasons, because he performs the morning prayer to avoid work not because of Allah SWT. Then for the second example is when a person does charity in the way of sodaqoh or infaq which aims to seek the attention of others. So the deed cannot be said to be sincere.

Various Sincere Functions

Here are some of the functions of sincerity that you need to understand and get, among others:

a. As a source of sustenance, a very large reward and can reap the benefits of the kindness of someone who does it.
b. Sincerity can save the perpetrator from a heinous punishment on the Day of Resurrection.
c. Allah SWT will provide guidance or direction, so that we will not get lost in finding the right path.
d. We can only get the path of salvation to the afterlife with sincerity.
e. Our acts of worship will be accepted by Allah SWT.
f. Will get protection from Allah SWT in the last day.
g. The life of the heart and freedom from all kinds of sorrows in this world cannot be realized except with sincerity.
h. Make our life more calm and peaceful.
i. Get protection from Allah SWT.

Tips To Be Sincere In Charity

There are some tips that we can apply to avoid the attitude of riya or ujub. So that the deeds we do become more sincere and pure because of Allah SWT. The way is by organizing our hearts and minds that the worship we do is one of the gifts from Allah SWT. So, with our thoughts like that, then we will not boast. That what we do is purely from ourselves and the grace of Allah SWT that has been given to us. So that we can worship Allah SWT. If we talk about sincerity in deeds, there are ways we can do so that the deeds we do are accepted by Allah SWT. One of them is to consider that everything in this world, including the property we own, is only a blessing and a gift from Allah SWT entrusted to us. Until the moment we give part of our sustenance to those in need, let’s just assume it is just a deposit from Allah SWT intended for the people we help. That way, we will be spared from the hypocritical attitude that thinks that giving charity to the needy is something to be proud of and should be known to many people.

Prayer To Always Be Sincere

May Allah grant us sincerity and uprightness and the love of God and the love of those who love

Allahummarzuqnal-ikhlas wal Istiqomah wa hubbAllah wa hubba man ahabbah.

Meaning:

Ya Allah, give us sustenance in the form of sincerity, steadfastness, love for you and love for those who love you.

After we know about the meaning of sincerity along with its characteristics, may we be able to practice it and always be in the abundance of his grace.

Recommended Books & Related Articles

Understanding Colonialism – Reader, have you ever imagined the condition of Indonesia during colonialism? Surely at that time the people of Indonesia felt the suffering and misery very much. This is what caused the development of colonialism in Indonesia to be rampant. So what happened at that time?

So what are the consequences of colonialism in Indonesia? Well, let’s read the article below for more details. Reader will also learn the reasons why foreign nations create a colonialism system. Until the territorial changes affected by colonialism.

Understanding Colonialism

Well, before we discuss further, it would be good if Reader understood the meaning of colonialism itself. Colonialism is a term derived from the word “colonus” , which means to dominate. Because of this, colonialism can be interpreted as an effort made by a country to dominate certain regions outside its country.

The purpose of a country’s colonialism is to achieve dominant power in various areas of life, both politics, economy, natural resources and human resources. This happens because a country that wants to do colonialism does not have the necessary land wealth. In addition, a country that wants to do colonialism is a superior country than other countries.

The main characteristic of colonialism is the domination of a region with abundant natural resources to be brought to the colonial country of origin. Usually this power process lasts quite a long time due to strong military support. Examples of countries that managed to dominate other regions are the Netherlands, Spain, Portugal, and England.

Time and Development of Colonialism

Colonialism has long developed in the world since the 15th century. In the beginning, the European nation controlled the entire region with power, political system, and a strong military. However, a few centuries later there was an upheaval between nations with differences in culture, culture, beliefs as well as a dominant nature that wanted to dominate the entire region making war unstoppable.

The fall of the western empire as a symbol of power, namely Constantinople in the hands of the Ottoman Turks is one example of the impact of the collapse of the European nation. Until finally the economy and trade suffered a decline. This is also supported by the industrial revolution with the aim of developing the economy.

It was the industrial revolution that made the European nation build naval fleets like large ships that could be used to sail across the ocean. This voyage is done with the purpose of finding other abundant resources in a country. It turns out that this happened because of the Crusade mission.

The effort finally made the European nation find countries with high natural products but did not have a strong system. This is what then made the European nation become ambitious to dominate the entire region in order to seize as much profit as possible as well as success in the political field. That was the beginning of colonialism beginning to develop and become a system beyond human control.

The Arrival of Colonialism in Indonesia

Reader, our country is a producer of spices, lol. Almost all natural resources in Indonesia have been the target of foreign nations since the beginning. Spices are the main ingredients that can be used as preservatives and warming agents. In addition, spices have a very high value, so that people in the past called them a symbol of success.

Therefore, European nations compete with each other to find regions that produce spices, one of which is Indonesia. In addition, it should be known that there are several things that encourage Europeans to come to Indonesia. For example: (a) Advancement of knowledge and technology with the discovery of compasses, binoculars, maps; (b) The existence of Marcopolo’s book Imago Mundi about the journey to the East; (c) The development of the spirit of seeking power with the symbol of 3G, namely Gold (seeking profit by owning valuable materials and goods), Gospel (the spread of the Christian religion believed by western nations), and Glory (gaining success by having a lot of power); and (d) The fall of Constantinople in 1453.

That is what drove the Europeans to come and create colonialism in Indonesia. Then there are some countries that are defeated by other countries that want to take over. That was the Reader that our nation experienced before, here is a list of countries that successfully explored the ocean:

1. Portuguese

The Portuguese sent someone named Bartholomeus Diaz to explore the ocean for valuable goods, namely spices. Bartholomeus Diaz managed to land at the Cape of Good Hope, South Africa in 1488. Vasco da Gama continued his ocean exploration, reaching Gowa, until he finally returned with spices.

The experience of these two figures made the Portuguese more ambitious to dominate a region. To continue the expedition, the Portuguese sent Alfonso d’Albuquerque. He managed to conquer Malacca on August 10, 1511.

2. Spain

Christopher Columbus was the first Spaniard to successfully explore in 1942. He sailed to the American continent until he reached his destination, India. Then Magellan’s exploration continued, where he managed to conquer the Philippines in 1521.

Further, in 1521, Sebastian del Cano explored until he successfully anchored in Tidore. However, del Cani’s exploration is considered a violation of the Tordesillas agreement, which is an agreement made by Spain with Portugal. Until finally the Treaty of Zaragoza was made in 1529 to solve the problem of power struggle.

3. The Netherlands

Ocean exploration by the Dutch was carried out by Cornelis de Houtman in 1956. Cornelis de Houtman managed to land in Banten, but because the Dutch attitude was less friendly and seemed to monopolize, it made the Sultan of Banten angry. Until there was resistance from the people of Banten, and the expedition was considered a failure.

Further in 1598-1600, the arrival of the Dutch in Indonesia led by Jacob van Neck. He managed to dominate the Maluku region. Making more and more Dutch traders come to Indonesia.

4. England

Various countries that tried to find spices in Indonesia, made the British take part in a race to sail to Indonesia. Sir Henry and James Cook are two famous figures in ocean voyages carried out by England. Henry Middleton obtained spices such as pepper and cloves in Banten, Tidore, Ternate and Ambon.

The voyage was carried out in 1604. While James Cook started his voyage from the direction of Australia. Until finally in 1770, it arrived in Batavia.

The Development of European Power in Indonesia During Colonialism

Indonesia has suffered from European colonialism for a long time. This is felt starting from the Dutch, British, Japanese, and other governments. Here is an explanation related to the topic above:

1. The Reign of the Bataaf Republic

Indonesia experienced colonization by the Dutch Government under the leadership of Louis Napoleon. He is the younger brother of Napoleon Bonaparte. In 1808, Louis Napoleon appointed a governor to defend and lead the island of Java. The figure is Governor General Herman Willem Daendels, with the aim of improving the fate of the people according to the French revolution.

During Daendels’ leadership, many policies were implemented to regulate the lives of the Indonesian people. For example, such as the construction of the Anyer-Panarukan road, issuing banknotes, the implementation of preangerstelsel , appointing regents as government officials, and dividing the island of Java into 9 prefectures. However, there is also a negative side of Daendels’ rule, namely the rampant practice of slavery and poor relations with the kingdoms in Indonesia at that time.

That caused the Daendels government to get a lot of resistance from the Indonesian people. Then his reign ended, and he was replaced by a new governor, namely Janssens, in 1811. Unfortunately, Janssens’ reign did not last as long as Daendels, because the British forces came to attack and made him retreat and sign the Tuntang Agreement.

2. Time of British Rule

After successfully conquering Indonesia in 1811, the British leader in India, namely Lord Minto, ordered Thomas Stamford Raffles to conquer the island of Java. Many policies were made by Raffles. For example in the field of government, Raffles divided the island of Java into 16 regions and prohibited forced labor as well as slavery.

While in the economic field, Raffles obliged the farmers to pay tax on the use of land (land rent) . Then in the field of science, Raffles tried to establish the Bogor Botanical Garden, in addition to that he also wrote a book entitled “History of Java” and discovered an endemic flower in Indonesia, Rafflesia Arnoldi. But in 1816, Raffles’ rule ended, so the British returned the rule of Indonesia to the Dutch.

3. The time of Dutch rule

The end of the British rule, made Indonesia suffer for quite a long time under the Dutch rule. A governor general appointed to rule in Indonesia is Van der Capellen. He made policies such as eliminating the role of traditional rulers (the government), applying taxes that made the people suffer, and at the same time the slavery system was reinstated.

But because during the reign of Capellen, the Netherlands felt that its economy began to decline due to wars with the Europeans and the Indonesian people. This led to the appointment of a new governor named Van den Bosch. Its main mission is to increase the acceptance of the Dutch nation.

For this reason, Van den Bosch implemented a system of forced cultivation (cultuur stelsel) in 1830. This policy was very burdensome for the people, because the people had to pay taxes on the land planted, the enforcement of forced labor for people who did not own land, planting beyond the age of planting , as well as the harvest that must be sold to the government. This is what causes the people to suffer because of the forced cultivation system implemented by the Dutch government.

Consequences Of Colonialism

Reader, have you ever imagined how Indonesian people lived during colonialism? Must be suffering a lot, Reader. Living in the shadow of colonialism and experiencing both physical and mental torture every day.

The consequences of the colonization have long been felt by the people of Indonesia. Not just in politics, but in all aspects of life. Here are the details of the consequences of colonialism in Indonesia:

1. In the Political Field

1. There is the application of indirect government, where power is led by regents or governors in the name of colonialism.
2. The emergence of various Indonesian people’s resistance against the unjust policies of the colonial government.
3. Government power was taken over and depended on colonial rule. Because of this, the people rebelled and became divided.
4. Java became the center of government and was divided into several perfect regions.
5. Customary law was changed into modern law by western nations.

2. In the field of economics

1. There was a trade monopoly by the colonists against the Indonesian people.
2. Agriculture as the main source of the people’s economy shifted to the plantation industry.
3. Trade monopoly practices by the VOC made trade in the archipelago experience setbacks in the international arena.
4. There is a land tax system and the handover of land products to the colonial government.
5. The implementation of the forced cultivation system that makes the people suffer losses and suffering.
6. The emergence of money as a new means of payment during the colonial rule.

3. In the Social Field

1. There is a change in social strata in society.
2. The amount of social mobility that occurred as a result of colonial rule that required energy in other regions.
3. The emergence of the labor class consisting of natives and the employer class, namely the colonials.
4. The emergence of an educated elite at the request of the colonial government to meet the government’s needs.
5. The formation of a social status that tends to bring down the natives.
6. There are brutal acts of violence and extortion against the people of Indonesia.
7. Indonesian regions that are isolated and make their people experience backwardness.

4. In the field of culture

1. There are many absorbed languages ​​from colonial nations that are used by Indonesian people until now.
2. The entry of the colonial nation made an increase in insight into musical instruments and international dance.
3. There are relict buildings with typical colonial characteristics as well as western architecture in Indonesia.
4. There are historic colonial relics that can be evidence of conditions in the past.

5. In the field of education

1. The emergence of educated groups who have high vision in Indonesia.
2. More and more Indonesians can read and write to be employed by the colonial government. But it will be a valuable value for Indonesia’s independence in the future.
3. Indonesian people become knowledgeable and open to the development of the outside world.
4. The people of Indonesia become motivated to achieve their country’s independence after gaining insight and education.
5. The people of Indonesia finally know what is right and wrong in the conditions that happened at that time.

Conclusion

Reader, certainly the people of Indonesia at that time suffered a lot due to the colonization of the colonial nation. This is what ultimately led our nation to dare to do various struggles. As for the resistance that has been carried out for quite a long time since the Portuguese controlled the archipelago until the Dutch rule.

However, if you look at the story line in the existing history, initially the people of Indonesia accepted the arrival of foreigners with open arms. Indonesian people are also friendly and warm towards anyone who is present in their area. Even thought that the arrival of the foreign nation had good intentions for the development of the region.

Unfortunately, that is not true, because the Europeans came to Indonesia only to get valuable goods, namely spices. The emergence of this motif began when Constantinople was successfully controlled by the Ottoman Turks. Where Constantinople is the largest and most prosperous strategic trading center of Europe.

This causes the commodity of spices to be no longer available at a cheap price while many are needed by various people. Until finally, the European nation explored to find a new region producing spices. One of them is Indonesia.

After successfully occupying Indonesia, the people experienced a lot of misery. Where all the policies that are made are detrimental to the natives and more beneficial to foreigners. The people experienced torture, slavery, forced labor, and were forced to pay taxes on their own land.

Attempts to dominate a region to obtain the greatest possible profit, both in the form of natural wealth and others, is called the practice of colonialism. Therefore, colonialism has both negative and positive consequences for the Indonesian nation. It’s just that living in a colonized condition must not be good, right, Reader?

 

Meaning of collage – If we talk about works of art, there are certainly many techniques used where each element is always identical to the result of the work. For this reason, works of art made using one technique will be different from the other. Many techniques will create diverse artworks as well, so it can be said that everyone will like the techniques of artworks that are not necessarily the same.

Not only the technique, but the works produced are also very diverse, one of which is collage. For some people it may sound strange when they hear the word collage artwork, are you one of them? This is quite reasonable because this collage itself can be said to require special skills in making it.

For those of you who don’t know about collage, don’t worry because this article will discuss about collage. From understanding to how to make it. So, make sure you read this article to the end, Reader.

Meaning of Collage

In the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), a collage is an artistic composition made of various materials (fabric, paper, wood) that is pasted on the surface of a picture.

The word collage that comes from the English language is called “collage” which comes from the word “coller” in French which means “gluing”. Furthermore, collage is understood as an art technique of pasting various materials other than paint, such as paper, fabric, glass, metal, etc., or combined with the use of paint or other techniques.

The definition of collage is the technique of pasting various elements into one frame to create a new work of art. In general, the meaning of collage is a work of art that is created by gluing any material into a harmonious composition so that it becomes a unity of work.

In addition, collage can also be said to be the making of an application made by combining the technique of painting (hand painting) by gluing certain materials. Therefore, in making it, a collage requires patience and high skill in combining, arranging, and gluing the available materials so that it becomes a beautiful work of art.

For artists, making a collage is a challenge that is quite difficult compared to making other works of art. The reason is, making a collage requires creativity, dedication and patience to search, and find specific and suitable materials to make a collage, then how to combine one material with another material.

In a work of art drawing or even in making a collage, you definitely need a picture first. However, for some people it will be difficult to find books related to drawing. Don’t worry, because in the book Basic Techniques for Drawing Shapes Easy Ways to Learn to Draw , readers will know a variety of drawing techniques that are easy to understand, so that readers will find it easier to create quality pictures.

The Meaning of Collage According to Experts

After knowing the meaning of collage in general, it feels incomplete if we don’t discuss the meaning of collage according to the experts. The following is the meaning of collage from some members.

1. Muharram

According to Muharam, collage is a painting technique using colors from pieces of stone, glass, marble, ceramics, and wood that are pasted.

2. Budiono

The definition of collage according to Budiono is painting using an artistic composition made of various materials pasted on the surface of the picture.

3. John

The definition of collage according to Yohana is a picture or design made from an arrangement of pieces, stones, colored glass, porcelain.

4. Robins

According to Robbins, the definition of collage is the art of pasting pictures or patterns using different materials, such as paper and fabric glued to a background.

5. Sumanto

The meaning of collage is an application made by combining painting techniques (hand painting) by gluing certain materials.

6. Nicholson

The meaning of collage is a picture made from pieces of paper or other materials that are pasted.

History of Collage Artwork

Citing Art in Context , this technique related to collage art was initially used in China around 200 BC or more precisely when paper already existed. Then, as time went on, the art of collage slowly became popular in Japan in the 10th century when calligraphers began using paper and text glued to the surface when writing poetry.

After a few years, the collage itself began to spread in the plains of Europe around the 13th century where at that time the decoration of the Gothic Cathedral was made using gold leaf panels.

Gemstones and other precious metals are also used in religious images, icons, and symbols. The development of technology creates a digital collage, which is a technique of using technology to create different visual elements. An example is photoshop. Some examples of collage artists are:

• Johannes Bader.
• Johannes Theodor Bargeld.
• Jeannie Baker.
• Nick Bantock.
• Hannelore Baron.
• Romare Bearden.
• April Bey.
• Peter Blakes.

Collage artwork can also be made with used items so that it can reduce waste.

Types of Collages

If we talk about the types of collage, then it is divided into several aspects, namely the functional aspect, the dimensional aspect, the stylistic aspect, and the material aspect. Each type has its own explanation. Here is a complete explanation of collage based on its types.

1. Types of Collage Based on Function

If viewed in terms of function, then the collage itself is further divided into several types, namely pure art and applied art. Fine art is a work of art created by an artist with the aim of achieving artistic value. Usually, an artist who creates this pure work of art more often expresses his expression in an aesthetic way. Therefore, at this function, artists prioritize freedom of expression.

Meanwhile, applied art is a work of art made by artists to meet practical needs. In general, this applied art prioritizes an artistic look that is decorative in nature.

2. Types of Collage According to Dimensions

Based on the dimensions, the type of collage can be divided into two, namely collage on a two-dimensional surface (two-dimensional) and collage on a three-dimensional surface (tridimensional). Each artwork produced will be different.

3. Types of Collage Based on Style

According to the pattern, the form of collage can be divided into two types, namely representative and non-representative. Representative means describing a real shape whose shape can still be recognized. While non-representative means made without showing a real shape, abstract, and only featuring a composition of beautiful visual elements.

4. Types of Collage Based on Materials

Any material can be used in making a collage as long as it is arranged into an interesting or unique composition. Various collage materials will be glued to various types of surfaces, such as wood, plastic, paper, glass, ceramics, pottery, cardboard, and so on as long as they are relatively flat or allow to be glued.

In general, collage raw materials can be grouped into two, namely: natural materials (leaves, twigs, dried flowers, shells, seeds, shells, stones, etc.), and synthetic materials (plastic, synthetic fibers, metal, paper containers), bottle caps, candy or chocolate wrappers, patchwork etc.).

If you are still confused to find a book about animal drawing techniques, then don’t worry because through this book Smart Animal Drawing Techniques is very suitable to be used as a guide in making animal pictures.

Collage Elements

After discussing the meaning of collage in general and the meaning of collage according to experts as well as the types of collage, then we will shift, the elements of art contained in collage. Here are the collage elements you need to know.

1. Dots And Spots

A dot is the smallest visual element unit that has no length and width, while a dot is a slightly larger point. Dotted elements in the collage can be formed from grains of sea sand. Spots can be formed from pepper or small seeds and the like.

2. Line

A line is an extension of a point that has length but relatively no width. Seen from the type of line, it is divided into several, namely straight lines, curved lines, dotted lines and spiral lines. Line elements in collage can be formed from pieces of wire, sticks, matchsticks, threads and so on.

3. Field

A field is a visual element that occurs due to the meeting of several lines. And the field is divided into horizontal, vertical, and horizontal fields. The application of field elements in collage can be in the form of a flat field (2D) and a volume field (3D).

4. Color

Color is an important visual element and a form of beauty that can be felt by the human sense of sight, and real color can be divided into primary, secondary and tertiary colors. Color elements in a collage can be created from elements of paint, ribbon or lace, colored paper, colorful fabric and so on.

Collage Making Materials

If you want to make a collage, then it is good to know the materials for making it first.

1. Glass

Glass is used to make collages, which are ordinary pieces of glass that can be placed where people put up frames to display unused pictures. Then, if there is no glass cutting tool, the glass can be shaped by tapping or tapping on a hard surface.

In the above way, you can get glass sizes that are irregular and not the same size. In working with glass you should also be more careful so as not to get hurt.

2. Wood shavings

Another material commonly used to make collages is wood shavings. Wood shavings are used to make collages before being dried. The purpose is so that the color used on the material does not fade easily. In its use, the wood shavings will be cut to the desired size, and ready to be pasted.

3. Rock

A good stone to use for collage is agate because it has a variety of colors. In order for the color to be more brilliant and beautiful, it is best to sharpen the agate first.

4. Metal

Metals used as materials for making collages choose pieces of metal that are easy to obtain such as zinc, brass and aluminum. This metal plate can be cut according to the desired size, then pasted on the base of the collage.

5. Ceramics

Ceramics have quite a lot of types and colors, but to meet the needs of making collages, you can use pieces of old ceramics on the floor of the house. Ceramic material can be cut according to the desired size.

6. Batok Coconut

Coconut husks for collage are preferably old. Then, clean it before use so that the fiber does not decompose when you want to use it for collage.

7. Dry leaves

The leaves used to make the collage are dry/fallen leaves. Choose dry leaves that have different color variations so that the arrangement can be a more interesting painting.

8. Skin-Skin

Plant skins can also be used as a collage material. For example salak peel, orange peel, banana peel, etc. However, clean and dry first so that no rubber sticks.

9. Used Paper

Student collages also usually use recycled paper. You can choose colored used paper, such as from newspapers, magazines, posters, and used product packaging. This also reduces paper waste at home. Then, cut according to the needs of the collage.

Collage Tools And Techniques

The equipment needed to make a collage is:

• Cutting tools, such as knives, scissors, cutters, saws, pliers and so on.
• Adhesive materials, such as paper glue, vinyl adhesive, white glue, plastic glue, needle and sewing thread, and other adhesives according to the type of material used.
• There are various collage techniques, such as tear, scissors, cut, weave, glue, sewing, tying, and so on. These various techniques can be combined to create interesting collage art. Some methods in making collages include:
• Overlapping or overlapping.
• Spatial arrangement (spatial arrangement).
• Repetition/repetition (repetition).

How to Make a Collage

To find out how to make a collage, you can see the methods below.

1. Prepare the tools and materials needed

Select the collage raw material and add color elements using a type of dye, such as crayons or colored pencils according to the material used. Also prepare a surface to stick the collage. If you are going to make a collage with children, make sure all the tools and materials are safe.

2. Create Themes And Concepts Collage Pictures

Decide on the theme of the collage. There are no limits in artwork, so creativity and imagination are the main factors in making an interesting collage.

3. Paste the material on the surface of the collage

Begin gluing the material to the surface of the collage using the adhesive of your choice. Let the collage dry for a few seconds.

Benefits of Making Collages

Collage has a great influence on the development of children, especially in stimulating their motor skills. Well, here are the benefits of collage art for children according to Luchantic, among them:

• Increase Active Power.
• Train Children’s Creativity.
• Increase Self-Confidence.
• Practice Perseverance.
• Hone Spatial Intelligence.
• Knowing Color.
• Practice Concentration.
• Recognizing Shapes.
• Train Fine Motor.

In addition, collage also affects the environment, the following are the functions of collage in the surrounding environment, namely:

• As decoration, and
• As a form of concern for someone in the environment.

That’s a review of the meaning of collage to how to make a collage. Hopefully all the discussions above will make it easier for you to make a collage.

A coalition is – When talking about what a coalition is, surely Reader will think of a merger of political parties , right ? Yes, the term “coalition” is often used in matters related to politics in a country. Especially in our country, which has a democratic government system, surely the political parties have the same goal, which is to gain power and political position. However, the political parties will not be able to work with their own hands, but will need other political parties.

The use of the term “coalition” in the political field can apparently refer to a specific strategy in order to gain a position in government. Especially at a time like this, which is almost approaching the election schedule, surely political parties are forming coalitions to achieve the same goal. So what exactly is the coalition? Is it only limited to the merger of political parties? What is the shape of this coalition? What is the definition of political parties found in various countries including Indonesia? Well, for Reader to understand that, let’s read the following comments!

Definition of Coalition

If you look at KBBI (Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia), the term “coalition” means ‘cooperation between several parties to gain votes in parliament.‘. Meanwhile, according to Andrew Heywood, a coalition is the amalgamation of a group of competing political parties, together having a perception of interests, or in facing threats and in gathering collective energy. According to Shively, a coalition can be defined as a combination of several groups to control and gather power, so that the interests of the related parties can be accommodated. A coalition can also be interpreted as a form of formal agreement that has a joint contract between two or more political parties, in order to guarantee the power of the government based on the majority vote.

In short, the term “coalition” will always be related to matters in the political field, namely in the form of cooperation or merger between several political parties in order to achieve common interests, one of which is to obtain the most votes in an election .

This coalition turns out to be an effective way to bridge the various interests of political parties to jointly build and run a government in a country. Usually, this coalition is needed in countries that have a parliamentary system, that is, where the government is formed through a coalition in order to get the support of the majority in parliament. In contrast to countries that have a presidential system, which implements a dual party system, so that a coalition is not a necessity.

In Indonesia, the application of a coalition within a political party has a strong legal basis , you know , which is listed in the 1945 Constitution article 6A paragraph 2 which reads “Presidential and vice-presidential candidates are proposed by a political party or a combination of political parties participating in the general election before the general election” . Not only that, it turns out that the application of the coalition has also been regulated in Law Article 9 No. 42 of 2008 on the General Election of the President and Vice President, which reads:“A candidate pair is proposed by a political party or a combination of political parties participating in the election that meets the requirements of obtaining seats of at least 20% (twenty percent) of the total number of DPR seats or obtaining 25% (twenty-five percent) of the national valid votes in the election of members of the DPR, before the implementation of presidential and vice presidential elections”

Even during the reign of President Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono in the period 2009-2014, the coalition of supporters in his party included around 423 out of 560 seats in parliament or around 75.5%! But it should be known , Reader , that the term “coalition” also has an opposite word, namely “opposition”. Therefore, even if the political parties do a joint coalition action, there will definitely be opposition parties that oppose it. That is something that is only natural .

Characteristics of Party Coalitions

If referring to a coalition of political parties, the merger has two characteristics namely tactical coalition and strategic coalition. Well, here is the description!

1. Tactical Coalition

Tactical coalition is the nature of the merger of political parties that are built not to fulfill the interests of the vision and ideology of the political parties. This coalition is built in connection with the decision of the power elite oligarchy which holds the highest power in a party.

2. Strategic Coalition

A strategic coalition is the nature of the merger of political parties that is built to fulfill the interests of the vision and ideology of the political party, with the aim of jointly forming a strong and long-lasting government. Usually, this coalition is built on the basis of the political party’s institutional interests and the decision is made jointly with other coalition members.

Types of Party Coalitions

Broadly speaking, coalitions can be grouped into three types, namely:

1. Potential Coalitions

It is a situation where there is an emerging interest, so coalition action has the potential to be taken. In this type of coalition, it is further divided into two things, namely:

• Latent, ie not yet formed into an active coalition.
• Dormant, that is, a previous coalition has been formed but is no longer active.

2. Active Coalition

It is a kind of coalition that is going on. In this type, it is also divided into two things, namely:

• Established Coalition , in the form of an active coalition, relatively stable, and lasting for an unlimited period of time.
• Temporary Coalition (Temporary), in the form of a coalition that is formed for the short term and only focuses on a single issue.

3. Recurring Coalition

It is a temporary coalition that still continues because the single issue has not been resolved.

The formation of a coalition of political parties

In political science, there is a coalition theory that teaches that not all political parties are worthy and worthy to be used as partner members, especially in the formation of a coalition cabinet. Only certain political parties can create an effective and conducive coalition for the continuation and development of the party system. Therefore, this coalition theory divides into five main theories about how political party coalitions are formed, namely:

1. Minimal Winning Coalitions

This theory is compiled based on ideological tendencies from left to right, so that its formation is regardless of party position and ideological spectrum. This coalition has principles with the aim of maximizing power as much as possible in order to gain seats in the cabinet and ignore parties that are not needed.

2. Minimum Size Coalitions

In this theory, the party with the most votes tends to look for a smaller party to simply achieve a majority vote while also strengthening its position in parliament.

3. Bargaining Proposition

In this theory, the coalition with the least number of parties is also the coalition with the smallest party. The basic principle in this coalition is to facilitate the process of negotiation and bargaining because the members or partners of the coalition are few in number. It can even be said that the negotiation process that takes place in the body of the coalition can run without interruption because the coalition is the least.

4. Minimal Range Coalitions

In this theory, the basis of the coalition is closeness to the ideological tendency, making it easier for political parties to form a coalition. Unfortunately, in theory this coalition is not easy to form because it ignores the differences in direction and priorities of wisdom from each political party.

5. Minimally Connected Winning Coalitions

This theory of coalition is widely applied in countries because its basis is that the political parties that are in coalition are because each of them has closeness in their policy orientation. These political parties will seek coalition members from the closest party ideologically and reflected in the party’s policy orientation. In short, this coalition theory still pays attention to and is based on ideological equality.

Form of Political Party Coalition

The existence of a coalition that is usually applied to two or more political parties turns out to have several forms or types. The form or type of this political party coalition can be distinguished from the number of political parties or the number of seats in parliament that are incorporated into the coalition. Well, here are some forms or types of a political party coalition.

1. Big or Fat Coalition

In the form of this coalition, its formation is to include almost all political parties into the coalition, so that in the coalition there will be a number of political parties that exceed what has been required, in order to achieve majority support from parliament. That way, the government that runs will definitely get the support of the absolute majority from the political parties in parliament.

But unfortunately, this form of coalition can cause bargaining of interests and is difficult to integrate. The reason is because there are too many political parties in the coalition. The condition of this form of coalition can be seen in the coalition supporting the government of Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono (SBY) in the period 2009-2014, which at that time included 6 political parties and 423 out of 560 seats in parliament or around 75.5%.

2. Limited Pass Coalition

In the form of this coalition, it was deliberately formed only to achieve the support of a simple majority in parliament without including political parties which are not necessary, in order to achieve majority support in parliament. In that way, the political parties that are included in this coalition have a limited number and only to achieve political power so that they can strengthen the way of government.

This Limited Pass Coalition is an ideal form of coalition because the support of a simple majority in a parliament is judged to be able to help the government at the same time create a constructive interaction between the president and the parliament.

The condition of this form of coalition can be seen in the 2009 Presidential Election, which was only done once because SBY managed to obtain 73,874,562 votes (around 60.80%) by defeating the Megawati-Prabowo and JK-Wiranto pairs.

3. Small Coalition

In this form of coalition, the coalition does not get the support of a simple majority in parliament, so it tends to create a divided government. When the executive and legislature are led by the strength of different political parties, it will make the government run ineffectively, and there is even a chance of the impeachment of the president.

Knowing What a Political Party Is

Previously, Reader had often encountered the term “political party”. So what exactly is a political party?

If you talk about what a political party is, surely Reader will think that in a political party there will be people who have a strong desire to sit in the parliament seat. Yes, based on the definition of a political party by Edmund Burke (1839) reveals that a political party is an organization that consists of people who are united, to promote the national interest together, based on the principles and things they agree on. Then according to Sigmund Neumann, he thinks that a political party is an organization that consists of political activists who try to occupy power in a government and grab support from the people through competition between groups that have different views or paradigms.

Then there is also an opinion from RH Soltau who reveals that a political party is a group of citizens who are slightly organized, who act as a political union and who use their power to choose, and aim to dominate the government while implementing their general wisdom. The existence of political parties in a country has an important position, especially on the scale of socio-economic policies from the coalition movement in the parliamentary system. Therefore, coalition actions become one of the effective ways to bridge various interests from political parties as well as become a channel for people’s aspirations.

According to the understanding above, it can be concluded that this political party is a liaison organization between active political actors in society and the government. The people who are in a political party do not come from a certain group, but rather people from various circles and various professions.

Functions of Political Parties in a Country

The existence of political parties in a country, one of which is in Indonesia, turns out to have a variety of strategic functions. Even the existence of political parties is also an important feature in the modern political system. Well, here is the explanation!

1. As a Means of Political Communication

A political party will play a role in articulating interests that are present or hidden in society. The interests found in a society will be absorbed as best as possible by the political party and at the same time become the idea, vision, and policy of the political party concerned. Then, those ideas and policies will later be advocated so that it is expected to be able to influence or even become official national policy material.

2. As a Means of Political Recruitment

In this case, political parties are indeed formed to be a legitimate “vehicle” in an effort to select cadres of national leaders accompanied by certain positions. If in a democratic country, then the cadres will be directly elected by the people through elections, for example they are members of the House of Representatives (DPR).

3. As Political Socialization

In this regard, political parties will try to form a political attitude and orientation towards society. Through several ways, the community will later be introduced and gain an understanding of ongoing political activities, both through political education and political indoctrination.

4. As Political Participation

In this case, political parties will be required to be able to encourage and invite members of the community to participate in political activities. Political parties will later open opportunities and invite party members as well as community members to use political parties as a channel of activity in an effort to influence the political process.

5. As Political Mobilization

In this case, the political party will invite a large number of individuals who were previously outside the system to join the system. If there is mobilization and setting the level of participation, then the political party can integrate individuals to enter an existing political system.

Understanding Clearing – What do we know about clearing? Although we often transact through banks, we may not yet understand one of the widely used transfer methods, namely clearing. Be it in the field of banking or finance, clearing has an important role. Therefore, learning the meaning of clearing from the basics is quite important.

In this type of transaction, the clearinghouse protects both parties by ensuring that the funds are verified and everything else goes according to plan. If a dispute arises, the clearing board intervenes to act as a mediator before sending it to arbitration. The clearing process also plays an important role by recording transaction details for future reference.

Definition of Clearing

The concept of clearing describes the financial transaction settlement process that must be passed through. Although paying for goods with a paper check is becoming less common, this can be one of the easiest examples of clearing to understand. So, when the buyer pays the seller with a check, the seller deposits this check into his bank account. It then takes several days for the check to “clear” and the funds to appear in the account.

According to Bank Indonesia Regulation No.7/18/PBI/2005 dated July 22, 2005, the meaning of clearing is the exchange of paper or electronic financial data between banks, both on behalf of the bank and the customer whose calculation results are settled at a certain time.

On the other hand, KBBI mentions that clearing or the meaning of clearing is a form of settlement of bookkeeping and also inter-bank payments that are done by transferring the balance of one party to another entitled party.

To make it easier to understand, the conclusion is that this understanding of clearing can be known as a transfer process that is slightly different from the normal transfer process through an ATM machine. This is due to the clearing transfer process which takes quite a long time, which is around 2 to 3 days.

More specifically, clearing is often used in trading. When buyers buy securities, options, or futures, the clearing process can validate the transaction. The clearinghouse will ensure that there are sufficient funds to complete the purchase, and the transfer is recorded before the funds are sent to the buyer’s account.

The definition of clearing is a procedure with various steps that are useful for completing financial trades while ensuring that market orders remain balanced.

What is a Clearing Board?

Since the beginning of the discussion, Reader has often heard the term clearing house. Actually, what is it?

While banks handle the clearing process for direct transfers, independent clearing houses play an important role in trading. The clearinghouse functions as an independent third party to verify investment or trade transactions. If there is a discrepancy, the clearing board gives both parties the opportunity to resolve the issue independently.

In return for this service, the clearing house charges a fee that is usually included in the commission paid to any investment broker. In Indonesia, there are clearing agencies such as PT Kliring Berjangka Indonesia. In England, the London Clearing House is one of the most important names in trading. Multinational investment banks such as JP Morgan and Deutsche Bank also act as clearing houses for traders.

What Are the Benefits of Clearing?

After understanding the meaning of clearing and its institution, it’s time to dive into the benefits of this one transaction. Anything? Let’s watch together!

• Transferring funds through the service system is easier, in accordance with the needs of the community.
• The effectiveness and efficiency of the national payment system increased. This will make it easier for both parties (customers or other parties) involved.
• Through personal and company accounts, customers can send money or other transactions in large amounts due to the availability of extensive upgrade services.

Clearing Process

For information, the same process applies to every financial transaction that occurs between two or more banks or other institutions. Whether a paper check or an electronic transfer, these transactions must be reconciled through the clearing process. An independent clearing board facilitates this process, ensuring a more secure system.

Compared to other transfer methods, the clearing method makes the process of transferring an amount of money much longer in general, which is around 2 or 3 days. What is the reason? This is because the bank will ensure the availability of the balance in the sender’s account first.

Not only 2 or 3 days, this duration also only applies to working days, namely Monday to Friday. Even so, it is possible that remittances will take longer if done on Friday. Because, activities will be cut off on holidays and the new bank will check on Monday of the following week.

For example, if Reader will transfer a large amount of money using clearing on Monday, the money will at least be received by the recipient on Wednesday or Thursday. However, if Reader transfers on Friday, the money may not arrive until Tuesday or Wednesday at the latest.

So, it can be understood, isn’t it, that although it can be used to send money, but this clearing method is not appropriate to use when we are in a hurry or quick payment. For example, to pay online shopping , bills, etc.

If we use clearing to send large amounts of money and don’t need to send it too quickly, this method can be very useful. Because, there are various advantages that make many customers choose this option, such as very cheap transfer fees. Generally, the clearing option allows our funds to be cut by only Rp.5 thousand to Rp.15 thousand.

Types of Clearing

As one of the transfer methods, clearing apparently also still has its own types, Reader. In general, there are three types of clearing. Here is the review:

1. General Clearing

This type is generally used in the calculation of banking papers. As for the implementation process and system arrangements are directly supervised by Bank Indonesia as the authority.

2. Local Clearing

For local clearing, the paper calculation is done interbank. It’s just that the provisions that apply are regulated by the district, as has been established since before.

3. Inter-Branch Clearing

Local clearing is one of the means of calculating securities debts or money transfers that are used specifically for banks that are within the coverage of a certain area. The way of implementation, ie all calculations from branch bank offices will be collected.

Systems

1. Bank Indonesia National Clearing System (SKNBI)

The clearing method system is divided into two, if seen from the system within Bank Indonesia. Here is the explanation:

a. Debit

If Reader needs a debit transfer, this clearing system can be used. The reason is that the debit system comes from the debit card owned by the participant registered in the region concerned. Generally, this clearing is in the form of a giro bill from between regions.

b. Credit

For clearing with this system, there are some special provisions, namely:

• Applies to customers who are in the clearing area and is intended for other customers throughout Indonesia.
• The transfer process must be in rupiah currency and use Electronic Financial Data (DKE).
• The National Clearing Organizer (PKN) will perform the LLG calculation process.

System Available in Clearing Papers

In addition to the two national clearing systems above, there is also a system found in the clearing paper. Let’s discuss together!

a. Manual System

A local clearing maintenance system that performs the clearing process manually by each participant, starting from creating a clearing balance billet to selecting the paper.

b. Semi Automation System

This system enforces the calculation and compilation of clearing balance bills manually by each participant.

c. Automation System

Still a system that organizes local clearing, the implementation of this automation system performs the calculation of clearing balances and paper sorting.

d. Electronic Clearing System

This is a clearing maintenance system in the calculation and making of the clearing balance billet. This electronic clearing system will be enforced entirely electronically and accompanied by the way of delivery of the participant’s ticket on the part of the organizer.

Then, the paper is selected automatically. As for in this system, all the calculation results will be adjusted to the results electronically, Reader.

Manual Clearing Mechanism

In performing the manual clearing mechanism, there are at least two stages that each participant must go through. First, that is handover clearing and second, that is return clearing.

In this case, each participant is obliged to do both networks until the organizer declares that the clearing is complete by sending a representative of the participant. Meanwhile, this is the explanation of the clearing of submission and return.

1. Clearing Submissions

In this first mechanism, there are various activities carried out in the participant’s office or venue. Each participant will be given a letter in the form of an outgoing debit letter and an outgoing credit letter.

Outgoing debit cards are cards that bank customers deposit for profits from the customer’s own account, while outgoing credit cards are cards in which the burden of profits and interests of other customers will be channeled to the depositing customer’s account.

2. Return Clearing

This one clearing mechanism involves clearing slips in the form of incoming debit slips and outgoing debit slips. These two papers are accepted by the participants. As for the incoming debit card, it is a card collected by the participant at the expense of the bank customer who receives this card.

Meanwhile, the incoming credit letter is the opposite, that is, the letter is handed over to other participants for the benefit and interest of the bank customer who receives the letter.

Clearing Paper

In this article, we involve a lot of paper. However, before that, does Reader know what kind of paper is included as non-cash payment material? This paper can be in the form of a document, the list is as follows:

• Debit Note
• Credit Notes
• Proof of Receipt of Bank Transfer (SBPT)
• Bank Draft For Transfer (WBUT)
• Giro ticket
• CHEQUE
• Other documents that have been approved by Bank Indonesia.

Example Clearing

As an example of how clearing works, imagine a trader wants to buy a futures contract. To maintain the sale, there is an initial margin that is required and must be held as a guarantee that the sale will be successful. The clearinghouse will verify this by logging into the merchant’s account and holding the required margin so that it cannot be used until the transaction is completed.

This will reduce the risk of funds being used for other transactions, as well as ensure that all parties honor their agreements.

Example of Accounting Journal Entry

This time, we will discuss an example related to clearing and an example of an accounting journal entry. Check out the example below!

Stated a transaction that has just been completed with the clearing method. In the clearing, Bank X and Bank Y are involved and become participants for the same city, namely Jakarta.

Here is the transaction:

Transaction 1:

On April 20, 2021, a customer at Bank X, Ibu Yanti, successfully withdrew a check amounting to Rp30 million. Then, plus a check of Rp.25 million to be paid to Mr. Anto, a Bank Y customer.

Transaction 2:

On the same date, Bank Y received a giro bill from Ibu Mira, a giro customer to get her profit from Pak Andi, a giro customer from Bank X amounting to Rp20 million. It’s just that, if the transaction is completed using the clearing method, journal entries will be required for each clearing participant.

Therefore, here is the transaction journal entry at Bank Y:

1. Transaction 1
   Recorded the first clearing:
   Dr. RAR Clearing (Rp 30,000,000 + Rp 25,000,000)
   Dr. RAR Clearing Rp 55,000,000
   Recorded the second clearing:
   Cr. RAR Clearing Rp 55,000,000
   Dr. BI Giro Rp 55,000,000
   Cr. Giro Anto Rp 55,000,000
2. Transaction 2
   Recorded the first clearing:
   Dr. Giro Mira Rp 20,000,000
   Cr. BI Giro Rp 20,000,000

Transaction journal recording at Bank X

1. Transaction 1
   Recorded the second clearing
   Dr. Giro Yanti Rp 55,000,000
   Cr. BI Giro Rp 55,000,000
2. Transaction 2
   Dr. Giro Andi Rp 20,000,000
   Cr. BI Giro Rp 20,000,000

The difference between Clearing and RTGS

Reader, of course we now understand the clearing method for transactions, right? Even so, we should also know the difference between clearing and RTGS. But before that, what is RTGS?

RTGS alias Real Time Gross Settlement is an electronic fund transfer system. As for the solution of this method is every time during the working day. In addition, clearing actually only completes the transfer process at certain times, namely 10 am, 12 noon, 2 noon, and 4 pm.

In terms of overall aspects, the difference between clearing and RTGS is not much. It’s just that the transfer completion time and administration fees are different.

Clearing Conclusion

How, Reader? Are you among the people who have known the clearing method and want to understand this more deeply, or do you not know at all? Apparently, this clearing method has its own weaknesses and advantages. Although quite time-consuming, the administrative costs are not large.

In addition, this type is also further divided into several types with specific systems and mechanisms. We also know about the clearing agency that is authorized to supervise this process independently. Fortunately, we can cover all of them in this one article.

 

Understanding the Doomsday of Kubra and its Signs – Believing in the coming of the last day is found in the fifth pillar of faith. Thus, as Muslims we must believe with all our hearts that the whole world will be destroyed.

There is no servant who knows the coming of the last day. Therefore, prepare provisions to be ready to face the final day. In this case, the provisions in question are good practices in the world.

The last day in Islam is known as the “Doomsday of Kubra”. Read more comments about the meaning of the apocalypse and the signs of the apocalypse.

Meaning of Kubra Doomsday

The word “kubra” comes from Arabic which means big. In other words, Kubra’s apocalypse can be interpreted as a big apocalypse. In this case, Kubra’s apocalypse means the destruction of the universe resulting in the destruction or destruction of humans, plants, and animals.

The things that will happen in the apocalypse are sea water overflowing like a tsunami, heavenly bodies will fall, volcanoes will erupt. All the destruction of nature will make all people try to find safety, but no one will be saved.

Thus, the Kubra doomsday or the last day or the destruction of the universe is the destruction of all living beings and will get eternal life in the afterlife.

Evidence of Doomsday According to Surahs in the Qur’an

1. Surah Al-Mu’Min verse 59

وَالَّذِيْنَ هُمْ بِرَبِّهِمْ لَا يُشْرِكُوْنَ ۙ

Meaning:

Indeed, the Day of Judgment will surely come. There is no doubt about it, but most people do not believe. (QS Al-Mu’min (40):59).

2. Surah Az-Zumar 68

وَنُفِخَ فِى الصُوْرِ فَصَعِقَ مَنْ فِى السَّمٰوٰتِ وَمْ فِي الْرضِ إلا مَنْ شَاءَ اللہُ ْۗثُمُفِخَ فِيِ خْرٰى فَاِذَا ُمْ قِيَامٌ يَنْزُرُ

Meaning:

The trumpet was blown so that all (beings) in heaven and on earth died, except those whom God willed. Then, it was blown again. At that moment, they woke up (from their graves and) waited (for God’s decision). (QS Al-Mu’Min (39):68).

3. Surah Al-A’Raf verse 187

 

Meaning:

They asked you (Prophet Muhammad) about the Hour, “When will it happen?” Say, “Surely the knowledge about it is only with my Lord. No one (anyone) can explain the time of occurrence except Him. (Doomsday) is very heavy (chaos for the creatures) in heaven and on earth. It will not come to you except suddenly.” They ask you as if you know it. Say (Prophet Muhammad), “Indeed the knowledge about it is only with Allah, but most people do not know.”

4. Surah Ash-Shura verse 47

Meaning:

Fulfill the call of your God before there comes from God a day (Doomsday) that cannot be rejected. On that day you will have no refuge and you will not be able to deny (your sins).

5. Surah Ad-Dukhan verse 41

يَوْمَ لَا يُغْنِيْ مَوْلًى عَنْ مَّوْلًى شَيْـًٔا وَّلَا هُمْ يُنْصَرُونَۙ

Meaning:

(that is) the day (when) a loyal friend will not be able to benefit the other friends at all and they will not get help.

Evidence of Doomsday According to Hadith

1. HR. Bukhari and Muslim

From Abu Hurairah radhiyallahu’anhu, the Messenger of Allah sallallahu ‘alaihi wa sallam said, “Allah tabaraka wa ta’ala will hold the earth on the Day of Judgment, God will fold the sky with His right hand, then God will say; ‘I am the King, where are the kings who once ruled the earth?’

2. HR. Bukhari and Muslim

From Abdullah bin Mas’ud and Abu Musa, may God bless him and grant him peace, the Messenger of God, may God bless him and grant him peace, said, “Indeed, when the apocalypse is about to occur, there will be days when ignorance will spread, knowledge will be lifted, and there will be a lot of al-Harj.” ” What al-harj means is murder.

Signs of Doomsday kubra

For Muslims knowing the signs of doomsday is a must. Knowing the signs of doomsday makes a Muslim believe more and more that the last day will come. Here are the signs of the apocalypse.

1. The emergence of Fire

The first sign of Kubra’s apocalypse is the appearance of fire that will gather all mankind. This fire comes out or appears from the crater of Aden. Aden Crater itself is on the slopes of a volcano in the country of Yemen.

The sign of doomsday is found in the Sahih Al-Bukhari chapter of the virtues of the Ansar VII h 272 from Anas RA it is mentioned:

Meaning:

Abdullah ibn Salam learned of the arrival of the Messenger of Allah (PBUH) to Madinah (Hijrah). He also met the Prophet to ask about some things. He said, “I will ask three questions: what is the first sign of the apocalypse?” The Prophet SAW replied, “The first sign is fire that gathers people from east to west.”

2. The destruction of the Kaaba 

The second sign of the apocalypse is the destruction of the Kaaba. Someone who will destroy the Kaaba is called Zul-Suwayqatyn. It was someone from Abyssinia.

Abdullah ibn Amr once said, “I heard the Messenger of God SAW say that Zul Suwayqatayn from Abyssinia will destroy the Kaaba and steal property and kiswah .” He wanted to attack and destroy the Kaaba using a shovel.

Thus, with the destruction of the Kaaba, it can cause the number of servants who mention the name of Allah SWT to decrease. Although those who mention the name of Allah SWT are decreasing, the apocalypse will not happen.

Such a thing is reinforced by the Sahih Muslim hadith “this will not happen until there are no more people who say Allah.”

3. Sunrise from the West

The third sign of Kubra’s apocalypse is the rising sun rising from the west. If one day the sun has risen from the west then all the doors of human practice have been closed. This event only happened for one day.

What will you feel when you wake up in the morning and see the morning sun has risen from the west? If we believe that the Day of Judgment will come then we will not be confused and are ready to accept that it is a sign of the Day of Judgment.

The event of the sun rising from the west is also found in a hadith which means:

 There will be no apocalypse until the sun rises from its setting, when it has risen from the west and all people see it then they will all believe, and that is the time when the faith of a person who has never believed before is of no use. (HR Bukhari and Muslim, Ahmad, and Abu Dawud, from Abu Hurairah).

4. The emergence of Imam Mahdi 

The appearance of Imam Mahdi is the sign of the fourth apocalypse. Imam Mahdi is a very fair person and does not want injustice and enmity in the world.

Imam Mahdi is someone who comes from the descendants of Fatimah binti Muhammad from the line of Hasan bin ‘Ali RA. Imam Mahdi’s forehead is very wide and has a pointed nose because he also comes from the bloodline of the Prophet SAW.

During the leadership of Imam Mahdi, every human being will feel justice and prosperity. This is reinforced by the Hadith about the leadership of Imam Mahdi which means:

“Al Mahdi will be among my people. If the time is short (he rules) for 7 years, if not then 9 years. At that time my people will get a pleasure that they have never felt before. They will get a lot of food and they will not keep it. At that time, wealth was so abundant. Someone said, ‘O Imam Mahdi, give me something.’ Then he said, ‘Take it’.” (HR. Ibnu Majah)

5. The appearance of Dajjal

The appearance of Dajja is the sign of the fifth apocalypse. The appearance of Dajjal can be said to be the biggest test that humans will face before the coming of the Day of Judgment.

Dajjal is a man who comes from the descendants of Prophet Adam who came out at the end of time. Dajjal himself has physical characteristics, such as his eyes are written ka-fa-ra. The writing can only be read by believers.

In addition, the antichrist’s right eye is blind and his eyes are like grapes. When he first appeared in the world, he would claim to be a pious person, then claim to be a prophet, and finally claim to be a god.

Therefore, for Muslims it is necessary to have faith and ask Allah SWT for protection from Dajjal’s slander. In addition, we should also try to avoid meeting with the Dajjal so as not to be influenced by his slander, as found in the following hadith.

Prophet Muhammad SAW said, “Whoever hears about Dajjal, then stay away from him. By Allah, indeed someone came to him and thought that he was a believer, so he followed him because of the suspicion he brought.” (HR Abu Dawud from Imran bin Hushain).

6. The descent of Jesus. U.S

After the appearance of the Dajjal on earth who spreads slander and causes damage to the earth, Allah SWT sent Prophet Jesus to come down to earth against the Dajjal. The descent of Prophet Jesus to Earth is a sign of the sixth apocalypse.

The descent of Prophet Jesus to earth is already found in Al-Quran surah Ali-Imran verse 55.

It means

(Remember) when God said, “O Jesus, indeed I took you, raised you to Me, purified you from the disbelievers, and made those who follow you superior to the disbelievers until the Day of Resurrection. Then, to Me you will return, then I will give a decision about what you always disagree about.

A person who believes will believe in the descent of Jesus to earth to lead and give good and true direction according to the teachings of Islam. As contained in Surah Az-Zukhruf verse 61.

وَاِنَّهٗ لَعِلْمٌ لِّلَّاعَةِ فَلَا تَمْتَرُنَّ بِهَا وَاتَّبِعُوْنِۗ هٰذَا صِرَاطٌ مُسْتَقِيْمٌ

Meaning:

“And indeed he (Isa) is truly a sign of the coming of the Day of Judgment. Therefore, don’t ever doubt about it (Doomsday) and follow MY guidance. This is the straight path.”

7. The appearance of the Cascading Beast 

The seventh sign of Kubra’s apocalypse is the appearance of a cascading animal that cannot be scientifically explained.

The appearance of cascading animals is already found in Al-Quran surah An-Naml verse 82.

Meaning:

When the words (terms of the destruction of the world) have come upon them, We will bring forth moving creatures from the earth who will tell them that mankind has not believed in Our verses all this time.

According to the interpretation experts, the appearance of animals cascading to the earth because Allah SWT wants to punish the infidels. In other words, someone who does not believe in Allah SWT they will be tortured.

8. The appearance of Gog and Magog

The eighth sign of the apocalypse is the appearance of Ya’Juj and Ma’Juj. Gog and Magog are a people who are very happy to do evil and damage on earth.

In the Al-Quran, Gog and Magog were already locked in a metal wall or fortress that had been made by Zulqarnain. This is stated in Al-Quran surah Al-Kahfi verse 94.

Meaning:

They said, “O Zulqarnain, indeed Gog and Magog are (nations) that cause destruction on earth, can we give you a reward for you to build a barrier between us and them?”

9. The Occurrence of a Terrible Earthquake

The ninth sign of the apocalypse is a terrible earthquake and other natural disasters. This sign of doomsday is also explained in a hadith narrated from Abdullah bin Hawalah Al-Azdi RA, the Prophet said:

Meaning:

“O Ibnu Hawaalah, if you have seen the caliphate spread from Madinah to Sham, there have been earthquakes, disasters and other exciting things. So at that moment, the Day of Judgment is closer than the distance between your hand and your head.” (HR Bukhari).

10. The appearance of Smog

The tenth sign of Kubra’s apocalypse is the appearance of smoke. Fog of smoke was created by Allah SWT to give punishment or torment to people who do not believe and like to commit immorality.

This is also stated in Al-Quran surah Ad-Dukhan verse 10-11.

Meaning:

So, look forward to the day (when) the sky brings a clearly visible smog. (which) covers humans (disobedience). This is a very painful punishment.

Conclusion

Resurrection is the fifth pillar of faith. In addition, doomsday or the last day is also contained in the Quran and Hadith. Thus, for Muslims it is obligatory to believe in the coming of the Day of Judgment or the last day.

Khiyar majlis is – When doing a buying and selling transaction, there must be ethics or a rule. In the Islamic religion, the rules of buying and selling transactions are also known as khiyar. Khiyar itself consists of several types, one of which is khiyar majlis. On this occasion, we will discuss further about khiyar and khiyar majlis. So, read this article to the end, Reader.

Meaning of Cucumber

Islam has rules on buying and selling called khiyar. These ethics regulate the rights and other things that must be observed for both sellers and buyers. In business, khiyar is a guide so that both parties will not experience loss or regret after the transaction, for example related to goods or prices.

Khiyar is a rule in Islamic business law to protect sellers and buyers. Although basically trading is to make a profit, khiyar should still be done so that no party is harmed.

So, what khiyar means is choosing between two things, namely continuing or canceling the sale. This time we will look at one of the forms of khiyar known as khiyar majlis. Khiyar majlis is khiyar that occurs in the place where the sale and purchase contract takes place until those who do the sale and purchase separate.

According to the Muhammadiyah guidelines, the issue of khiyar is so important that the jurisprudence scholars ( fuqaha ‘) discuss it at length in a separate discussion or at least in a separate sub-discussion in the buyu’ (buying) chapter.

Linguistically, ikhtiar means choosing to set aside or filter. Linguistically, this comes from the word khair which means good. In the sense of language, khiyar can mean choosing and determining the best of 2 things (or more) to be chosen. While according to the term, khiyar is the right owned by a person who enters into a sale and purchase agreement to determine the choice between continuing the agreement or canceling it.

Another meaning of khiyar is a right to decide whether to continue the sale and purchase contract or not (withdrawal does not become sale and purchase). So, it can be said that cucumber is asking for the best of two options, namely continuing or canceling the sale and purchase transaction.

M. Abdul Mujieb defines that “Khiyar is the right to choose or determine the choice between two things for the buyer and the seller, whether the sale and purchase contract will continue or be canceled” . The right of discretion in buying and selling, according to Islam is allowed, whether to continue the sale or cancel it, depending on the condition (condition) of the goods being sold.

Cucumber Law

Khiyar law is allowed because of an urgent need to consider the benefits of each party that conducts a sale and purchase transaction. Similarly, according to fiqh scholars, khiyar is allowed in Islamic Sharia based on an urgent need by considering the benefits for each party who conducts a transaction.

The general legal basis of cucumbers is as follows:

* On the authority of Ibn Umar, the Messenger of God, may God bless him and grant him peace, said: If two men pledge allegiance, then each one of them chooses not to separate or be together, or one of them prefers the other, if one of them is better than the other, then if one of them is better than that, then the sale is obligatory. واحد منهما البعاد وقد وجب بعاد. agree with it, and say it to a Muslim.

It means: “From Ibnu Umar Ra, from the Messenger of God, peace be upon him, who said, “When two people buy and sell, then each of them has the right to khiyar (choose between canceling or continuing the sale) as long as they have not separated or are still together; or if one of them chooses the other. If one person determines khiyar on the other, then they buy and sell on that basis, then the sale is done. If they separate after doing the buying and selling and each of the two does not close the buying and selling, then the buying and selling will be done.” (Muttafaq Alaih, and the pronunciation of this hadith according to Muslim narrations ).

All kinds of cucumbers

Reported In Islam, khiyar has several types according to scholars. Here are all kinds of cucumbers.

1. Khiyar Majlis

Khiyar majlis is the right to choose between the seller and the buyer who has a contract to cancel the contract, as long as both are still in place (the assembly) and have not separated. The limit of performing khiyar majlis is as long as the seller and buyer are still face to face.

Khiyar organizes the transaction process at the location of the sale and purchase agreement. Both parties have the right to choose. In addition, being able to continue buying and selling that has been agreed or concluded in the assembly.

The Prophet SAW said:

“When there are two people doing a sale and purchase transaction, then each of them (has) the right of khiyar, as long as they have not separated and they are still together or one of the parties gives his right of khiyar to the other party. However, if one of the parties gives the right of khiyar to others and there is a sale and purchase, then the sale and purchase will take place, and if they have separated after the sale and purchase has occurred, while one of them has not (left) the sale and purchase, then the sale and purchase has occurred (also).” ( HR Bukhari and Muslim ).

When the two have separated, then they can no longer enter into a sales contract.

The Prophet SAW said: “The seller and the buyer can do khiyar as long as they have not separated.” ( HR Bukhari Muslim ).

2. Khiyar Terms

Khiyar condition is a voting right that is made a condition by the buyer and seller or one of the two when a contract is made to continue or cancel the sales contract. For example, a seller says “I am selling this car and you must pay for it within three days.” In that way, the conditions in the sales contract are three days.

This is the right to choose based on requirements. During the sale and purchase agreement, both parties can choose to continue or cancel the sale and purchase transaction process with a time limit. Once the specified time has arrived, then the process of buying and selling transactions must be confirmed whether to continue or not.

The Prophet SAW said: “When you sell, say it honestly and don’t lie. If you buy something then you have the right to vote for three days, if you are willing then take it, but if not then return it to the owner.” ( HR Ibnu Majah ).

3. Cucumber Shame

This dishonor is done if there is a defect in the item. The buyer can cancel or not continue the sales contract if there is a defect (disgrace) in the goods sold. Usually, this happens if the buyer is not aware of the defect at the time of the contract.

If the buyer finds out that the goods are defective when they have separated, he has the right to return them to the seller and ask for a better item or ask for a refund according to the comparison of the damage.

If there is a dispute, the Prophet SAW said: “When the seller and the buyer disagree, then the word accepted is the seller’s word, while the buyer has the right to vote.” ( HR At-Tirmidhi and Ahmad ).

4. Ta’yin cucumber

Khiyar ta’yin is the buyer’s right to vote in choosing one of the items that are different in terms of price and quality that have been mentioned in the sales contract. For example, a seller said “I am selling you one of these two veils that you will buy in three days.” Then, the prospective buyer replied “I accept.” Based on the khiyar ta’yin, the prospective buyer has the right to choose one of the two veils in accordance with the agreement that has been agreed upon.

5. Cucumber Ru’yah

Khiyar ru’yah is owned by one of the actors of the contract to cancel or extend the sale of an item that has never been seen before.

For example, a buyer wants to buy a computer but has never seen the item before, so the person has khiyar ru’yah as soon as he sees the item. Valid when the buyer wants to extend or cancel the sales contract.

Benefits of Cucumber

In Islam, everyone should apply honesty and justice to sellers and buyers, as well as in the buying and selling process. The wisdom prescribed by khiyar in Islam is very numerous and comprehensive and long-term. In fact, khiyar in Islamic business or economy has a very important role to protect the interests, transparency, benefits, and willingness of both parties.

There are several benefits of khiyar or wisdom that can be obtained when applying these Islamic rules in trade, such as:

1. Can emphasize the importance of contracts in buying and selling.
2. Making comfort and satisfaction from each party
3. Fraud in transactions will be avoided, because of clarity and clear rights.
4. Sellers and buyers can be honest and transparent in the transaction process.
5. Avoiding disputes in the buying and selling process.
6. There is a lot of khiyar to take care of the buying and selling transaction process can be done well.
7. Emphasizing the willingness of the parties involved in the sale and purchase transaction.
8. Guarantee perfection in the transaction process.
9. This Khiyar also teaches that in any sector it must be implemented in accordance with the rules of Allah SWT.

In fact, if you look at current technological progress, there is an interesting study published in Falah: Journal of Shariah Economics issued by Universitas Muhammadiyah Malang. In the study, it was shown that there is a benefit of khiyar during online transactions. Because, in online transactions, consumers do not have direct contact with merchants and cannot easily verify the quality of goods. As a result, the application of cucumber will help in protecting the rights of consumers in the virtual world.

Factors that Prevent Contract Cancellation and Return of Goods

Provisions in the cancellation of the contract and the return of defective goods have been widely formulated in fiqh books, including the factors that prevent the cancellation of the contract and the return of goods.

There are several things that should be noted regarding this matter, such as:

1. Buyer Satisfaction

The buyer is satisfied after knowing the defect in the goods, either by stating it directly or based on other indications.

For example, deciding to buy fruit that has been notified of defects by the seller. For example, some fruit is withered or some is partially damaged. Then, the buyer is willing to buy it after the price has been adjusted, then the cancellation and return of the goods cannot be done because there is no right of khiyar ‘aib.

2. Drop the Cucumber

This can be done either directly or if there are other indications. Like if there is a speech from a buyer who says, “I have dropped my khiyar (voting rights)” , then that person cannot cancel the contract or return the goods.

If, after knowing that there is a defect in the goods, the buyer does not return the goods within the specified period of time or even the goods he bought have changed or run out because they have been consumed.

3. Goods Damaged or Deformed due to Buyer’s Actions

For example, buying a glass and then breaking or cracking it because the buyer dropped it or part of the item is not intact or lost due to the buyer’s negligence. Usually this will cause a dispute between the seller and the buyer.

If the buyer and seller disagree about this, while the transaction has been completed and there is no evidence to support one of them, then according to the scholars, the statement of sale that was won or accepted after swearing first.

This is based on a hadith from Ibn Mas’ud, may God be pleased with him, when he said that the Messenger of God, may God bless him and grant him peace, said:

“When the seller and the buyer disagree, then the word accepted is the seller’s word, while the buyer has the right to vote.”  ( HR At-Tirmidhi and Ahmad ).

In another hadith from Amru bin Shu’aib, from his father from his grandfather, he said that the Prophet SAW said in his sermon: “Bring evidence (al-Bayyinah) for the claimant or the accuser and must swear for the accused.” (HR at-Tirmidhi).

Muslims can take advantage of khiyar in buying and selling in order to bring blessings in their endeavors, so as to obtain property that is halal and good for the family.

Dalil Khiyar

From the companion of Hakim bin Hizam, the Prophet, may God bless him and grant him peace, said,

الْبَيِّعَانِ بِالْخِيَارِ مَا لَمْ يَتَفَرَّقَا – أَوْ قَالَ حَتَّى يَتَفَرَّقَا – فَإِنْ صَدَقَا وَبَيَّنَا بُورِكَ لَهُمَا فِى بَيْعِهِمَا ، وَإِنْ كَتَمَا وَكَذَبَا مُحِقَتْ بَرَكَةُ بَيْعِهِمَا

“Both the seller and the buyer each have the right to vote (khiyar) as long as they have not separated. If both are honest and open to each other, then both will gain blessings in the transaction. On the other hand, if they lie and cover up for each other, the blessing will be lost for them in that transaction” (Muttafaqun ‘alaih. HR. Bukhari no. 2079 and Muslim no. 1532 ).

From Ibn Umar, the Messenger of Allah, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, said,

إِذَا تَبَايَعَ الرَّجُلاَنِ فَكُلُّ وَاحِدٍ مِنْهُمَا بِالْخِيَارِ ، مَا لَمْ يَتَفَرَّقَا ، وَكَانَا جَمِيعًا ، أَوْ يُخَيِّرُ أَحَدُهُمَا الآخَرَ فَتَبَايَعَا عَلَى ذَلِكَ ، فَقَدْ وَجَبَ الْبَيْعُ ، وَإِنْ تَفَرَّقَا بَعْدَ أَنْ يَتَبَايَعَا ، وَلَمْ يَتْرُكْ وَاحِدٌ مِنْهُمَا الْبَيْعَ ، فَقَدْ وَجَبَ الْبَيْعُ

“If two people buy and sell, then each of them has the right of khiyar as long as they have not separated and they are together (in one place), or one of them gives khiyar to the other. So if one of them gives khiyar to the other and then they do a sale and purchase transaction on the khiyar, it has (happened) a sale. If they separate after a sale and purchase, and one of them does not leave the sale then a sale has occurred.” ( HR. Bukhari no. 2112 and Muslim no. 1531 )

As for what is meant by separation here, it is returned to ‘urf (standard local custom), that is, if you have separated from a place, then it is said to be separated. For example, a transaction that takes place in an open field or desert, then it is called separation if each other leaves and turns their backs on each other. For transactions via telephone, the ceremony is as long as the telephone connection has not been terminated.

However, here it is not possible to deliberately separate from the assembly for fear of one of the parties canceling the transaction. In the hadith of ‘Amr bin Shu’aib, from his father, from his grandfather, may God be pleased with him, it is mentioned,

المُتَبَايِعَانِ بِالْخِيَارِ Mَا لَمْ يَفْتَرِقَا إِلَّ أَنْ تُكُونَ سَفْقَةَ خِيَارٍ وَلَ يَحِلُّ لُ إَنْ يُفَارِقَ صَاحِبَهُ خَشْيَةَ َنْ يَسْتَقِيلَ

“The seller and the buyer have the right of khiyar as long as both have not separated from the assembly except when it has been agreed to extend the right of khiyar until after separating. It is not lawful for him to leave his friend for fear that he will cancel the transaction.” ( HR. Abu Daud no. 3456 , Tirmidhi no. 1247 , and An Nasai no. 4488. Abu Isa said that this hadith is hasan. The same assessment was mentioned by Al Hafizh Abu Thohir).

Thus the discussion about khiyar majlis is , hopefully all these discussions can be useful for Reader.

 

Understanding the Sermon: Legal Basis and Procedures – In the Islamic religion, marriage is one of the most recommended acts of worship and is included in the prophet’s sunnah. If you only know that engagement is a process leading to marriage. So in Islam you will know what is called sermon. Khitbah is one of the processes or bridges leading to the platform organized by Islam.

Although not the same, the sermon becomes one of the processes that is almost similar to the engagement. If seen from a linguistic point of view, sermon has the meaning of asking, proposing, or courting a woman to be used as a wife.

In the KHI or Compilation of Islamic Law, the sermon is an effort to move towards the realization of a match between a man and a woman. Sermons can also be said to be the process of a man asking a woman to become his wife by using things that are commonly done in society.

Understanding Sermons

Khitbah is one of the proposal processions where parties from the male family visit the home of the prospective bride. In the meeting, the man’s family will reveal the purpose of coming to the house, which is to invite the prospective bride to build a household or get married.

The application can be submitted directly by the prospective groom or it can also be submitted by a representative from the trusted family and in accordance with religious provisions. In the sermon process, the woman only has to answer “yes” or “no”.

If the bride-to-be agrees to the sermon, then she can be called a makhthubah, which means a woman who has been officially proposed to by a man. That way, the woman is not allowed to accept proposals from other men.

Things observed before the sermon

Before performing the sermon, the prospective groom needs to pay attention and understand some things that are used to determine which woman he will propose to. This is meant to prevent unwanted things from happening in the future.

Because we need to understand that marriage is a very sacred thing and cannot be done in a playful way and not following religious rules. Therefore, the following are some conditions that you must do before giving a sermon.

1. Understand and Have Met or Seen Bride Candidates

This is indeed not included in the obligation in the sermon process. But it is recommended to do so so as not to cause slander or problems in the future.

2. Female Bride Candidates Are Not In The Sermon Process With Other Men

This is based on the words of the Prophet Muhammad SAW, “A man is not allowed to propose to a woman who has been proposed to by his brother.” (HR. Ibnu Majah)

3. Women Are Allowed To Accept Or Reject Men Who Propose To Her

When proposing, it is good if the female candidate is asked and waits for the answer first. This is intended so that there is no coercion that occurs in the sermon process.

4. It is not allowed to propose to a woman who is in the period of Iddah

A woman who is in the period of iddah or who has just died, divorced by her husband, has a grace period during which she is not allowed to remarry. If the period of the iddah has not yet been completed, then the man must wait first and is forbidden to propose to her directly.

5. Choosing a Partner That Suits the Prophet’s Teachings

Whether it’s a man or a woman, they should choose a partner based on their religion. Only after that can you choose a partner based on good looks, beauty, lineage, and wealth.

Principles of Sermon Law

Islam not only regulates marriage, but also about sermons. In Al Quran , Allah SWT said: “There is no sin for anyone who proposes to those women by hiding or just with a desire in the heart to marry them in your heart.

Allah understands that you will mention their names, therefore you should not mention the promise of marriage with the women in secret, except just to say (to them) a good word.

And don’t be determined or determined to get married, before the woman finishes her iddah period. And know that Allah SWT knows everything that is in your heart, so fear Him and you need to know that Allah SWT is Most Forgiving and Most Merciful. (QS Al-Baqarah: 235).

In a hadith, the Prophet SAW said: “Prophet Muhammad SAW forbade a person to buy something that his brother is buying or bargaining for, and the Messenger of God also forbade a person to propose to a woman who has been betrothed until the person who proposes leaves the woman or allows her.

Sermon Terms and Limitations

According to the narration of some great scholars, the sermon is classified as an introduction and preparation before the wedding. Conducting a sermon that binds a woman before deciding to marry is permissible. As long as the terms and conditions of the sermon can be fulfilled according to Islamic law.

Khitbah is allowed in Islam because it aims to find out the willingness of the woman to be betrothed. At the same time as a promise process that the man is serious about marrying the woman.

The following are some conditions for women who are allowed to preach, among others:

1. It can be done to women who are still single or widows who have completed their Eid period.
2. Women who are not in the period of iddah. In the Qur’an, Allah SWT says: “And the husband has the right to refer to the ex-wife during the waiting period, when the husbands want to marry.” (QS Al-Baqarah: 228)
3. Women are not mahram for other men
4. Women who are not or have not been proposed to by a man. The Prophet SAW said: “You (a man) should not propose to a woman whose brother has already betrothed her. Before the man left the woman or already allowed it. (HR Abu Hurairah)

On the other hand, the sermon is one of the stages or processes before the marriage, but is not included in the marriage. So, even though they have been preached, they will still have limitations that the bride-to-be should know.

1. The sermon does not mean that a relationship between a man and a woman becomes halal. Both still have to remain within the sharia corridor. Even though it has been preached, but they must still take care of each other’s actions and attitudes that are prohibited by religion. In addition, they should also keep each other away by keeping a distance between the two sides.
2. The duration of sermons and weddings should not be too long. Both parties should hasten the marriage to avoid slander and various things that are not good.

Sermon Procedures

Quoted from a Syariah Scientific Journal which obtained research results and showed that the concept of ta’aruf in the Al Quran refers to the introduction of social background, personality, culture, education, religion, and also family.

Sermons and ta’aruf in the Quran recommend prioritizing religious aspects compared to other aspects. Because, only religion can perpetuate a marriage. But on the other hand, lineage, wealth, beauty or good looks, and even position will fade and disappear as time goes by.

You need to know that there are two ways to deliver the sermon. First, with speech and words that are not clear or not straightforward.

The second is by using clear speech and in a straightforward manner. In addition, there are also some things that you need to pay attention to, both from the male and female sides. This becomes one of the important things in order to obtain a smooth preaching process leading to marriage. Here are some things you should pay attention to:

1. Knowing and Seeing Prospective Wives

Although not an obligation, but this is highly recommended before you do the sermon process. This is intended to avoid slander and doubts from men. Looking here means evaluating how the woman who will be preached in the eyes of Sharia or syar’i rules.

That is also included in the mustahsinah conditions or conditions that encourage the man to find out more about the woman he is going to preach. The man has the right to know in advance the nature and character of the woman to be betrothed.

2. The candidate is not in the process of being proposed to by someone else

Before giving a sermon, the most important thing for men to do is to find out about the status of the woman who will be preached. Is the woman still in the process of being preached to with another man or not. Don’t let it happen that you have done the sermon process, but it turns out that the woman is still in the sermon process with another man.

From Ibn Umar RA, the Prophet SAW said: “None of you should propose to someone who is being proposed to by his brother, until the first suitor leaves or allows him.” (HR Muttafaq Alaihi).

3. Women Have the Right to Reject and Accept Sermons

The prospective bride has the right to accept or reject the proposal that comes to her. Therefore, in the preaching process, the man must ask first and wait until the woman gives an answer. On the other hand, neither men nor women are allowed to force women to be betrothed.

According to the hadith of the Prophet SAW, he said: A widow has more rights over herself than her guardian. Similarly, a girl who has the right to herself in relation to her affairs. His permission is his silence. (Muttafaqun Alaih) .

In the Islamic religion, it has never been forbidden to cancel the sermon or proposal process. This is because the sermon is only a process leading to the altar and not a marriage contract. Even so, caution is needed when canceling a sermon. Because it could hurt other people’s feelings.

When the men want to cancel the sermon. It is actually not allowed to take back anything that has been given to the women when they are in the preaching process. The Prophet SAW said: It is not halal for a Muslim to give something to another person, then he asks for it back. Except the gift of a father to his children. (HR Ahmad).

Because, the sermon itself is a process aimed at the level of marriage. All conditions and rules must be met in order to obtain the expected results and obtain a happy family life.
The difference between Taaruf and Khitbah

Entering the age of 20 and above, many of us certainly start thinking about dating and marriage. Expectations about a marriage are certainly very human to think about. Because, from there you will start preparing the skills, knowledge, and materials to make this happen.

In Islam, a process leading to marriage will go through three stages. First is the ta’aruf, then the sermon, and finally the marriage contract. The current trend of ta’aruf has become one of the syar’i options to start a halal relationship. But before starting ta’aruf, you are required to ask someone who has been chosen and will be preached later, whether he has been preached by other men or not.

Because, ta’aruf and also the sermon is done before marriage. If you are still confused about the difference between the two, here are some explanations about the difference between khitbah and ta’aruf.

1. Taaruf is a process of getting to know, while preaching is a process of proposing

The stereotype about ta’aruf that makes you less familiar with your potential partner because of the lack of interaction is not true. Moreover, it is usually considered as “buying a cat in a sack”.

Through the ta’aruf process, you can dig up as much information as possible about a female or male candidate. Starting from his nature, hobbies, health conditions, dreams, and others. It’s just that, in the process, it must still be in accordance with Islamic Shari’a. That is, by being accompanied by an intermediary or mahram. The point is, you can get to know each other more deeply without excessive interaction.

While the sermon belongs to betrothed or betrothed. Ta’aruf is a series of processes before the sermon itself. Isn’t it possible for both of them to get engaged without knowing each other? One more thing you need to understand, you don’t need to spread the application information to the public. Because it is feared that undesirable things will happen before the marriage contract is performed.

2. In the Ta’aruf Phase, You Can Still Go Back Without Feeling Guilty

It’s good that during the ta’aruf process, you do it without feeling embarrassed first. Because the ta’aruf process is not easy. Maybe you will fit in, but maybe you will feel that you don’t fit in. Ta’aruf time means the moment of exploration between you and that person to find compatibility. If it turns out not to be a good match, then you and he can cancel it or back out without too much heartache.

If in the time of ta’aruf you can still be given a choice, it is different with the sermon process. Here it will be very difficult for men to cancel it. But the woman still has the right to accept or reject it. Again, ta’aruf is one of the factors that can influence the success of the preaching process.

3. Before taaruf equip yourself with knowledge, before sermon equip yourself with blessings

Although in language ta’aruf is a process of getting to know. But the term ta’aruf itself developed to describe an introduction between a man and a woman towards the stage of marriage. Because, the initial intention directly binds with a serious relationship, so you must equip yourself with enough knowledge. That is around marriage before you start ta’aruf. For example, what are the rights and obligations of a husband and wife to how to educate children who are not in school subjects.

When the ta’aruf process is underway, you also need to tell your parents or family about your candidate. Because, you must receive their permission before stepping to a more serious level, which is the preaching process.

4. Taaruf still gives time to think, while the sermon should hasten the time of marriage

In the ta’aruf process, you and the candidate are still given the opportunity to think again. The pause time given at the time of scouting is usually used for istikhara prayer. Each candidate will pray and discuss with the family. If the desire to preach is already there on the part of the man, then the woman has the right to rethink until she finds the answer.

That is very different from the sermon that opens the way to marriage. When you and the candidate have accepted each other. So it is best to hurry up the wedding. Because, after the preaching process, the next stage is the marriage contract.

Why is it urgent? Because, after finishing the sermon, one’s heart will be very easily filled with the seeds of love that are feared will make you and the candidate fall into the sin of adultery. In addition, there are other temptations that have the potential to ruin a marriage. So, the sooner you get married the better.

Those are some explanations about the meaning of the sermon and the procedures in doing it. Hopefully it will be useful for those of you who want to have a marriage process that is in accordance with Islamic law.

Key Performance Indicator – Management and evaluation are important functions that enable the organization’s work plan to be implemented well so that the organization’s ultimate goals can be achieved. A good performance management system is required for proper control and evaluation functions. A good performance management system should be able to describe business processes that take place throughout the organization.

This performance management system can also be measured by using Key Performance Indicators (KPI), so it can also be a good measure of success. The performance management system contains KPIs or key performance indicators that represent the performance of all parts of the organization and the relationship between those parts.

Many companies already have a performance management system, but only provide a “KPI list” and ignore the relationship between metrics.

During the last few decades, performance management systems such as the Balanced Score Card (BSC) have been developed to explain the relationship between indicators. In BSC, the relationship between indicators is only expressed qualitatively.

If this relationship can be expressed quantitatively, force measurement models can be used for clearer and more specific purposes. Such as, more specific improvement efforts or prediction of system operation in the future.

Meaning of Key Performance Indicators

Key Performance Indicator (KPI) is a measurement tool that describes the effectiveness of a company in achieving business goals. Simply put, Key Performance Indicator is a term used to refer to key performance indicators that need to be applied by various organizations.

Companies that use KPIs aim to measure their success in achieving their goals. In its application, KPI has characteristics that can be seen as follows:

• Measurements that are often used (Regular measurements)
• Non-financial measure
• Measures known by management
• All parties in the organization already understand and understand the KPI
• Responsible for teams and individuals
• Has a very significant and comprehensive effect
• Has a more positive effect

Key performance indicators are measured during daily, weekly, and monthly periods. A good KPI is important and continues to attract the attention of management. If someone deviates from the KPI, management can take a decision and call the person responsible.

The meaning of Key Performance Indicator has been defined by experts, as follows.

1. Iveta (2012): KPI is a quantitative and step-by-step indicator from a company with a different perspective and is based on concrete data formulated as a starting point for setting goals with organizational strategy.
2. Warren (2011): KPI is an indicator of how an organization implements its strategic vision. The strategic vision referred to refers to how the organization’s strategy is interactively integrated with the organization’s overall strategy.
3. Parmenter (2007): defines KPI as the most important thing for the success of the organization in current and future conditions.
4. Banerjee and Biotik (2012): KPIs are measurable, quantitative indicators used to evaluate the performance of organizations to achieve their goals. KPIs are also used to identify measurable objectives, and refer to support for trends and results.

In a broad sense, Key Performance Indicator can be defined as a useful decision-making tool because it helps organizations or companies measure individual performance and evaluate the performance of the organization itself to achieve its goals with the reach of the strategic vision.

The term KPI is generally used in a business context, so not everyone understands the meaning of the name. The main performance indicator, abbreviated as KPI in English, is an important indicator (key) to confirm the progress of the desired results. This performance indicator can be measured daily, weekly, monthly so that it can be considered by management.

 

Types of Key Performance Indicators

Based on the definition of  Key Performance Indicator above, in practice the company has 2 types of KPI that can be used, as follows.

1. Financial KPIs

Financial KPI is the most important form of performance indicator related to all things related to finance. An example of this financial KPI is as follows.

• Gross profit KPI, KPI that measures the amount of money left over from income after deducting cost of sales (CSP).
• Net Profit KPI, a KPI that measures the amount of residual income after deducting the selling price and other operational costs such as interest and tax burden.
• Gross profit margin KPI, a KPI that measures the percentage value obtained by dividing gross profit by sales.
• Net Profit Margin KPI, a KPI that measures the percentage value obtained by dividing net profit based on revenue.
• Current Ratio KPI, a KPI that measures financial performance from the cash balance by dividing current assets by current liabilities.

This indicator estimates how well the company will survive in the event of a sudden recession.

2. Non-Financial Key Performance Indicators

Non-Financial KPI is a type of KPI whose form does not directly affect the finances of a company. Examples of Non-Financial KPIs that companies usually have are as follows:

• Manpower Turnover about Workforce Rotation
• Customer Satisfaction metrics about the Customer Satisfaction Matrix
• Repeat Customer to New Customer Ratio about Repeat Customer to New Customer Ratio
• Market Share about Market Share

 

Reasons Why Key Performance Indicators are important for Organizations

KPIs are an important part of measuring performance and failure. KPI is also called flash or dashboard, and KPI provides entrepreneurs and administrators to get a general explanation of the actual development of the company (in a certain time). KPI measures business objectives of actual data and measured data in a specific time period.

Here are the reasons why companies need to apply KPI because it has several benefits as follows:

1. Targets Become More Measurable If Using KPIs

When using KPI, this element will be a tool to measure the range that approaches the goal. KPI is not a goal or target. For example, KPIs can show that the current team can only reach 20 percent of the desired prospects (depending on the benchmarks set by the company, of course).

Based on the information displayed by the KPI, the sales manager can determine the sales progress and why the reported results are not as expected. This will allow managers to make new strategies in the future.

2. Creating a Learning Atmosphere

The data generated by KPIs will prompt employees to create important conversations between their teammates and administrators. When used as a habit, then a learning environment will be created in the company. It is also possible to analyze if the KPI is effective, or if the KPI is reasonable enough to achieve the team.

3. Get important information 

KPIs offer a direct description of the company’s performance as a whole. The real time data shown by the KPI allows the company to adjust systematically so that the company does not need to make large-scale changes at the end of the month to achieve the target so that it is more energy efficient.

In addition to obtaining an overview of the level of performance in the work environment, some companies that use KPIs can measure how well they are achieving certain standards that may not be directly related to the business or profits of the company exactly.

4. Supporting Corporate Accountability

If there is no accurate and measurable data source as provided by KPI, the company will experience difficulties when giving employee performance evaluations. Companies can assume that their employees are performing poorly because they are hampered by involvement problems.

However, they do not have evidence that they can measure. Even if the company can measure the performance of other statistics, KPI may be the most important tool. Basically, KPI promotes employee accountability (accountability) (if they are lacking in their performance) and the company (if it is difficult for KPI to achieve).

5. Can Increase Spirit

KPIs are very useful, and employees can make employees get positive feedback because employees meet certain KPIs. The results are often quick and this creates a feeling of “having a purpose” and being able to achieve this purpose.

 

Factors That Influence Key Performance Indicators

KPIs are only useful if the company has a track record of the KPIs themselves. Companies often adopt KPIs that are commonly used in the industry. But then he wondered why the KPI did not reflect the company’s performance.

When developing a strategy to set KPIs, the team should start by ascertaining the company’s goals, the plan to achieve them, and who can take action based on that information.

This should be an iterative process that includes input from analysts, department heads, and managers. Enterprises will then gain a better understanding of how KPIs can measure enterprise business processes and who can track them.

One way to create relevant KPIs is to use SMART criteria. This term means concrete, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound.

The explanation of this KPI factor can be summarized in the following question.

• What is the purpose of the company specifically?
• Can the company measure the achievement of these goals?
• Is this goal achievable?
• Will this purpose be relevant to the enterprise?
• How long will it take to achieve this goal?

How to Set Key Performance Indicators

There are four basic criteria that must be met before an organization declares that it has implemented KPI in its operational activities. The criteria are as follows.

• Cooperation between employees, teams, suppliers, and customers
• Decentralization from the management level to the operational level
• Integration or relationship between actions, reports, and actions
• Relationship between KPI and Implementation Strategy

KPIs require interrelated system processes both from the organization itself, such as employees, managers and shareholders, as well as external parties such as customers and suppliers. Similarly, reports should be timely and efficient and focused on improving decision-making.

When implementing KPIs, it is important to define the outcome or purpose of each KPI. When applying KPIs, there is a way to plan goals that combine several criteria called SMART (concrete, measurable, achievable, realistic, time-sensitive).

Here is an explanation of the acronym SMART.

• Specific is that goals or results should be clear and specific, without general goals or expected results. When a goal or result is clear and specific, it is very easy to know when that goal/result is achieved.
• Measurable means a goal or result that must be measured both in quality and quantity. This can be set in relation to standard performance or performance expectations.
• Achievable means that it can be achieved, but it needs to be stated as a challenge, so as to encourage the organization to achieve its results or goals.
• Realistic is creating ideas that must be realistic and result-oriented, as well as achieve results or goals.
• Time Sensitive is that every result or goal has a time limit on how long it can be achieved. The fact that a goal or result requires a time limit makes it easier to measure the improvement of the next goal or result.

Developing KPIs takes time and resources for companies. The main performance indicators that are measured are indicators that meet the company’s needs, taking into account the company’s short-term strategy and goals.

 

Tips for Applying Key Performance Indicators

Here are some tips for applying Key Performance Indicators .

1. Have a Clear Purpose

Key performance indicators have clear guidelines that anyone who reads or calculates must be able to interpret the data correctly. If the business objective of your organization or company is to be a “market leader”, then the KPI objective is “increase sales by 10%” or “product marketing in Southeast Asia”.

You can arrange how to “expand the scope”. The purpose of the KPI must be clear and strategic. Strategic relationship is how to evaluate how the organization does the strategies and measurements that should be achieved, how the organization can evaluate the vision and mission they have.

2. Create a goal that achieves the outline

What is your purpose? Can you achieve it? When do you need to achieve that goal? How can you measure the progress of the applied strategy? What strategies are used to affect the finances of the organization or company?

Targets must be realistic and business process changes take time to be implemented. In the early stages of KPI monitoring, it is best to focus on long-term goals and medium-term monitoring.

3. Data Collection

KPI is a quantitative measurement. Therefore, specific and valid data is needed to determine the main performance indicators. This helps to accurately and accurately measure the indicator.

4. Review Changes to Date

The reason KPI reviews are so helpful. Let’s say the company exceeds the targeted results, for example the target of 120 percent, and still has good productivity, then it is not wrong to try to make it the next goal in order to increase results.

Instead, if it is not achieved, do not force the next goal to improve the next goal to influence the motivation and productivity of the team. In other words, the company needs to be aware of whether there is a deactivation for the team’s performance.

5. Formulating KPIs

Some KPIs contain only one metric or measure. However, in most cases it depends on the combination included in the formula.

For example, the KPI that measures income productivity from product sales is total income divided by the total number of products. Create an appropriate expression and keep testing the expression to see if the results the company gets match your realization.

6. Presentation of KPIs

To deliver key performance indicators efficiently, data must be transformed into easy-to-understand visual representations such as graphics and charts. Provide instructions to all employees about the KPI calculation process to achieve an effective and goal-oriented work pattern.

Well, that’s the explanation about the Key Performance Indicator (KPI) or the main performance indicator that needs to be implemented by the company.